Annual report of the Trustees of the State Museum of Natural History for the year ..

Sees
~~

Royal Ontario Museum of Geology

Presented by the heirs of

CORE iC. GRAS TE
Hamilton, Ont.

: ons 7
; ie]

THIRTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

TRUSTEES

OF THE

State Museum of Natural History

FOR THE YEAR 188¢.

TRANSMITTED TO THE LEGISLATURE JANUARY 14, 1886.

ALBANY:
WEED, PARSONS AND COMPANY, PRINTERS..
1886.

sep 1 1967

1 &
a 4, <9
ps
VeRsiry of 108

STATE OF NEW YORK.

No. 104.

mi AooH MBI Y,

JANUARY 14, 1886.

THIRTY-NINTH ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE STATE MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY.

To the Legislature of the State of New York:

I have the honor to transmit herewith the Thirty-ninth Annual
Report of the Regents of the University as Trustees of the New
York State Museum of Natural History, as required by law.

H. R. PIERSON,
Chancellor.
OFFICE OF THE Recents, January 18, 1886.

ut

oe
Ae,

BOARD OF REGENTS.

TRUSTEES OF THE STATE MUSEUM.

HENRY R. PIERSON, LL. D., Chancellor of the
Oniversity.. 1... Belecenat fat neteineial sbeias opal! nusterevet) Ninh

DAVID B. HILL, Governor,

EDWARD F. JONES, Lieutenant- eh |
ernor,

FREDERICK COOK, Scoretary of State, [

JAMES E. MORRISON, Acting Super- |
intendent of Public Instruction, }

Ee officio...

. Albany.

. Albany.

ARRANGED IN THE ORDER OF THEIR APPOINTMENT.

Elias W. Leavenworth, LL. D., 1861................ Syracuse.
George William Curtis, LL. D., 1864. .........2....0 West New Brighton.
Francis Kernan, LL. D., 1870..... Se CIBC Oh OO AE OB UOT ORD Utica.
John L. Lewis, HBSS oo eReER Oe thes Put oo Penn Yan.
Henry R. Pierson, STATS Dye Ctaretie stains aisiel orders corsha Albany
Martin I. Townsend, LL. Dita yanientec hue: eee LEOY.
Rev. Anson J. Upson, DD., ‘DE DLS Ars atacret Nate a tes Aubarn
Wiliam L: Bostwick, 1876.....0..... 2. SHO OODOR One Ithaca
Chauncey M. Depew, 1877...... BSE aes SSE Boca New York.
@harlesahschitGhy lS ic: Ss icctleereche ses opal sem eiereare ces Rochester.
iRevaOrrse.. Warren, D:D. 1ST io eis. isciecs sae e+. Syracuse,
MesitenwWewussell ll ODr. US(Si sass sens cas clesteins ce Canton.
Wb feltare Fee 1S 78... o's. 25. saletcinis a ss rthesieye se ert New York
Walitaneeieay.atson: M.D). 188ilec rn cis ssicisiomiceie nore Utica.
Hlenty Pe eMEniers LOGON, sf. 4/s/os orks stele. wie's Sears s s/aws lave § Lowville,
Bit ClamMemelway: 1G8B.'s...) cbse ceteaesisereees - Brooklyn.
Pigmilpoas beanie, 1695! 5.5 )accone ete ae nee ook Albany.
Daniel Beach, aa are A Sue” RIE ea Watkins.

David) Murray, Li, D., Secretarys. 3.5.52 cee cess Albany.

Albert B. Watkins, Ph. D., Assistant Secretary.... Albany.

Museum Starr.

dames pHalt TLD. 05 sc ss aces Director.

POMC SMI OCICS N F5 Uielecerelelaleyd =e Assistant-in-charge.

James Wi. Hall, so... oss Barer soe 3 Assistant, Zodlogy and Rock-sections,

Charles E. Beecher.............. Assistant, Palzeontology.

Jolin Gre PHALGY. Oo \.)6 cies cpp ee, ~i< Special Assistant and guide.

dames Ea UsLi Direc cad.cxs pecs State Geologist.

J: A] tantner, Ph. D...... He Soke State Entomologist.

Olaanlesseleet CCkrs sh der | okyoe etait c State Botanist.

i
a
ay i i

y
‘Via
an

CONTENTS.

PAGE

1. Report of the Trustees of the State Museum............ Sie siecorat ci steieys tp
2. Report of the Director of the Museum.................. aieleisisieiefete rn) O
Sy LepOLh ote the: State: Botamish sissies! of helene Ue oe owl ee wee e 30
AS Repereorytlre state) Hntomolopists. oye bs i yo selene 's Be etal cieceveccrac 77
Du Pension y Or LUE SMA a ACE oe Micra aia a lua utar Abe a ame gern ree at art at we 127
6. Annelide chetopoda of the New Jersey coast.......-.. pralaysbetel eat slays 128
(eMBORsilssrOmy Lhe PrimMOraral pSlAveseyey (ye ees les bt ave| ete ele hh oiche velaiels 160
8. A new genus of fossil of Lamellibranchiate shell .................. 161
$. Report.on the Archean rocks of the Highlands..... 2.00 0003050 000 165
1 Os Mine Pole Os DUT GIN DY SLONES. vais ole) s/ecc% « ctalsielaiisie Miers s cave, sere aie aisle ain iale 185
11. Report of the State Geologist........... Dreier oasyelalatet ai ct eased atata ciate 226

REPORT OF THE CHANCELLOR.

To the Legislature of the State of New York:

The Regents of the University, as Trustees of the State Museum
of Natural History, respectfully submit their thirty-ninth annual
report as required by law.

The ordinary operations of the Museum have been conducted
without special incident, but with much activity and with substantial
results. More than the usual amount of field-work has been under-
taken, with a double view of settling certain important geological
questions, and increasing the collections of the Museum in needed
directions. For a fuller account of the purpose and results of these
geological excursions the Trustees refer to the report of the Director,
which is hereto appended. The international geological congress,
held this year in Berlin, seemed an occasion of such importance as
to justify the attendance of the Director. Accordingly, under leave
of absence from the Trustees, he attended the sessions in October
last, returning after an absence of only a few weeks from a most
profitable and interesting conference. Acting in connection with
other scientific bodies located in Albany, the Trustees joined in an
invitation to the National Academy of Sciences to hold their
autumn meeting in Albany. The meetings were held in rooms in
the new Capitol, placed at their disposal by the trustees of public
buildings. The sessions were well attended and were full of scientific
interest, especially in those sciences represented by the State Museum.

The work of fitting up the State Hall for the purposes of the
State Museum has been carried forward as far as the release of the
rooms by the State officers will permit. The suite of rooms on the
east side of the upper story has been fitted up with about two thou-
sand drawers, and with tables and platform cases. These have been
partially filled with material taken from the old Museum build-
ing, and from the State collections stored in rented build-
ings. The south-east basement room has also been fitted up and
used for the storage of specimens. The north-east basement room
has also been fitted up for the purpose of carrying on the work of

8 [AssemBLy, No. 104.]

making rock-sections,which have now become essential in all minute
geological studies. Two rooms on the south-west corner of the
second story, which were vacated by the Clerk of the Court of
Appeals, have also been occupied, one by the State Herbarium and
the office of the State Botanist, and the other as a present place for
the storage of volumes of the Paleontology.

The Trustees are able to report the preparation and issue of the
second volume of Paleontology, placed by law under their care.
Owing to the ill-health of the Director in the earlier part of the year,
and his necessary engagement with other imperative duties, the issue
of the volume has been delayed beyond the stipulated time; but the
unprecedented difficulty of the task of preparing such a work, and
the care involved in securing the exquisitely delicate illustrations
have made the delay entirely pardonable, and indeed inevitable. The
work now issued completes the volumes on the Lamellibranchiata,
which were provided for by the law of 1883. The next volume to
be issued is upon the Corals and Bryozoa, and is already in a good
degree of forwardness.

The preparation and distribution of collections of fossils among
the academies of the State have been carried on as far as the strength
of the staff would permit. The Museum contains an immense mass
of duplicates of various departments which can be used for this
purpose, and it is the wish and purpose of the Trustees to use this
material for distribution among institutions of learning in the State.
It is not, however, in the opinion of the Trustees, desirable to make
this distribution so far indiscriminating as to give-collections in places
where they are not likely to be used with profit. It seems better to
make the gift only to schools, where some interest is awakened in
the subject of geology, and where, in consequence, the collections
sent will be of substantial benefit.

Respectfully submitted,
H. R. PIERSON,
Davin Murray, Chancellor.
Secretary.

REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR.

ALBANy, January, 1886.

To the Honorable, the Board of Regents of the University of the
State of New York:

GENTLEMEN — Under the requirements of the law organizing
the State Museum, I beg leave herewith to communicate the annual
report (being the thirty-ninth in consecutive order) upon the con-
ditions of the collections in the several departments as far as the same
have come under my knowledge or direction, with a statement of
the additious made thereto, and the work done in the Museum dur-
ing the past year.

The report of last year has been printed and delivered, some
months since, and the series is now complete with the exception of
the thirty-second report, which exists only as a legislative document.
That report is an important one, and I would most earnestly recom-
mend the early reprinting of the same, together with the plates
which accompanied the original report on its presentation to the
Legislature, but which were not published with the document
edition.

Under the conditions of the public printing existing at the time
this report was made, and also from the fact that no resolution was
passed ordering the usual number of copies for the Board of Regents,
I see no impropriety in re-communicating this report to the Legisla-
ture, accompanied by a statement of the facts, and leave the matter
to the discretion of the committee on public printing.

In order to avoid longer delay I have herewith communicated, |
from the Thirty-second Report, an important paper on the
Annelidze Chaetopoda, which was printed in that Report withont
the accompanying illustrations. These had been mislaid by the
printer, and were supposed to be lost until last year.

I have likewise communicated a copy of a “ Report on Building
Stones,” made to the Capitol Commissioners in 1868.

It was originally the intention of the Director to make this report
more complete by farther examinations of quarries within the State
and elsewhere, and to insert the results of tests of strength which
had been made during the investigations undertaken for the Capitol
Commissioners, but other duties have prevented this work, and the
report is offered as a small contribution to our knowledge on the
gubject.*

* Two hundred and fifty copies of the Report were printed by the Capitol Commissioners.
t

and the pamphlet is now out of print.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 2

10 [ AssEMBLY

In my preceding report, I have called your attention to the cata-
logues accompanying the thirty-fifth report on the State Museum, and
the desirableness of having some extra copies of these catalogues for
distribution to persons engaged in similar departments of science,
and for annotations by the Museum staff, and by employees or
friends of the Museum. The reports are, I believe, all stereotyped,
and the expense of such copies would be very small.

It has been my desire to have complete catalogues of the contents
of the Museum in its several departments; but with our limited
staff, and absence of clerical assistance, it has not been possible to
accomplish the work farther than has been shown in the successive
reports. These catalogues of the thirty-fifth to thirty-eighth reports
will be extremely useful in the preparation of a final catalogue of the
Museum collections; and I would recommend the preparation of
catalogues of the specimens in other departments of the Museum.

Owing to the necessity of completing the volumes upon Palzeon-
tology, the preparation of a bulletin on the fossil Lamellibranchiata,
which was proposed two years since, has been delayed. From the same
cause no farther progress has been made toward the publication of
the Dictyospongidie, the illustrations of which were brought before
you last year. It is desirable that the lithographing of the illustra-
tions be proceeded with, since a considerable time will be required to
accomplish this part of the work; and more especially, I would urge
this course since the descriptions of all the known species of the

family are already printed in the thirty-fifth report.

' | have appended to this report a statement of the space now occu-
pied, and an estimate of the space required, for the collections and
oftices of the State Museum of Natural History, as the same existed
in 1883. This, although communicated for the use of the Trustees
at that time, has not been printed. I communicate the statement at
this time, since it may be useful to have the same in print, for fu-
ture reference and comparison.

In the last annual report of the Director, reference was made to
the exhibit of the State of New York at the New Orleans Exposition.
The collection for this purpose, consisting of ores, minerals, building
stones, slates, and other natural products of the State, was made in
months of October and November, 1884, under the direction and
supervision of the Director of the Museum, and nearly all of the
material was obtained by Mr. Chas. E. Hall, who visited mines,
quarries and mineral localities for this purpose, making large collec-
tions himself, and receiving donations from many gentlemen inter-
ested. The whole was made without cost to the Museum, except-
‘ ing the time given to it by the Director. At the close of the
' Exposition a large part of the whole collection was donated to
the Tulane University in New Orleans, and also some portions to
the University of Louisiana. To the former, among other material,
was given the rock-column representing the geological formations of
the State of NewYork. The remainder, consisting of the native woods
of the State, the building-stones, slates and other natural products, has

No. 104.] 11

been given to the State Museum by the Commissioner, Hon. D. J.
Johnston, of Cohoes. ‘The collection was received in the early part of
the summer, was unpacked and placed on exhibition temporarily on
tables and pyramidal shelf-cases in the north-east room (No. 31) of
the upper story of the State Hall. Recently it has been removed to
the south-west corner room on the second floor of the same building,
and there arranged on cases so as to be more accessible to the public.
There are eighteen dressed and varnished specimen planks of native
woods of the State; forty-six specimens of iron ores and associated
minerals; twelve specimens of serpentine and ornamental stones;
thirty-five of roofing and ornamental slates, and blocks of slate rock;
eleven of miscellaneous natural products; and thirty-eight dressed
blocks of building stone. The whole makes an interesting exhibit
of the economic geological products of the State, and a valuable
addition to the already large collection of building stones and iron
ores belonging to the Museum. These together with the Museum
collection will form a nucleus for a more specialized exhibit of all
the natural products representing the economic geology of the State.

The appended list of specimens has been prepared by Charles E.
Hall who had charge of the collection at New Orleans.

Current Work or THE Museum.

The current work of the Museum, in the care, increase and
preservation of the collections, has been carried on as usual.

In regard to the general Zoélogical Collection, I would beg leave
to repeat the views which I expressed in my report of last year.
I see no reason for any change at the present time, more especially
as our resources are all needed in other work of more importance to
the Museum, and to the general public. This collection has been
cared for in the usual manner. The stuffed skins and the skeletons
have been removed from their cases, and thoroughly cleaned, and
restored to their positions, with some modifications of arrangement.
The specimens in all the other collections of this department have
been cleaned of dust, and restored to their former positions.

The reports on Botany and Entomology will show you that a large
amount of work has been done in these departments.

The preparation of sections of fossil corals, for the study of their
structure, and the cutting, shaping and polishing of specimens for
the Museum collection, has been carried on as heretofore, and with
very satisfactory results.

During the year 1885, 1,029 specimens of rocks and fossils,
arranged in seven collections, were distributed among the following
institutions :

1. Academic High School...... RSIS hic) ARS aa Auburn, N.Y.
G. R. Cutting, Principal.

2. Canastota Union School and Academy......... Canastota, N.Y.

8. Hancock Union School....... Hancock, Delaware County, N.Y.

2 eansaton sucaneny oe ek Sk Le Kingston, N.Y.

F. J. Cheney, Principal.

12 [ AssEMBLY

5, Staten Island Academy... ci. coe ees sle tee os Stapleton, N.Y.
F, E. Partington, Principal. |
6) Tihacatihioip School yale pia ventana ee a eiale ets ile Ithaca, N.Y.

7. Stamford Seminary and Union Free School..,..Stamford, N.Y.
A. Gardenier, Principal.

No. 16 of the original Normal School collections, containing 487
specimens of minerals and fossils, together with a catalogue
of the same, was sent to the

ithaca elie Scho olae sae aire siemens ween al ate beet: Ithaca, N.Y.

The collections removed from the State Museum to the State
Hall during the past year and arranged in drawers and table
cases are as follows:

The Gould types of Mollusca, arranged in table cases.

The types of the Cephalopoda of Vol. V, pt. II, Paleontology of
N. Y., arranged in drawers.

The Niagara Waldron selected collection and types, arranged in
table cases.

The Emmons collection of crystallized minerals, arranged in table
cases.

A collection of miscellaneous minerals, occupying about thirty
drawers.

The collections sent to the State Hall from the private museum
and laboratory of Mr. Hall, aud heretofore in his custody,
are as follows:

Niagara and Clinton groups of Canada— A collection presented to
the museum through the Director, from Mr. Waddell, of Hamilton,
Ontario, occupying twenty drawers; other collections from Hamil-
ton made by the Museum, occupying five drawers; Clinton group
of New York, four drawers.

Niagara group —Waldron collection, arranged in 330 drawers, with
110 slabs arranged on shelves. Seven boxes and one package of
this collection still remain in the basement of the State Hall to be
unpacked and arranged. :

Coralline limestone, three drawers.

Lower Helderberg corals, eighteen drawers.

Oriskany sandstone, four drawers.

Corniferous limestone, corals arranged in 396 drawers.

Large specimens of corals and slabs of same arranged on tables
and shelves, over 550 specimens.

Corals of the Corniferous limestone in the basement of the State
Hall, twenty-six boxes, fourteen barrels, and over 200 on shelves,
besides others not enumerated.

Corniferous Limestone, fish remains occupying four drawers, and
Gasteropoda, six drawers.

Hamilton group, corals arranged in seventy-two drawers, with
slabs on tables and shelves.

Geological specimens, Lake Champlain, two drawers.

Minerals and fossils from the Skaneateles Library Association (in
exchange), Trenton and Black River limestone, three drawers.

No. 104.] 13

Numerous slabs of fossils from various geological formations, on
shelves and tables.

Besides the above collections and others not enumerated, there
are about 200 boxes filled with fossils from various geological
formations, which have been removed from Mr. Hall’s premises,
and are now stored in the basement of the State Hall.

The two basement rooms in the south-east corner of the State
Hail areso filled with boxes and casks of specimens that we are already
greatly inconvenienced in any attempt at working. The room in the
south-east corner is partially occupied by our boxes of fossils, but we |
have not control of the same, and it cannot be used as a working-
room.

The collections of specimens representing the fossil Lamelli-
branchiata of the Upper Helderberg, Hamilton and Chemung
‘groups have now been pretty thoroughly studied, and the species
are separated and arranged in drawers in the private museum of the
Director. Altogether, these fossils occupy about 800 drawers, and
number more than 30,000 specimens. The second volume
of the work, describing these fossils, being now completed, it is
important that the specimens be correctly labeled before being
removed from their present arrangement to the State Hall. Assoon
as this labeling can be completed, I would recommend that selections
of specimens be made sufficient for any future use of the Museum,
both for its collections and for exchanges; and that the remainder
be arranged in series for distribution to the educational institutions
of the State. This work will require much time and careful
attention on the part of the Director and his special assistant, as well
as additional assistance.

I would most earnestly recommend that the Director be authorized
to employ competent assistants beyond the present Museum staff,
and begin the work of distribution of all the duplicate fossils. If
this work be not undertaken pretty soon, and while the services of
persons competent for the work are available, I am quite sure it will
never be done. ‘The fossils in the unarranged and duplicate collec-
tions amount to nearly half a million of specimens, and to dispose
of this enormous amount of material in a judicious manner will
require most vigorous and earnest work, combined with knowledge
of the subjects.

The details of this work and the disposition of the collections to
result therefrom may be a subject for special future discussion and
determination ; and while the educational institutions of the State
deserve the first consideration, I believe that it is due from the
New York State Museum of Natural History, that authentic collec-
tions of these fossils shall be presented, or given in exchange, to the
scientific museums of this country and Europe.

The Paleontology of New York has presented much that is new
and very interesting to the science; these volumes are in all the
scientific libraries of the world, and I believe it our duty to supple-
ment this source of information with the more tangible evidence

14 [ ASSEMBLY, No. 104.]

afforded by the fossils themselves; for while our illustrations are
not inferior to any, and are superior to the majority of similar pub-
lications, every paleontologist appreciates the importance of work-
ing directly with the fossils themselves.
Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
JAMES HALL,
Director, State Museum of Natural History.

ADDITIONS TO THE STATE MUSEUM DURING
THE YEAR 1885.

APPENDIX A.

I. BoranicAL DEPARTMENT.

Specimens of 7rilliwm grandiflorum Salisb, var. variegatum, from
Mrs. L. L. Goodrich, Syracuse, N. Y.

Specimens of the fruit of Salisburia adiantifolia Sm., from Miss
E. d. Knight, New York, N. Y.

Specimens of Festuca elatior L., from Mrs. L. A. Millington,
New Russia, N. Y.

Specimens of Pyxidanthera barbulata Mx., from Mrs. M. M.
Patten, Albany, N. Y.

Specimens of Hydrocotyle umbellata L. and Cypripedium acaule
Ait., from Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y.

Specimens of eleven species of grasses, from F’. Lamson Scribner,
Washington, D. C

Specimens of ten species of flowering plants and one fern, from
F. E. Wood, Clifton, Mich.

Specimens of Puceinia Cryptotenie Pk., from W. C. Steven-
son, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa.

Specimens of Crantzia lineata Nutt., from E. 8. Miller, Wading
River, N. Y.

Specimens of the rare fungus, Siphoptychium Casparya Rostt.,
from Geo. A. Rex, M. D., Philadelphia, Pa.
: Specimens of five species of fungi, from E. A. Rau, Bethlehem,

a.

Specimens of nine species of flowering plants, two of them new
to the State, from E. C. Howe, M. D., Lansingburgh, N. Y.

Specimens of fifteen flowering plants, from H. C. Gordinier,
Proy. Nek.

Specimens of five species of fungi new to the State, from Hon.
G. W. Clinton.

Specimens of Populus balsamifera L., from Arthur Peck, Sand-
lake, N. Y.

Specimens of a root with a peculiar enlargement, from C. Van-
deloo, Albany, N. Y.

Specimens of Cylindrosporium Rubi E. & M., from J. J. Brown,
M. D., Sheboygan, Wis.

16 [ AssEMBLY

Specimens of the very rare fern, Schizea pusilla Pursh, from Geo.
L. English, Philadelphia, Pa.

Specimens of eighty-fuur species of fungi, from W. A. Keller-
man, Manhattan, Kansas.

Specimens of one hundred and fifty-five species of fungi, from H.
W. Harkness, M. D., San Francisco, Cal.

Specimens of one hundred and ninety-eight species of plants, by
collection of the Botanist, one hundred and fourteen of which are
new to the Herbarium.

List of Native Woods, from the New York State Exhibit at the
New Orleans Exposition.

(Presented by Hon. D. J. Johnston, of Cohoes.)

1. Board of white pine, 12. Board of chestnut,
2. «¢ Norway pine, 13. “* -red ‘elm,
3. ‘spruce, ” 14. “< maple,
4, “ hemlock, 15. “« white wood,
5. h Prceaar, 16. “¢ poplar,
6. oo Oak, Le “< basswood,
i “white ash, ( ean binch,
8. hick ory, | ‘¢ spruce,
o: “Wack walnut, 18. + ei beech;
10. “butternut, | “« maple,
i “cherry, L “black walnut.

II. ZoGrocican DEparTMent.

(Additions to Zodlogical Collections of the State Museum, during the year 1885.)

A specimen of the Lota inornata (plain Burbot), found at Cohoes,
in draining off the factory canal, which is fed from above the Cohoes
Falls; 70 feet above tide. Presented by Cornelius Kelly, Cohoes,
INE.

A common clam (Venus mercenaria) showing a break in the shell,
which has been completely repaired by a nacreous deposit.

An irregularly-shaped pearl, from the shell of the common clam.

A group of twelve pairs of large oyster shells united at their
apices; showing the manner of growth. Presented by W. H.
Keeler, Albany, N. Y.

A very fine specimen of black hare. Presented by Dr. Leonard,
Camden, Oneida county, N. Y.

By Purchase.
Head of buffalo (mounted), specimen, killed on the farm of Henry
Gallien & Sons, Belfield, Billings county, Dakota Territory.
Two antelope heads (mounted).
Ostrich eggs, Batavia, Java. From Frank Lewis, Schoharie, N. Y.

III. MinrrarogicaL AND GEOLOGICAL.

A slice. from the meteorite which fell at Tunkhannock creek,
Rensselaer county. From 8. CO. H. Bailey, Cortland-on-the-Hudson.

No. 104.] 17

A large block of asbestos from Pawling, Dutchess county. From
C. J. Haight, of Pawling.

A collection of iron ores (carbonates) and the associated rocks from
the mines at Burden, Columbia county, made in 1883-4 by Prof. J.
C. Smock.

A collection, consisting of 547 members of crystalline and frag-
mental rocks from the Highlands of the Hudson and the adjacent
geological formations. Itrepresents nearly 200 localities in Dutchess,
Putnam and Westchester counties, Stony Point and Tompkins’
Cove, Rockland county, and the western borders of Fairfield and
Litchfield counties, Conn. Made during the autumn of 1885, by
Prof. J. C. Smock.

'A collection of lithographic stones and associated rocks, from
Lawrence county, Indiana. (36 Nos.) Presented by J. W. Latcher,
of Edinburgh, Saratoga county.

A collection of specimens from the Mohawk Valley, illustrating
the character of the beds at the junction of the Laurentian gneiss
with the superincumbent rocks, consisting of gneiss, the representa-
tive beds of the Potsdam sandstone, with imbedded pieces of clay
slate, breccia, and calciferous sandstone. Made by Mr. C. E. Beecher
and Mr. C. E. Hall.

A collection of specimens representing a section of the Oneonta
sandstone and superincumbent rocks in Chenango cofinty, N. Y.

Mr. Geo. F. Kunz, of Hoboken, N. J., has placed on deposit with
the Museum a collection illustrative of the rocks of New Hampshire.
It is in part a duplicate of the New Hampshire collection of Prof.
C. H. Hitchcock, and represents the more common types of the
crystalline and semi-crystalline rocks of that State. This collection,
consisting of 250 specimens, is very interesting and valuable for
purposes of comparative study; it has been placed in drawers in
the south-east corner room, and will be accessible to all students
of geology.

Presented to the New York State Museum by Hon. D. J. Johnston,
of Cohoes, State Commissioner to the New Orleans Exposition.
(A collection of specimens returned from the New Orleans Exposition, 1885.)

No.
1. Column of red granite (polished). International Scotch gran-

ite Co. . Jefferson County, N. Y., from R. Forsyth, Montreal.

Ze cirondack: erapite (Dlock).. 715. ssp 'ae «sus «nes + oe New York.
amy MME OMATIUICS «.5.0)s) a) i alec Women Maly Lalor oo Quincy, Mass.
Ree ay EEATINPOL 'ova/c' lt sae ticlniane ey odeiees so Saratoga Co., N. Y.
ty, GA ECAMIG,. 2). fa (siteees ss Mount Vista, Saratoga Co., N. Y.
Rea rRAADNI UC oe aisles, sa Lier aleh ae ge oie salto ols aie se Keene, N. H.
ToS GOTANEORAUTBE s,%,0/ 6h 20s) spat 4 «15-6 dietarhe Ae Le ee Mount Waldo, Me.
See Gat WML Yd. creo S's wba a yirlon we Se ..... Hallowell, Me.
eC CHRYRIPRE INULIN 32, 215 ralpcilsis) Sian ete ota BS AER ea oc am foes Me.
10. Red granite (Internat’] Scotch Granite Co). . Jefferson Co., N. Y.
BUG eae epee pop cet hue ala Se te 2°%) 2 ci uap tke atete oe. Fox Island, Me.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] - 38

18 | AssEMBLY

Pa\sEOC sO TATIGEy ae ties, slsalalahes wile lelayaleie's Bay of Fundy, Nova Scotia.
13.3 Potadamaisamasbomes se {\eieyanih tice isl seen eee meet Potsdam, N. Y.
14. Brown stone (from Hughes Bros., Syracuse). Oswego Falls, N. Y.
TDs) Sam Gshomer edi Wiis loiiey tasks wan aedeagal nea Amherst, Ohio.
AGM BAMES TOMO, CNG xs cise peneliabeeieviatistedeleratey Dorchester, Nova Scotia.
A7.Red) Scotch sandstone sis je cia ee le tees Corsehill, Scotland.
18. Shae tebou es Sf. cig cael msae bus Oxford, Chemung Co., N. Y.
19+ Thimestoness) ./ Raa hate Tribes Hill, Montgomery Co., N. Y.
20. Limestone (from Hughes Bros., Syracuse). Onondaga Res’vation.

(This stone is used for the U. 8. Court-House and Post-office,
etc., at Syracuse, N. Y.)

‘Black marbles. abas Mits Suenos obits Glens Falls, N. Y.-
ishhell nmarblen cesses au we Hudson, Columbia Co., N. Y.
23.
Dnekahoe marble sii. val Tuckahoe, Westchester Co., N. Y.
. Wakefield marble..... sea hs ao ad RR ... Wakefield, Vt.
wi Waketeldivarieoated marbles 4 scare aisles hie Wakefield, Vt.
iv Hastern|) hennessee, marble.’ is Lee oe felenetets o> Concord, Tenn.
Sehwed ‘oramdtet, sel. Gite bios deve la lehnee espn ee Stony Creek, Conn.
Brown hemlatites >.) Sencven Clove Mine, Dutchess Oo., N. Y.

Mennessee aE lew: ec.) .iie i/o ee ane en eee Knoxville, Tenn.

(From A. Tower, Esq., Poughkeepsie, N. Y.)

. Verdantiqne marble........5...:. Bolton, Warren Co., N. Y.

(From George Ives, Esq., Ticonderoga, N. Y.)

By aT CIE AG Ne eat ath tay 2) st Edwards, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.

(From the Adirondack Pulp Company.)

Oe Mianbleny. sims Whitney Marble Company, Gouverneur, N. Y.
. Specular iron ore, red hematite, soapstone, etc., Caledonia

Mine, Rossie, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.

pi vitkey quart Ze y Leh aie ceil. Fort Ann, Washington Co., N. Y.
, Serpentine! mica...) 54. jf. Use Ayers’ Quarry, Gouverneur, N.Y.
. Birdseye limestone (polished)... ......0-2 2-62.22 -oe8- Nite
. Specular iron ore, red hematite, Old Sterling Mine, Jefferson

Con Now,

. Slate — Different varieties — roofing and ornamental, Middle

Granville, Washington Oo., N. ¥

. Red hematite, breccia, ete., Old Mine, three miles west of

Ticonderoga, N. Y.

. Ilmenite (titaniferous iron ore) and pig, Adirondack Iron and

Steel Co., Essex Co., N. Y.

. Magnetic iron ore, Hammondville, Crown Point, Essex Co.,

NS Aes

iMaonetic iron Ore (UMe).< ie te tele e St. Lawrence Co., N. Y.
. Magnetic iron ore, Schofield Mine, fourteen miles west of

‘Ticonderoga, Schroon, Essex Co., N. Y.

. Magnetic iron, Vineyard Mine, four miles north of Ticonderoga, |

Essex 'Co.,.N.) Y:

. Magnetic iron ore..... Forest of Dean Mine, Orange Co., N. Y.
. Magnetic iron ore, twelve miles west of Ticonderoga, Essex

CouiNe we

No. 104.] 19

NO:

49, Magnetic iron ore. .Skiff Mine, Crown Point, Essex Co., N. Y.
50. Magnetic iron ore.. New Bed Mine, Mineville, Essex Co., N. Y.
51. Magnetic iron ore..Old Bed Mine, Mineville, Essex Co., N. Y.
52. Iron ore (carbonate)............ Burden, Dutchess Co., N.Y.

TV. ArRcH AOLOGICAL.

A collection of arrow heads and spear heads, found in the town of
Watervliet, Albany county, consisting of 58 examples, from Philip
Emerich.

A second collection of 48 numbers from the same.

A hand-axe of trap-rock from the same. Also a remarkably
elongated flint arrow point, found in Saratoga county, from the same
donor.

One arrow head found on the farm of H. Schoonmaker, Cedar
Hill, Albany county. Donor, H, Schoonmaker.

VY. Liprary.
1. By Donation and Fxchange.

U.8. Geological Survey, J. W. Powell, Director.
Fourth Annual Report, 1882-3. By J. W. Powell, 1884.
Monographs :
III. Geology of the Comstock Lode and Washoe District,
with atlas. By Geo. F. Becker, 1882.
IV. Comstock Mining and Miners. By Eliot Lord, 1883.
V. Copper-bearing Rocks of Lake Superior. By Roland
D. Irving, 1883.
VI. Contributions to the Knowledge of the Older Meso-
zoic Flora of Virginia. By Wm. M. Fontaine, 1883.
VII. Silver Lead Deposits of Eureka, Nevada. By Joseph
S. Curtis, 1884.
VIII. Paleontology of the Eureka District. By Charles D.
Walcott, 1884.
Dulletins, Nos. 2,.3,'4.°5, 6,7, 89) 10,11) 195 13..04.
Mineral Resources of the United States, 1883 and 1884. By
Albert Williams, Jr.
U.S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories. F. V.
Hayden, Geologist in charge.
12th Ann. Rep., 1878, Maps and Panoramas.
Vol. IIL. Tertiary Vertebrata, Book I. By E. D. Cope, 1884.
Vol. VILL. Cretaceous and Tertiary Floras. By Leo Lesquereux,
1883.
Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C.
Report of the Commissioners for the year 18838.
Report of the Commissioners for the year 1884.
Division of Statistics [new series], Nos. 3, 15, 16, 17, 21.
Miscellaneous Special Report, No. 3, 1883.
War Department, Chief Signal Officer, Gen. Wm. B. Hazen.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1871.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1872.

20 [ AssEMBLY

War Department — Continued.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1877.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1879.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1880.
Report of the Chief Signal Officer for 1881.
Report of the International Polar Expedition, to Pt. Barrow,
Alaska, 1885.
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.
Annual Report for 1883.
A Catalogue of Scientific and Technical Periodicals. By Henry
Carrington Bolton, 1885. :
Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, Vol. XXIV: (1)
Results of Met. Obs. at Providence, Rk. I. By Alexis Cas-
well; (2) Tables of Precipitation in U.S. By Chas. A.
Schott, 1882; Vol. XX V, Prehistoric Fishing in Europe and
North America. By Charles Rau, 1884.
U. S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries.
Bulletin, Vol. IV, for 1884. Spencer F’. Baird, Commissioner.
U. S. Patent Office, Washington, D. C.
Ann. Rep. of the Commissioner for 1884.
Official Gazette: Vol. 29, Nos. 11, 12,13; Vol. 30, Nos. 1-18 ;
Vol. 31, Nos. 1-12; Vol. 32, Nos. 1-13; Vol. 33, Nos.
1-13.
Alphabetical Lists of Patents and Inventions, for the quarters
ending Sept. 30, 1884, and March 31, 1885. :
Bureau of Education, Washington, D. C.
Circulars of Information, Nos. 6, 7, 1884.
Circulars of Information, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 1885,
Historical Sketches of Universities and Colleges in the United
States. By F. B. Hongh. :
Indiana, Department of Geology and Natural History, John Col-
lett, State Geologist.
7th Ann. Rep., 1876.
12th Ann. Rep., 1882.
13th Ann. Rep., 1883.
14th Ann. Rep., 1884.
Ohio Geological Survey, Edward Orton, State Geologist.
Vol. III, Geology.
Vol. IV, Zoélogy and Botany, 1882.
Vol. V, Economic Geology, 1884.
Maps, Nos. 1-8, 1884.
Minnesota Geological and Natural History Survey, N.. H. Win-
chell, State Geologist.
11th Ann. Rep., 1882.
12th Ann. Rep., 1883.
Vol. I, Geology, 1884.
Geolgical Survey of New Jersey.
Ann. Reps. of the State Geologist for the years, 1880, 1881,
1883. [From the Regents of the University. ]

No. 104.] 21

New York State Survey.
Report of Commissioners, 1877. [From the Regents.]
New York Agricultural Experiment Station.
ist Ann. Rep., 1882. [From the Regents. ]
2d Ann. Rep., 1883. [From the Regents.]
Indiana Bureau of Statistics.
Extract from 1st Ann. Rep. [From the Regents.]
American Geographical Society, N. Y. city.
Bulletins, Nos. 3, 4, 1884.
Bulletin, No. 5, 1885.
American Museum of Natural History, N. Y. city.
Amn: Reps. 8,9, 10, 11, 12.
Bulletin, No. I.
Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 6.
Visitor’s Guide to Collection of Mammals.
Visitor’s Guide to Collection of Shells, Minerals and Fossils.
New York Microscopical Society.
Wolz J. Nos, 2, 4, 5565-7
Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass.
Ann. Reps. of Trustees, 1874 to 1ss4.
Johns-Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md.
Studies for the Biological Peparetoryy Nol, jd 3 ee 2, 3, 4.
University Circular, Vol. V, No. 4
Cincinnati Society of Natural History.
Journal, Vol. VII, No. 4; Vol. VIII, Nos. 1, 2, 3.
Brookville Society of Natural History, Indiana.
No. 1, 1835.
Des Moines Academy of Sciences, Iowa.
Vol} Bull No:1;
California Academy oe Sciences, San Francisco, Cal.
Bulletins, Nos. 2, 3; 1885.
Rochester Society of Natural Sciences.
Ann. Reps., Dec., 1883, and Dec., 1884.
Dearborn Observatory, Chicago, Illinois.
Ann. Reps. of Board of Directors, 1880 and 1883. [From
the Regents. ]
Vassar Brothers’ Institute, Poughkeepsie, N. Y.
Scientific Papers and Transactions, 1881-1883. [From the
Regents. |
te of Comparative Zodlogy, Harvard College, Cambridge,
ass
Vol. III, No. 10, C. D. Walcott; “The Trilobite.” [From
the Regents. ]
Houghton Farm, Orange county, N. Y.
“Agricultural Physics ; Series I, Nos. 3, 4
Ex. Dept., Series III; Diseases of Plants, 1883. [From
the Regents. ]
Library Company of Philadelphia.
Bulletin.

22 [ASSEMBLY ~

Washburn College.
Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 4.
Royal Society of Canada, Montreal.
Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. II, 1884.
Canadian Record of Science, Montreal.
Vol. I, Nos. 3, 4.
Botanic Garden and Arboretum, Montreal.
10th Ann. Rep. (Reprint.)
Museo Nacional de Mexico.
Anales, Tomo III, Entrega 6, 7, 8, 1884-85.
Conférence faite au Muséum National.
Rio De Janeiro, 1885, par De L. Netto.
Edinburgh Geological Society, Scotland.
Trans., Vol. IV., Pt. 3, 1883.
Scciété Géologique de Belgique, Liége.
Anales; Tome X,1; XI, 1883-4.
Catalogue des Ouvrages de Geologie, Minéralogie et de
Paleontalogie et des Cartes Geologique.
Musée Teyler, Haarlem, Holland.
Archives; Série II, 4th Partie; Vol. II, 2 Partie.
L’Institut National Genevois, Geneve.
Mémoires, Tome XV, 1882-1883.
“Tsis’’ in Dresden, Germany.
Litzungberichte und Abhandlungen Jahrgang, 1884.
Festschrift Zur Feierihres 50-jahrigern Bestehens.
Bamberg, Bavaria.
Bericht VIII, 1884, der Natur. forschender. Gesellschaft.
Société unpériale des Naturalistes de Moscow, Russia.
Bulletin, 1883, No. 4.
Bulletin, 1884, Nos. 1, 2, 3.
Kong]. Vetenskaps Akademien. Stockholm, Sweden.
Ofversight af Férhandlingar, 42, a Arg., Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1885.
Communacaés da Seccao dos Trabalhas Geologicos de Portugal.
Tom. I, Fase. 1, 1885.
Indian Museum, Calcutta, India.

List of accessions, Apr., 1883, to March, 1884. Appendix A,
Mar. 31, 1884, App.; Sept. 30, 1884; App., Dec. 31, 1884.
City of Liverpool, Free Public Library, Museum and Walker Art

Gallery.
32d Ann. Rep. 1885.
Edwards.
Butterflies of North America.
II series, Part XIII.
Charles E. Putnam.
Elephant Pipes in the museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences, Davenport, Iowa.
S. H. Scudder.
Dictyonema and Allied Insects of the Carboniferous Epoch.
Notes on Mesozoic Cockroaches.

No. 104.) - 23

J. S. Newberry.
Deposition of Iron Ores.
Eroding Power of Ice.
Prof. James Hall.
Fossil Corals of Niagara and Upper Helderberg Groups, 1882.
Bryozoans of Upper Helderberg and Hamilton Groups.
Geological History of the American Continent.
H. 8S. Williams.
Studies of Spirifera levis. [From the Regents. |
A. 8. Packard.
Guide to the Study of Insects. Parts 1, 2, 3, 6, 10. [From
the Regents. ] 5
Thomas M. Drown.
“Technical Training. An Address,” 1853.
F. B. Hough.
“On Forestry Management.” [From the Regents.]
Sturtevant.
“Maize: An Attempt at Classification,’ 1883. [From the
Regents. ]
Troschel.
‘* Das Gebiss der Schnecken.” IT Band, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Lieferungen.
Chaper.
“Description de quelques Espéces et Geures Nouvreaux de
Coquilles vivantes.”
Prof. James Hall.
Report of the State Geologist for 1882.
Beckett.
“Indians of North America.”
Boston, City Auditor’s Report for 1884-5.
Map of Washington county, N. Y., 1853. Maps of eleven towns
in Dutchess and Putnam counties. [From J. C. Smock.]

2. By Purchase.

Synoptical Flora of North America. Vol. I, Part II. Asa Gray.

Mycological Illustrations. [Hymenomycetous Fungi.] Parts I, II.
Saunders, Smith & Bennett.

Mycologia Europea. Sections I, HI, III. Persoon.

Icones Selectee Hymenomycetum. 1-10 Fascicule. Fries.

Icones Selectee Hymenomycetum Hungarie. Kalchbrenner.

Mosses of North America. Lesquereuxw and James, 1884.

New England Bird Life. A Manual of Ornithology. Elliott Cones.
Parts: Le 11, 1883.

Stractural and Systematic Conchology. George W. Tryon
Vols. I, IT, III, 1882-1884.

Geology of Rhode Island. Charles T. Jackson. 1840.
1 volume.

Das Eozoon Canadense, von Max Hauer, with portfolio of 18 plates,
Leipsic, 1885.

24 [ AssEMBLY

The Natural History of the Mineral Kingdom. John Williams,
Edinburgh, 1810. 2 vols. [DeWitt Clinton’s copy. ]

Encyclopedia Brittanica. Vols. XVIII and XIX.

Popular History of New England. Howard and Crocker.

Volssiy IT 1881.

International Scientist’s Directory. S. 4. Casino, 1885.

Atlas of Rockland County. /. W. Beers, 1875.

Atlas of Westchester County. J. B. Beers & Co., 1872.

Map of Dutchess County. (ddlette, 1858.

Map of Putnam County. eed, 1876.

American Journal of Science: Vol. XXVIII, No. 167, Novem-
ber, "1884; Vol." X XTX, «Nos; 169, 170, 179i ia Lina, Aen
Voli XXM Nossal 7o. U7G\T ii iS, Lio; SO:

American Naturalist: Vol. XIX, Nos. 1-12.

Science: Vol. IV, Nos. 98, 99; Vol. V, Nos. 100-125; Vol. VI,
“Nos. 126, 128-151. |

Nature: Vol. 30, No. 22; Vol. 31, Nos. 4-26; Vol. 32, Nos.
1-20, 22, 23, 24, 26; Vol. 33, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5.

Geological Map of the United States, by C. H. Hitchcock.
Julius Bien, New York.
Geological Model of part of Blair, Bedford, and Huntingdon

Counties, Pennsylvania. By Edward b. Harden, of the

Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania.

The library has been partly re-arranged, and nearly all of the
journals and periodicals to date of January, 1885, have been bound.

A manuscript catalogue is in course of preparation, made from
a list of the volumes, bound and unbound, pamphlets and maps in
the library up to the end of the current year. This catalogue will
make the library more serviceable to those consulting it.

The accessions to the library of the Museum during the year
consist of 35 bound, and 11 unbound volumes; 4 volumes of
journals ; 118 pamphlets, and 12 maps, through exchange and by
donations. The purchases were 26 volumes, 7 volumes of journals,
and 3 maps. The aggregate additions are 83 volumes, 118 pam-
phlets, and 15 maps.

APPENDIX B.

STATEMENT of the Space now Occupied, and an Estimate of the
Space required, for the Collections and Offices of the State
Musewm of Natural History.

1. GroLoey.

There are now arranged in table and wall cases 3,350 specimens
of rocks, representing the New York system. Two hundred and
fifty specimens representing the section of the Hudson river.

These 3,600 specimens occupy 425 square feet of case-room (table
and wall cases) on the second floor of the Museum.

The additions necessary for a proper exhibition of the geology of

No. 104.] 25

the State would require at least an equal amount of space in addi-
tion to that now occupied, or about 1,000 square feet.

2. Economic GEoLoGY.

The area now occupied in wall cases and floor-room is 180 square
feet. Space needed for a proper arrangement and enlargement of
the collection, equal to one-half that at present occupied — ninety
square feet.

The specimens of this department nowin the new Capitol, which
will eventually go into the Museum, would require twice the space
now used for this collection, or 360 square feet; and in order to
provide for a proper exhibition of the iron ores of the State we
should require an additional space of at least 200 square feet.

3. MINERALS.

Area now occupied by the general collection in wall cases and
table cases is as below:

One thousand five hundred specimens in cases occupying 413)
square feet. Additional area required, 200 square feet.

The New York collection of minerals and ores numbers 1,500
specimens, occupying 1,181 square feet.

In each of these departments one-half more space is necessary for
collections now on hand, without providing for future additions,
which ought to require double the space now occupied, or an area
of 800 square feet.

4, PALmONTOLOGY.
Palseozoic.—There are now 11,700 specimens arranged in the cases
on the second floor of the Museum, which occupy an area of 2,175

square feet, disposed of as follows:
Square feet.

Mitips tet Lexa a Mes 5 sn oy hc aye, ent otsve, Snares Gian Tal nce Ores 1, 125
nipwal eased ais stoic. < a eS SR AP SRR ERS yikes ah 840
Mia GL ES OCTET Re arch a. nas 5 SAE cos esi ate Sela odes Codd tel oben eys 210

Ropal ATCS cc csw at-s:¢ sdephegeeieaa ictal’ ana SrePE ee af 6 2, 175

Of the above number of specimens, 9,000 are from the New York
formations. The remainder are chiefly from the coal measures of
Pennsylvania and the western States.

The number of specimens, the property of the State, which are
not on exhibition, 1s upwards of 200,000. Of these, 25,000 are in
the Museum in drawers and boxes, 155,000 in 3,200 drawers in the
custody of James Hall, 20,000 in boxes in the custody of James Hall.
Total number of non-exhibited specimens in Paleontology, 200,000.
From this amount there will be taken the specimens oceupying
about 1,000 drawers for exhibition in the Museum ; a portion of
these are typical specimens.

The addition of this material will necessitate an area of 7,360
square feet, or nearly three times the space now occupied by this

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 4

4

26 [ ASSEMBLY

department. In the final arrangement will be more than ‘three
times greater than at present occupied by the paleeontological collec-
tions of the paleeozoic series or the New York formations and their
representatives, or an entire area of 9,530 square feet.

SECONDARY AND TERTIARY.

The area of table cases now occupied is 300 square feet. The
Mastodon and similar remains have a space of floor and table area of
448 square feet, or the total area of this department occupies 784
square feet.

The additional material for exhibition now occupies fifteen draw-
ers, requiring 120 square feet when arranged in cases.

The collection is now comparatively small, and a proper increase
in size would require three times the amount of space now occupied,
or about 2,244 square feet.

WapswortH GALLERY OF CAsts.

Area now occupied :

i Gc MRc1:137 =) 6 Ge ON Pg AGC eRer eae Ke yrotslog oa” NIWA IE Es 72 square feet.
Hiatt oro Onde, yoy ae dacs Ache WOioe, sgersis cata Monae ogee joke 448 square feet.

Nearly 100 additional square feet would be necessary for the proper
exhibition of the present collection.

5. ZoOLoey.

ftadiates and Sponges.

Area at present occupied by these collections is 40 square feet.
Area to be provided should be about 300 square feet.

ConcHoLoay.

Gould collection of 60,000 specimens, now occupying 360 square
feet, will require an additional area of 180 square feet for the exhi-
bition of species which do not appear in the present cases for want

of space.
The Mazatlan collection occupies................ 180 square feet.
The Smithsonian donations require............++4- 75 square feet.

These collections should be greatly increased. The New York
shells, land, fresh-water and marine, contain 7,000 specimens now
arranged and occupying 75 square feet; when completed and properly
arranged will require at least one-half morearea. For a representa-
tive collection of North American shells, three times the space now
serving for this department would be necessary, or 250 square feet.

CRUSTACEA.
The area now occupied is 20 square feet. A considerable addi-

\

No. 104.] 27

tional space is necessary for enlargement, to provide for the present
and future collections of this class of animals from the State of New
York.

Enromotocy.— No space has yet been provided. ‘The number of
specimens will be from 4,000 to 5,000. The collections are now in
progress. The area needed will be equal to a case 24 feet wide by
40 feet long, or 100 square feet.

OstrroLtocy.— There are 120 important specimens with numerous
special preparations, which now occupy 216 square feet. The ad-~
ditional area required for proper exhibition of specimens on hand,
without provision for future enlargement, would ‘require 108 square
feet,or one-half more thanis nowinuse. And for the future increase
of the collection an equal area, or at least a total of 600 square feet.

OxnirHoLocy.— The area occupied :

HOreiGmNSPeCIMACHS. ..'s. 15. . 52 Mees. «e's pears teens 180 square feet.
Wewirl ore specimens... sis.) sda «c's sve »+e.+-. -480 square feet.

If completed for New York alone one-half more area would be
needed, or 220 square feet, making altogether 700 square feet.

Mammatra.— The area now occupied is 528 square feet ; twice as
much is needed for the proper arrangement of the collection, or
1,000 square feet altogether. The number of stuffed skins of verte-
brata, mammals and birds in 1877 was 1,132 specimens.

Axconoric Cotiections. — Forty-five square feet is now occu-
pied. ‘Twice this area is needed, or 100 square feet. In 1877 there
were 1,200 specimens in 590 jars, upon exhibition — and for addi-
tions to be made, as much more space,or at least 200 square feet, will
be reguired.

Fisnes AND Reptitus. — 1,500 specimens, a portion of which
are in alcohol —~ stuffed skins and skeletons of fish, occupying an
area of 60 square feet, are much toocrowded in their arrangement,
and no more space is available: For the present collection at least
one-half more space is required. If properly completed for the
State of New York, atleast tive times the present area would be
required, or 300 square feet of case-room.

Brrps’ Eacs.— The area occupied is 24 square feet. No special
or proper place has yet been reserved or assigned to this collection,
and it should be increased to at least four times its present area
— which will require at least 100 square feet.

6. Botany.

In all classes there are 7,100 species, occupying 210 square feet
of closed wall cases. Additional space required for present collec-
tions, 250 square feet of wallcase. Forfuture collections an equal
amount of space should be provided. Also for exhibition under
glass of a generic collection, and of certain classes, especially fungi,
at least 200 square feet. A room for the exhibition of woods,
timber, ctc., and showing their application and uses.

28 [ ASSEMBLY

7. ARCHHOLOGY ; ANTHROPOLOGY.

The area occupied 160 square feet. The area required for addi-
tional display and collections, 160 square feet.

SUMMARY.
Number of Additional space
cia | Poe ae
Gealoeyye sci. ti. b 6 ween 3,600 1,000 300
Economic geology...... 180+ 25* g 360
Ju bua¥ey 2) Apa mene RAE Oe 3,000 1,500 800
Paleozoic paleontology. 11,700 30,000 © 7,400
Secondary and _ tertiary
paleontology........ 3,000 about 1,000 1,500
on hand, to
provide for
future ad-
ditions.
Wadsworth’s gallery — For the proper arrangement.... 100
Zodlogy — More than 80,000 specimens in the following
classes, with additional space required in each, making
B LOCAL OP. i.e elec tare ols ie Acces atc ietae eee ee nome 1,760
TRACI SEES: cee tereicts ts ccaietate eleie ease coer pereore latte eeetareian ie cade saree 120
Come nology pce scree aie cyslcietsls pre bles shalmcets try otetavee etek sce lass gue 430
WBUSHACETS Hoe oie: 5/aua oa seteyerts sears eta asus lebevefemenal ole Siekstcoa eiereemeere 40
Ein fomOlOgy, 2 cc chahaje. ssh plelere wyetarotey ot sis tele on pas Se ee ine oe 100
Ostealooyisiat a's + «ysis ce ei siciee se ole tyeksmie elictearnnnte feloieiotehoneneheterces 100
Ornithology, 25. Usiaiisascletie ave eas eeh te scuedmeee catteene ans ae eerste nstets 220
Miata rm alags 2s: ca yoisie eqeys tsceys perehean ley Ne asec amen een emer ote 500
Alcoholic Specimens sysiiestod rtei5: ho) sere lete chetteldeie mastete isle toe LOU
Birds) MOC os el asieaieck ahs hiss sree Me ettetayetateiejepenee chetelets etvoets 50
dveptiles ame) Mesh fi Sone cours a eetoicie ciated wteqsts classe 100
1,760
Additional space
required,
square feet.
Botany. -- Number of species in all classes, 7,100 ...... 210+-
: A generic collection..... HS Sak 5 ese a ot 200
For woods and’ timber, ete se. cece ain caer ar
Archeology.) Area OCCU PICd eel oral eho sue ete late eecdeyehene 160

Additional area needed.

Twelve thousand specimens now on exhibition in the cases of
the Museum.

The present area of the Museum is 7,389 square feet, now occu-
pied for the exhibition of collections.

An additional area of 12,790 square feet is required for the

* Blocks of iron ore.

No. 104.] 29

proper exhibition of the collections on hand and to provide for a
moderate increase. Area occupied by duplicates which are mainly
in drawers, 15,000 square feet.
Number of drawers in State Museum................. 970
Number of drawers occupied by specimens belonging to

the State and arranged in private museum and working

POM Mase MICE ELA <5 syetevete aMara: vic < «) = «defuse pe 0! 3, 200

Two-thirds of these drawers may be regarded as occupied by
duplicate collections. In addition to the specimens in drawers
there are largeslabs and masses of corals which occupy an area
equal to 1,000 drawers.

Besides the rooms for collections, there should be provided a
room for a scientific library, which for the present could be limited
to an area of 900 or 1,000 square feet with provision for increase in
the future.

Worxine Rooms.— For the Botanist a working-room of 18 x 25 feet
would suffice, with adjacent room for the collections, of 25 x 380 feet.

For the general collections in Zodlogy a room for work and study
of 20x 25 feet, a preparatory room, as a work-room, with water,
tanks, etc., 25 x 30 feet.

GroLocy AnD Patzonrotoey. — A receiving-room with space for
library in use of 25 x 30 feet and adjacent to a room of 80x 40 feet
furnished with at least 1,000 drawers to contain the collections under
investigation and comparison.

Also a wook-room with tables and appliances for cleaning, ticket-
ing and preparing specimens for study and arrangement. This
room should, if possible, be adjacent to a lathe-room, with machinery
for cutting and polishing specimens. These two rooms would
require an area of at least 1,200 square feet.

For general storage of minerals, geological specimens and fossils
preparatory to a distribution of the duplicates, a room of 35 x 45
or 40 x 50 feet, with drawers, to contain the specimens and conven-
iences necessary for the arranging, labeling and packing specimens.

Srupents’ Rooms. — Rooms should be provided for students in
special branches of scientific study, since the increased attention to
science will soon demand such conveniences. These would require
an area of 10,000 feet of floor space.

If the building be fire-proof the typical collections may be arranged
in the same rooms, but in separate cases, with the general collections
of the same department.

Considering the condition of the building now occupied by the
State Museum, the committee regard it as very important to secure,
as soon as possible, rooms for the typical collections in some fire-
proof building. The area required would be 30 x 40 feet.

Drrector’s Room.— A small room as a private office for con-
ference, consultation and correspondence should be provided for the
Director of the Museum.

REPORT OF THE BOTANIST.

To the Honorable the Board of Regents of the University of the
State of New York:

GerntLEMEN —I have the honor of communicating to you the
following statement of the work of the Botanist for 1885 :

In the prosecution of the work on the State Herbarium, specimens
of plants have been collected in the counties of Albany, Essex,
Genesee, Herkimer, Orange, Rensselaer, Saratoga, Schoharie, and
Ulster. Of the collected specimens, those representing one hundred
and ninety-eight species have been prepared, mounted and added to
the Herbarium. Of these, one hundred and fourteen species were
_ not before represented therein. The remaining eighty-four species
are illustrated more completely and satisfactorily by the added
specimens.

Specimens have been received from nineteen contributors. A
large number of these represent extra-limital species of fungi, but
among those from this State are six species new to the Herbarium,
and not among my collections of the past season. The whole num-
ber of added species, both collected and contributed, is two hundred
and ten; the whole number new to the Herbarium is one hundred
and twenty. <A list of the names of the added species is marked
(A). A list of the names of the contributors and their respective
contributions is marked (B).

Descriptions of forty-two species of fungi, which are deemed new
or hitherto unpublished, have been prepared. A part of these have
been illustrated by two plates of drawings. The descriptions of new
species, together with a record of the occurrence and locality of
others new to our flora, are in a part of the report marked (C).

A record of observations on common.or well-known species not
new to our flora is marked (D). It has reference to any thing
peculiar, interesting, or instructive in the variation, distribution,
behavior or habitat of the plant. Sometimes useful hints may
be obtained by such observations. For example, a variety of the
common blueberry, Vaceinium Pennsylvanicum, was noticed on
the summit of one of the mountains in the northern part of Saratoga
county. Its fruit was black and shining, destitute of bloom, very
large, sweet, juicy and pleasant flavored. It grew in compact
clusters at the ends of the br anches, and could be easily and rapidly
picked. Snch a susceptibility to variation and improvement in the
fruit of this plant, in its natural and wild condition, indicates for it
a peculiar value and a possibility of usefulness under cultivation and
domestication.

[AsseMBLY, No. 104. ] 31

An interesting point in the behavior of some of our pulpy-fruited
trees and shrubs the past season, and one that seems worthy of
record, is their great productiveness. In this part of the State wild-
cherry trees, cornel bushes, viburnums, wild gooseberry bushes,
various blueberry bushes and the shadbush were all observed heavily
Jaden with fruit. In the Adirondack region the crop of Canadian
blueberries ( Vacciniwm Canadense) was remarkable both for its
abundance and for the large size and fine quality of the berries. In
the Albany market the fruit of theshadbush (Amelanchier Cana-
densis) was offered for sale under the name ‘* blueberries, ” its very
abundance, apparently, having prompted the attempt to introduce
it. The name given it, however, was scarcely appropriate, since
there is nothing in its botanical relations or in its color suggestive of
it. This unusual fruitfulness extended in some instances to culti-
vated fruit trees. For example, pears were never more plentiful nor
cheaper in our markets than in the season just passed. The cause of
this exceptional productiveness is apparently, to a great extent, cli-
matic, yet it is interesting to trace effects to causes, even when the
latter are beyond our control. Inthe eastern and northern part of
the State, at the time when these fruit trees and shrubs were in
flower, there was almost continuous fair weather with little or no
rain. This was favorable to the extensive pollenization of the
flowers. Insects could ply their vocation and carry pollen from
flower to flower, day after day, without interruption or hindrance.
The consequence was the young fruit set in abundance. This was
followed later in the season by frequent showers and generous rains,
which afforded the necessary moisture for the proper and full
development of the fruit. Possibly the late and severe frosts of the
spring of 1884 may have contributed something toward this result,
by diminishing the fruitfulness of that year, and thus leaving the
trees and shrubs in a more vigorous condition this year, and, therefore,
more capable of perfecting an abundant crop.

In pursuance of the plan of giving, from time to time, mono-
graphs of certain groups or genera of our Agaricini, descriptions
have been written of the New York species of the genera Pleurotus,
Claudopus and Crepidotus. To these genera belong such Agarics,
mostly wood-inhabiting, as are either wholly destitute of a stem or
have it lateral or eccentric. The spore characters have been given
in all cases. The great importance of this in the descriptions of
Agarics will readily be seen in some of the species now described.
Thus Pleurotus spathulatus, the Spathulate Agaric, and Pleurotus
petaloides, the Petal-like Agaric, have generally been considered
one and the same species, probably through neglect of the spore
characters. But it seems to me that any one examining the spores
of the two forms will at once pronounce them distinct. The general
neglect of the spore characters of Agarics by European authors is
much to be regretted and is often the source of much perplexity in
the identification of our species. The descriptions of the species of
the three genera mentioned are marked (E),

32 | ASSEMBLY

The Herbarium has been removed from Geological Hall to State
Hall. It now occupies a room on the second floor of the building
and is in more commodious quarters than before.

Thanks are due to the correspondents and botanists who have
aided me in the prosecution of my botanical work, both by the con-
tribution of specimens and of information.

Very respectfully submitted,
CHAS. H. PECK.

Axsany, December 31, 1885.

No. 104.] 33

(A.)
PLANTS MOUNTED.

New to the Herbarium.

Solidago speciosa Nutt.
Betulanigra JL.
Cypripedium candidum Muh.
Eragrostis Frankii Meyer.
Agaricus lascivus F’.
rubescentifolius Ph.
cerussatus Fp.
amplus Pers.
esculentoides Pk.
fuscolilacinus Pk.
amabillissimus Pk.
spathulatus Pers.
atropellitus Pk.
pascuensis Pk.
fuscogriseéllus Pk.
formosus Fr,
depluens Fr.
marginatus Batsch.
unicolor Fr.
blattarius Fr.
calamistratus Fr.
eutheles B. & Br.
alnicola Fr.
elatior Ph.

: croceitinctus Pk.
Cortinarius arenatus Fr.
Hygrophorus pudorinus F?.
Russula crustosa Pk.
Boletus subaureus Ph.

B. flavipes Pk.
Polyporus confluens Fy,
Hydnum geogenium Fy.

H. farinaceum Pers.
Grandinia granulosa Fr.
Corticium puteanum Fy.

C. radiosum Fr.

PPPD> >>> >>> bbb bbb bbb

>

C. cinerascens Berk.
Clavaria circinans Ph.

; gracilis Pers.
C. byssiseda Pers.
Tremella pinicola Ph.
Siphoptychium Caspari Rostf.
Phyllosticta Mitelle Pp.
12

Hamamelidis Px,

Dendrophoma Tilize Pr.

D. Cephalanthi Ph.
Cytispora intermedia Sace.
Phoma aquilina §. & P.
strobiligena Desm.
sordida Sace
Phillipsiana 8S. & R.
Clintonii Pk.
Majanthemi Pk.
pheropsis tiliacea Ph.
Lindere Ph.
Juniperi Pk.

wrens

tn th th

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.]

Spheropsis pallida Ph.

S. spherospora Pk.
S. maculans Pk.
Coniothyrium Staphylee Pk.
Vermiculari uncinata B. & C.
Septoria oleandrina Sacc.

8. Osmorrhize Pk.
S. lineolata S. & 8.
s graminum Desm.

Rhabdospora Xanthii Pk.

R. pleosporoides Sace.
Phlyctzena septorioides Sace.

1B complanata Sace.
Diplodina Ellisii Sace.

Zythia ovata Pk.

Thyrsidium Micheneri Sace.
Marsonia Martini 9. & £Z.
Coryneum compactum B. & Br.
Pestalozzia Saccardoi Speg.

RP: consocia Pk,

P. campsosperma Pk,
Uredo Ledi A. & 8.

Puccinia hastata Oke.

Gymnosporangium clavarieforme D. (.

Periconia pycnospora Fres.
Sporodinia grandis Lk.
Illosporium humigenum P. & S.
Monilia Peckiana S. & V.
Ramulari Geranii Feki.
Saprolegnia ferax Kutz.
Geoglossum viscosum Pers.
Leotia marcida Pers,
Godronia Cassandre Pk.
Tympanis saligna ode.
Stictis Saccardoi Rehm.
Lichenopsis sphwroboloidea Sehuo.
Ascomyces extensus Ph.
Microspheria Ceanothi Pk
Valsa rhoophila ©. ¢& E.
glandulosa Oke.

Ve cenisia Del.
Lestadia Msculi Pk,
Rosellinia ambigua Sace,
R. mastoidea Sacce.
Hypoxylon semiimmersum Nits.
Spherella maculosa Suce.

: macularis A wersi.
s. Lycopodii Pk.
Diaporthe Carpini Fvkl.

D. Robergeana Wiessl.
D. galericulata Sace.
D. Neillie Pk.

D. marginalis Pk.

D. sparsa Pk,

| Didymospheria bacchans Pass.

Leptospheria Typharum Kurst.
L. Kalmie Ph.
Zignoelladiaphana Sacc,

Pyrenophora relicina Sace.
Cryptospora Tilize 77.
Hypocrea fungicola ‘Karst.
Pleonectria Berolinensis Sacc.

Not new to the Herbarium.

Ranunculus acris L.

R. multifidus Ph.
Acta alba Bigel.

A. rubra Mz.

Arabis lyrata L.

Barbarea vulgaris 2. Br.
Camelina sativa Crantz.
Amelanchier Canadensis 7. & G.
Potentilla Canadensis JL.
Pryus arbutifolia Z.

Ribes rubrum JL.

iRys rotundifolium Mz.
ihe hirtellum Wz.
Thaspium aureum Wut.
Cornus paniculata L Her.
Lonicera oblongifolia. Muhl.
Petasites palmata Gr.
Senecio aureus L.

Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum Lam.

Castilleia coccinea Spreng.
Gratiola aurea Mul.

Echium vulgare L.
Hydrophyllum Virginicum ZL.
Menyanthes trifoliata L.
Apocynum androsemifolium JL.
Asclepias obtusifolius Mv.

A. tuberosa L,
Chenopodium album ZL.
Atriplex patula Z.

Amarantus blitoides Wats

A. hypochondriacus L.
Euphorbia Peplus Z.

Celtis occidentalis L.;

Morus alba L.

Alnus viridis D.C.

Salix longifolia Muh.

Populus monilifera Ait.

12% balsamifera ZL.
Abies nigra Poir.
Ac: balsamea Marsh.

Juniperus sabina L.
Ariseema triphyllum Tor7.

[ ASSEMBLY

Orontium aquaticum G3
Triglochin maritimum JL.
Cypripedium acaule Ait.

C. pubescens Willd,
C. parviflorum Salisb.
Liparis Leeselii Lich.

Uvularia grandiflora Sm.

WWI sessilifolia L.
Streptopus roseus Mv.
Fimbristylis capillaris Gr.
Cyperus cylindricus Britton.
Carex gynocrates Wormsk.

C. sterilis Willd.

C. canescens JL.
. pedunculata Muhl.
© Emmonsii Dew.

C. gynandra Selo.

C. pseudocyperus L.
Festuca elatior L.

Osmunda regalis L.
Agaricus Austinii Pk.

i sapidus Halchb.
Lentinus strigosus Sch.
Marasmius androsaceus F’.
Trogia crispa Fr.

aes Vaillantii 7.
biformis Fr.
adustus Fr.
applanatus 7.
fomentarius F’7.
pinicola #7.
betulinus Fr.
albellus Pk.
chioneus F’7.

Irpex cinnamomeus /’.
Hydnum mucidum Pers.
Stereum versiforme B. &C.
S. spadiceum F7.

S. versicolor Fr.
Clavaria pyxidata Pers.
Spheronema pruinosum Pk. j
Puccinia Calthe Lk.
Ustilago Junci Schw.
Fusicladium dendriticum Wallr.
Macrosporium Cheiranthi Fr.
Glomerularia Corni P#.
Uncinula spiralis B. & C.
Metaspheria Peckii Sace.

ryt hd hd

(B.)
CONTRIBUTORS AND THEIR CONTRIBUTIONS,

Mrs. L. L. Goodrich, Syracuse, N. Y.
Trillium grandiflorum Salish, var. variegatum Pk. ‘
Miss E. G. Knight, New York, N. Y.
Fruit of Salisburia adiantifolia Sm.
Mrs. L, A. Millington, New Russia, N. Y.

Festuca elatior L.

No. 104.] 35

Mrs. M. M. Patten, Albany, N. Y.
Pyxidanthera barbulata Wz.

Rev. W. M. Beauchamp, Baldwinsville, N. Y.
Hydrocotyle umbellata L. | Cypripedium acaule A7t.

Prof, F, Lamson Scribner, Washington, D. C.

Chloris verticillata Nutt. =
Deschampsia atropurpurea Wahl.
Melica mutica Wali

M. diffusa vy. nitens Serib.
Setaria verticillata Bv.

Bromus sterilis Z.

B. tectorum JL,
Elymus Virginicus Z.
Buchlce dactyloides Engl.
Arundinaria tecta Mahl.
Poa arachnifera Torr.

F. E. Wood, Clifton, ‘Mich.

Amelanchier Can.yv.oligocarpa G7. Betula glandulosa Mz.
Artemisia frigida Wil/d. Calypso borealis Salish.
Mertensia paniculat Don. Corallorhiza Macrei (@r.
Vaccinium myrtilloides Hook. Comandra livida Rich.
Castilleia pallida Auwnth. Aspidium Lonchitis Sw.

Physalis grandiflora Hook.

W.C. Stevenson, Jr., Philadelphia, Pa.
Puccinia Cryptoteenie Ph.

E. 8. Miller, Wading River, N. Y.

Crantzia lineata Vutt.

Geo. A. Rex, M. D., Philadelphia, Pa.
Siphoptychium Casparya Rostf.

E. A. Rau, Bethlehem, Pa.

AKcidium Dicentre Trelease. | Fusarium scolecoides S. & Z.
iE. tenue Schio. Gonatobotrys maculicola Wint.
Gleosporium betularum Z, &é MW

E. C. Howe, M. D., Lansingburgh, N. Y.

Solidago speciosa ut. | Carex siccata Dev.

Rumex Brittanica L. C. alopecoidea Tuckm.
Trifolium hybridum JZ. C. scabrata Scho.
Aster Tradescanti Z. C. monile 7uckm.

Eragrostis Frankii Pwursh.

H. C. Gordinier, Troy, N. Y.

Negundo aceroides Mwnch.
Fedia radiata Mz.
Patasites palmata G7.
Solidago uliginosa NWvtt. Pogonia verticillata Nutt.
S. Vire. v. alpina Digel. Salix longifolia Muhl.
Nabalus nanus D. C. Carex Buxbaumii Wahl.
Juncus pelocarpus Meyer. Trisetum subspicatum Bo.
Aster ptarmicoides 7. & G

Hieracium pilosella LZ.
aurantiacum JZ.
Statice Limonium JZ.

W. H. Kellerman, Manhattan, Kansas.

Polyporus picipes 7%. Hirneola auricula-Jude Berk.
1 adustus F7. oe llosticta Podophylli Wint.
FE fraxinophilus Pk. Labrusce T’hum.

Merulius tremellosus Sehrad.
Craterellus cornucopioides Fr,
Stereum frustulosum Fy. .

Chenopodii West.
Ampelopsidis #. dé M.
smnilacina #. & MM.

mero rd

Septoria Verbene R. & D.

8. Cerastii R. & D.

8. Verbascicola B. & C.
Leptostroma vulgare F’r.

L. Actzeze Sehr.

Spheronema Persice Schw.
Vermicularia Dematium /’.
Darluca filum Cast.
Phragmidium Potentille Pers.
Puccinia nigrescens Pk.
solida Schw.
Menthe Pers.
Silphii Sch.
Sorghi Schw.
Artemisiarum Duby.
Polygonorum Lk.
Mariz-Wilsoni Clinton
Myrrhis Scho.
Cherophylli Purt.
Xanthii Sch.
: aculeata Schw.
romyces Lespedezze (Schz.)
i- Hyperici Sch.
We appendiculata Lev.
Ustilago segetum Lk.
Roestelia lacerata Tal.

rd a rg hd Po ro gb

FEcidium Caladii Schw.

fA. Dicentre Tvel.

ZB. Qnothere Pk.

Ki. leucospermum D. C.
Ati. Ficarize Pers.

Uredo Smilacis Schz.

U. Agrimonie D. C.

We Alchemille Pers.

Trichobasis Crotonis C ke.
Coleosporium Sonchi Pers.

36 [ ASSEMBLY

Chrysomyxa pyrolatum Kenig.
Synchytrium decipiens Fal.
8. Taraxaci De By.

8. Anemones Woron.
Sporocybe byssoides #7.
Macrosporium Maydis C. & Z.
M. Solani #. & M.
Helminthosporium gracile Wadllr.
Pyricularia grisea Sacc.
Cercospora Gymnocladi #. & M.
C. Ampelopsidis Pk.
Ramularia rufomaculans Pk.
Cylindrosporium Fraxini #. & M.
Peronospora gangliformis De By.
Cystopus cubicus Lev.

Botrytis vulgaris Berk.

Peziza nivea Fr.

Phacidium Medicaginis Lasch.
Exoascus deformanus Fekl.
Podospheria tridactyla De By.
Uncinula macrospora Pk.

5 adunca Lev.
Microspheria Euphorbie B. & C.
Eyrsiphe Martii Leo.

E. lamprocarpa Lev.
Spheria Arthuriana Sace.
Diatrype hypophlea B. & C.
Rosellinia millegrana Schv.
Hypoxylon atropunctatum Schw.
H. Sassafras Schw.
Gnomonia setacea CU. & D.
Melanomma pulvis-pyrius ek.
Ophiobolus porphyrogonus Sacc.
Spherella maculeformis Pers.
Phyllachora Trifolii ek. .
Pleonectria denigrata Wint.

Hon. G. W. Clinton, Albany, N. Y.

Rhabdospora pleosporoides Sace.
Phoma Clintonii Px.
Illosporium humigenum P. & 8.

Lestadia Alsculi Pk.
Morus alba ZL.

Arthur Peck, Sandlake, N. Y.

Populus balsamifera L.

H. W. Harkness, M. D., San Francisco, Cal.

Montagnites Candollei Fr.
Polyporus leucospongia 0. & H.
Thelephora Harknessii Ph.
Corticium carneum B. & Cke.
C. pactolinum @. & H.
Hymenula aciculosa #. & H.
Octaviana rosea Hk.
Polyplocium Californicum Hk.

: inquinans Berk.
Arcyria vitellina Ph.
Cryptosporium Lupini Cke.
Chromosporium lateritium C. & H.
Cheetophoma atriella C. & H.
C: quercifolia (ke.
Septoria Aceris B. & Br.
Morthiera Mespili Fk.

Marsonia Populi Desm.

M. Potentille S. & #.
M. Neillie Hh.
Gloeosporium Pteridis Hk.

G. nervisequum Fckl.

Septogloeum defolians JTk.

5. Fraxini Hk.
maculans Hk.

: _ Nuttallii He.
iplodia lata C. & H.

: Eucalypti C. & #.
Pittospori C. & #.
millegrana C. & H.
Symphoricarpa (0. &
Sarothamni C. & H.
extensa (. & H.

H.

Iolo loloolo acre

No. 104. |

Diplodia Lupini C. & H.
D. Amygdali C. & H.

D. maculata C. & H.

iD: Phoradendri Cke.

iD} decorticata (. & #.
Macrodiplodia Sambuci Oke.

M. Arctostaphyli Vize.

Hendersonia Lupini (. &
Harknessia Eucalypti (ke.
Pestalozzia Moorei Hk.

1B anomala H k.

, Dichomera Compositarum (. & H.
Phragmidium Fragarie D. C.
Uromyces intricata Cke.

Ge Terebinthi D. C.
U. Nevadensis Hk,

U. Spraguee Hk.

U Chorizanthis #. & H.
Puccinia variolans Hk.
evadens Hk.
Symphoricarpi A.
Harknessii Vize.
QEnothere Vize.
striata Cke.

Solani Cke.

Asari Dk.
Sorosporium Californicum Az.
ay nehytrium papillatum Feri.

aol lacbae acdc

pluriannulatum Far.

Guiphiol pheenicis Poir.
Torula glutinosa C. & H.
Camptoum cuspidatum (. & ZH.
Triposporium elegans Cd.
Theclospora bifida Hk.
Stigmina Platani Swce.

S. Ebeeioues Hk.
Chetopsis fusca Cd.
Zygosporium oscheoides Mont.
Helicosporium vegetum 7}
Chalaza setosa Hk.

C. fusidioides Cd.
C. montellica Saece.
C. brachyptera Succ.

Beltrania quernea Hk.

Hemileia vastatrix B. & Br.
Cercospora glomerata Hk.
Didymaria spissa Hkh.
Dicranidion fragile Hk.
Volutella Buxi Berk.

Helvella Californica Ph.

Peziza tautilla Ph. & H.

12) Escholtzie Ph. & H.

12) labrosa Ph. & H.

12h spherophoroides Ph. & H.
Phillipsiella purpurea Ph. & 4.
Belonidium fuscum Ph. & H.
Cenangium ferruginosum FY.
Phacidium Arbuti C. & H.

12 albidum Ph. & Z.
IE internum P/),
Rhytisma Arbuti Ph.

R. punctatum Fr,

37

Stictis-Lupini Ph. & H.
Megarrhize Ph. & 7.
monilifera Ph. & H.
pelvicula Ph.
oianedrarn rufulum Spr.

: turgidulum Ph. & H.
Hysterium connivens (. & H.
Jal Eucalypti Ph. & H.

SED

H. prominens Ph. & H.
lake formosum Cke.
Male Mulleri Duby.

Ailographum acicolum Hk.
A. reticulatum Ph. & H.
Geopora Cooperi Hk.
Spheerotheca lanestris Hk.
Asterina anomala C. & H.
Capnodium heteromeles C. & H.
Lasiobotrys affinis Hk.
Valsa Lupini (. & J.

agnostica C. & ZH.
Diatrype prominens (. & H.
iD): disciformis Fr.
Hypoxylon stigmateum Cke.
Gnomonia Cory li Batseh.

Alni Plow.
Phomatospora Datisce Hh.
Trabutia quercina S. & R.
Botryospheria ambigua Sace.
Spherella Umbellularie C. & H.
S. Dendromeconis C. & 7.
Eriospheria investans Che.
Diaporthe Lupini Hk.

D. gorgonoidea C. & H.

Amphisphieria decorticata C. & EH.

A. dothideospora C. & H.

Valsaria Eucalypti A. & C.

PP espe Ceanothi C. & 7.
Ogilviensis B. & Br.

r consessa (. & E.

L. Californica (. & H.

Heptameria meszedema Swace.

Massaria pulchra Hk.

Pleospora vitrispora C. & H.

compressa /Tf:.
Thy ridium Garrye C. & H.
Spheria tumulata Che.

S: conflicta Che.
S. confertissima Plow
8. epipteridis (. & H.
Ss. anisometra C. & H.
Dialonectria filicina C. & H.

, _ depallens C. & H.
dD. _ Euealypti C. & #.

Thyronectria virens 7k.
Acrospermum corrugatum ZU.
Dothidea Sequoize C. & H.
Ophiodothis tarda /Th.
Plowrightia phy llogona Hk.

P, Calystegie OC. & H.
PR: tuberculiformis ZU.
Lophiostoma congregatum Hk,

38 | ASSEMBLY

C. Vanderloo, Albany, N. Yee

Specimen of root with enlargement.

J. J. Brown, M. D., Sheboygan, Wis.
Cylindrosporium Rubi #. & M.

George L. English, Philadelphia, Pa.
Schizea pusilla Pwrsh.

(C.)
PLANTS NOT BEFORE REPORTED.

Solidago speciosa, NVwdz.
Brunswick, Rensselaer county. £. C. Howe.

. Eragrostis Frankii, Meyer.
Center island near the railroad bridge at Troy. Howe.

Agaricus (Trichcloma) rubescentifolius, 7. sp.

Pileus thin, convex or nearly plane, subumbilicate, at first brown-
ish, then smoky-yellow, sometimes obscurely squamulose; lamellze
narrow, Close, adnexed, cream y-white or pale yellow, becoming smok y-
red in drying; stem glabrous or slightly fibrillose, hollow, pruinose
at the top, colored like the pileus; spores minute, subglobose, .00016
to .0002 in. long.

Plant subceespitose, 1 to 1.5 in. high, pileus 6 to 12 lines broad,
stem 1 to 2 lines thick.

Pine stumps. North Greenbush. Aug.

Agaricus lascivus, /7.

Woods. Delmar. Sept. The plant is apparently a variety;
being odorless and having the pileus almost white.

Agaricus cerussatus, /7.
Thin woods. Karner. Sept.

Agaricus amplus, Pers.
Sandy soil. Karner. Sept.

Agaricus (Collybia) fuscolilacinus, 7. sp.

Pileus thin, convex, glabrous, hygrophanous, even and watery-
brown when moist, lilac-brown and rugose when dry; lamellee close,
ventricose, adnexed, brownish; stem slender, flexuous, hollow, col-
ored like the pileus, mealy or pruinose at the top, with a whitish

No. 104.] 39

villosity at the base; spores subglobose or broadly elliptical, .C0016
to .0002 in. long.

Pileus 4 to 8 lines broad, stem 1.5 to 3 in. long, about 1 line thick.

Among moss and fallen leaves in open places in woods. Adiron-
dack mountains. Aug.

The species should be referred to the section Tephrophane,

Agaricus (Collybia) esculentoides, 7. sp.

Pileus hemispherical or convex, umbilicate, glabrous, pale yellow-
ish-brown ; lameilze moderately close, broad, thick, whitish ; stem
slender, hollow, somewhat tenacious, colored like the pileus; spores
elliptical, .00025 to .0003 in. long, .0002 in. broad.

Pileus 8 to 12 lines broad, stem 1.5 to 2 in. long, 1 to 1.5 lines
thick.

Sandy soil. West Albany. Karner and Delmar. Sept.

This species resembles A. esculentus in size and color, but it differs
in its stem which is not radicated, and in its pileus which soon be-
comes umbilicate or more or less centrally depressed. It has a bitter
taste, a character attributed to A. esculentus also. Our plant
occurred in autumn, but A. esculentus is said to grow in early
spring.

Agaricus (Mycena) amabillissimus, 7. sp.

Pileus submembranous, campanulate, obtuse or acute, glabrous,
obscurely striatulate when moist, bright-red or scarlet; lamelle
ascending, whitish or tinged with red; stem slender, pallid, subpel-
lucid, with a white villosity at the base.

Pilens 3 to 6 lines broad and high; stem about 1 in. long.

Among mosses and ferns in marshes. Karner. Sept.

This species is closely related to A. aciewla of which it may
possibly be a large form, but inasmuch as it ditters not only in size
but also in its longer and more conical or campanulate pileus and in
its differently colored lamellee it seems best to keep it distinct.

Agaricus spathulatus, Pers.
Ground. Sandlake. June.

Agaricus (Pleurotus) atropellitus,

Decaying wood and bark both of frondose and acerose trees.
Maryland. Helderberg and Adirondack mountains. June tou Oct.

Agaricus (Clitopilus) pascuensis, 7. sp.

Pileus fleshy, compact, centrally depressed, glabrous, pale-alutae-
eous, the cuticle of the disk cracking into minute areas; lamellze
rather narrow, close, decurrent, whitish, becoming flesh-colored ; stem
short, equal or tapering downward, solid, glabrous, colored like the
pileus; spores subelliptical, pale-incarnate, .0003 to .0004 in. long,
-0002 to .00025 broad.

40 | ASSEMBLY

Pileus 2 to 3 in. broad, stem 8 to 18 lines long, 4 to 6 lines thick.

Pastures. Day, Saratoga county. July.

The species is closely related to A. prunulus. It has a farinaceous
taste but no odor. Its shorter spores, its pileus without any pruinosity
and appearing slightly scaly on the disk and tinged with tan color
will readily distinguish it from that species. A. prunulus grows
in woods in autumn, this species in pastures in midsummer. It is
solitary or gregarious. |

Agaricus (Nolanea) fuscogriseéllus, 7. sp.

Pileus submembranous, convex, conic or campanulate, either with
or without a central papilla, hygrophanous, grayish-brown, and
striatulate when moist, paler and shining when dry, but the disk or
papilla often remaining dark-colored; lamelle moderately close,
subventricose, whitish, then flesh-colored ; stem slender, brittle, glab-
rous, hollow, slightly pruinose, or mealy at the top, pallid or livid,
with a white mycelium at the base; spores irregular, .0004 in. long,
.0003 broad.

Pileus 6 to 12 lines broad, stem 1.5 to 3 in. long, | to 2 lines thick.

Mossy ground in open places. Adirondack mountains. Aug.
This is more slender than A. pascuus to which it is related, and its
stem is not fibrous and silky.

Agaricus formosus, 47’.
Woods and open places, especially under brakes, Pteris aquilina.
Adirondack mountains. Aug.
it closely resembles the very common A. asprellus, from which it
may be distinguished by the yellowish hue of the pileus.

Agaricus depluens, /’r.
‘Decaying wood. Catskill mountains. Gansevoort and Sterling.
July and August.
Agaricus marginatus, Batsch.
Decaying wood. Guilderland. Sept.

Agaricus unicolor, /’r.

Decaying wood. Adirondack mountains. Aug., In color and
size this species bears a striking resemblance to A. laccatus, but its
habitat and the character of the spores readily distinguish it.

Agaricus blattarius, /’r.
Woods. Adirondack mountains. Aug.

Agaricus calamistratus, 77.
Damp ground. Delmar. Sept. Our specimens had no decided
odor, but the essential characters of the species, including the peculiar
bluish color toward the base of the stem, were present.

No. 104.] 41

Agaricus eutheles, B. & Br.

Under pine trees. West Albany. Sept. In these specimens the
farinaceous odor attributed to the species was not observed, but the
other characters were present.

Agaricus alnicola, /’7.

At the base of alders and on birchstumps. Delmar. Sept.

The American specimens have the bitter taste ascribed to the
European plant. The form found on birch stumps has the lamellze
rounded behind, while that found at the base of alders has them
adnate. The young plant has a noticeable annulns but it nearly or
quite disappears with age.

Agaricus (Naucoria) elatior, 7. sp.

Pileus thin, at first conical or subcampanulate, then convex or
nearly plane, glabrous, slightly viscid and striatulate on the margin
when moist, livid or grayish-brown; lamellze broad, ventricose, dis-
tant, whitish or livid, then dark-ferruginous, white on the edge;
stem elongated, slender, hollow, flexuous, slightly fibrillose, pallid ;
spores brownish-ferruginous, oblong-elliptical, .0007 to .0008 in.
long, .0003 to .0004 broad.

Pileus 5 to 10 lines broad, stem 3 to 5 in. long, about 1 line -
thick.

In sphagnum. Karner. Sept. Related to A. scorpioides.

Cortinarius arenatus, /7.
Sandy soil under pine trees. Delmar. Sept.
A form with longer stem and subconical pileus sometimes occurs
in marshes among sphagnum.

Hygrophorus pudorinus, /7.
Pine woods. Delmar. Sept.

_ Our plant does not strictly agree with the description of the species
to which we have referred it. The color of the pileus is darker in the
center, where it is a brownish-red, but it fades toward the margin,
where it is nearly white. The stem is not conspicuously contracted
_ at the apex, but in other respects it agrees so well with the descrip.
tion of H. pudorinus that it seems to us to belong to that species.

Russula crustosa, 7. sp.

Pileus at first convex, then nearly plane or centrally depressed,
slightly viscid when moist, striate on the margin, brownish-yellow,
greenish or subolivaceous, the cuticle cracking and for ming small
spot-like areolee or pseudo-verrucee ; Jamellze nearly entire, some of
them forked at the base, narrow ed behind and nearly free, white ;
stem cylindrical, stuffed or hollow, white; spores white, subglobose,
.0003 to .00035 in. broad; flesh white, taste mild.

Pileus 3 to5 in. broad, stem 1 to 2.5 in. long, 6 to 12 lines thick.

Rocky ground in thin woods. Day. July and Aug.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 6

7

42 [ ASSEMBLY.

This plant approaches /?. wruginea so closely, that it may be a
question whether it is a distinct species or a mere variety. It differs
in the breaking up of the cuticle and in having the disk generally
paler instead of darker than the rest of the pileus. The cuticle
usually remains entire on the disk, which is of a dingy yellowish
hue, while toward the margin the color is greenish or smoky-green,
though in some instances it also is yellowish or dirty straw-color.
The greenish specimens so closely resemble . virescens, that in a
dry time they might easily be confused with that species. The viscid
pileus and its striate margin will distinguish it. The lamelle are
rather narrow anteriorly.

Boletus subaureus, ”. 57.

Pileus convex, becoming nearly plane, soft, viscose, pale-yellow or
golden-yellow, sometimes mottled with darker spots or tufts of hairs,
the young margin adorned with a slight grayish tomentum, flesh pale-
yellow; tubes subdecurrent, small, angular or subrotund, at first yel-
low then ochraceous-yellow; stem cylindrical, solid, glandular-punc-
tate, yellow without and within; spores oblong-elliptical, .00035 to
.0004 in. long; .00016 broad.

Pileus 2 to 4 in. broad, stem 1.5 to 2.5 in. long, 5 to 6 lines thick.

Woods. Day. July.

This species is intermediate between B. flavidus and B. granu-
latus. It-has the stout stem, thick pileus and general aspect of the
latter, but the yellow color of the stem and young tubes connect it

*

more closely with the former.

Boletus flavipes, 7. sp.

Pileus convex or nearly plane, glabrous, dull-red, inclining to
chestnut color; tubes nearly plane or convex, small, snbrotund, pale-
yellow, becoming a little darker with age; stem cylindrical, solid,
furfuraceous, pale-yellow ; spores oblong-fusiform, olivaceous, .0005
to .0006 in. long, .00016 to .0002 in. broad.

Pileus 1.5 to 2.5 in. broad, stem 2 to 3 in. long; 4 to 6 lines
thick.

Woods. Caroga and South Ballston. July and Aug.

Polyporus confluens, /7”.
Pine woods. New Scotland. Sept.
Our specimens are not at all squamulose, and this character is not
attributed to the species by all authors. It is probable that it is
not uniform jn this respect.

Polyporus Schweinitzii, 77.
Pine woods, generally at or near the base of stumps and trees.

West Albany. Sept.
P. hispidoides is a dimidiate form of this species, and not a va-

riety of P.hispidus.

No. 104.] 43

Hydnum geogenium, /7.

Woods. South Ballston. Aug.

I am not aware that this rare and interesting species has before
been noticed in this country. According to Fries, the species is very
variable, so much so that some specimens might be referred to the
section Pleuropoda, others to Mesopoda, and others still to Apoda,
to which the typical form belongs.

Hydnum farinaceum, Pers.
Decaying wood of hemlock. Osceola. <Aug.

Grandinia granulosa, 77.

Dead bark of alders. Karner. Sept.

A variable species, referred to Thelephora by Albertina and
Schweinitz, to Hydnum by Persoon, and to Grandinia by Fries.
Our specimens were whitish when fresh, but they become ochraceous
or subalutaceous when old and dry. They are also rimose, thus
answering to variety rzmosa Pers.

Corticium puteanum, /7.
Decaying wood in swamps. Guilderland. Sept.

Corticium radiosum, /7.
Decaying wood. Osceola. Ang.

Corticium cinerascens, erh.
Dead branches of oak. Albany. Aug.
Our specimens are resupinate. The hymenium when moist was
tuberculose and of a dingy hue; in the dry state it is cinereous and
rimose. The spores are elliptical.

Clavaria circinans, 7. sp.

Stem short, solid, dichotomously or subverticillately branched 5
branches slightly diverging or nearly parallel, nearly equal in length,
the ultimate ones terminating in two or more short acute concolo-
rous ramuli ; spores ochraceous.

Plant 1 to2 in. high, obconic in outline, flat topped, appearing
almost as if truncated, pallid or almost whitish in color, generally
growing in imperfect circles or curved lines.

Under spruce and balsam trees. Adirondack mountains. Aug.

Clavaria gracilis, Pers.
Ground in open places, especially under brakes, Pteris aqguilina.
Adirondack mountains.
The typical form has the branches numerons, nearly straight and
slender, but forms occur in which they are thicker, more loose and
flexuous. Such forms approach C. Awnzez in appearance, but they

44 [ ASSEMBLY

may be distinguished by their pallid stem, more tenacious substance
and yellowish spores. The plant is slightly fragrant.

Clavaria byssiseda, Pers.
Decaying wood twigs and bark in woods. Adirondack mountains:
Aug.
Easily known by its small size, pallid color, and abundant white
creeping fibrillose mycelium.

Tremella pinicola, 2. sp.

Pulvinate, gyrose-plicate, somewhat lobed and lacunose, raisin-
colored when moist, blackish when dry, filaments slender, branched ;
spores oblong, curved, colorless, .0005 in. long, .0002 broad.

Dead branches of pine. Day. July. It belongs to the section
Cerebrina.

Siphoptychium Casparyi, Fost.

Decaying wood. Lake Placid. Adirondack mountains. G. A.
Rex.

Phyllosticta Mitelle, 1. sp.

Spots suborbicular, brown ; perithecia minute, .0025 to .003 in.
broad, amphigenous, black; spores subglobose, colorless, .0002 to
00025 in. long.

Living leaves of mitre-wort, Mitella diphylla. Newburgh. Sept.

Phyllosticta Hamamelidis, 7. sp.

Spots very large, sometimes occupying nearly half the leaf, irregu-
lar, angular, reddish-brown above, paler beneath; perithecia small,
004 in. broad, amphigenous, black ; spores broadly elliptical, color-
less, .0005 to .0006 in. long, .00035 to .0004 broad, often containing
a single large nucleus.

Living leaves of witch-hazel, Hamamelis Virginiana. Day. July.

Phoma aquilina, S. & P.
Dead stems of ferns. West Albany. May.

Phoma Strobiligena, Desm.
ues of pine cones. Albany. - G. W. Clinton. Elizabethtown.
May.
: Phoma sordida, Sace.
arenas branches of water beech, Carpinus Americana. Saugerties.
May.
y Phoma Phillipsiana, S. ¢& RP.
Dead branches of alders, Alnus viridis. Elizabethtown. May.
The spores in our specimens do not fully agree with the description
of the species. They are elliptical or oblong and somewhat variable
and irregular, but the differences scarcely seem worthy of specific dis-
tinction.
Phoma Majanthemi, 2. sp.
Perithcia minute, .007 to .010 in. broad, amphigenous, subglobose,
prominent, black; spores oblong, subtruncate at each end, colorless,

No. 104.] 45

00025 to .0003 in. long, .00012 broad. Dead leaves of two-leaved
Solomon’s seal, Majanthemum bifolium. Elizabethtown. May.

Phoma Clintonii, 7. sp.

Perithecia numerous, sunk in the wood, oblong or subhysteriiform,
black; spores oblcng-ovate, colorless, .0004 to .00045 in. long, .00016
broad, supported on slender basidia. .

Decorticated wood of horse-chestnut, sculus Hippocastanum.
Albany. May. (Clinton.

This is quite distinct from P. diplodioides, both in habit, form of
perithecia and character of the spores.

Dendrophoma Cephalanthi, 7. sp.

Perithecia small, .02 to .025 in. broad, erumpent, depressed, with
a papillate ostiolum, black; spores abundant, straight or slightly
curved, coloriess, .00016 to .0002 in. long; basidia very slender,
branched above, .001 to .0015 in. long.
Dead branches of button bush, Cephalanthus occidentalis. Karner.
Oct.
Dendrophoma Tiliz, 7. sp.

Perithecia minute, scattered, erumpent, black, white within; spores
oblong or subcylindrical, obtuse, colorless, .0006 to .001 in. long,
.0003 to .00035 broad; basidia filiform, branched.

Dead branches of bass wood, Zilia Americana. Quaker Street.
June.

Vermicularia uncinata, B. ¢& C.

Dead stems of Desmodium nudiforum. Sandlake. June.

Cytispora intermedia, Succ.
Dead branches of oak, Quercus rubra. Albany. Apr.

Spheropsis tiliacea, 7. sp.

Perithecia at first covered, then erumpent, subglobose or depressed,
numerous, minute, .007 to .010 in. broad, opening by a minute
pore, black; spores oblong or subelliptical, at first pale, then colored,
.0007 to .0009 in. long, .0005 to .0006 broad ; sporophores scarcely as
long as the spores.

Dead bark of basswood, Tilia Americana. Albany. Apr.

Spheropsis Lindere, 7. sp.

Perithecia numerous, minute, .005 to .010 in. broad, erumpent,
black, white within ; spores obvate or elliptical, at first pale, then
colored, .0008 to .0011 in. long, .0005 to .0006 broad supported on
sporophores shorter than themselves,

Dead branches of spice bush, Lindera benzoin. Albany. May.

Very near the preceding species.

Spheropsis Juniperi, 7. sp.
Perithecia gregarious, numerous, small,.008 to .011 in. broad, erum-
pent, black; spores oblong or elliptical, 0008 to .00095 in. long,
-00045 to .0005 broad.

46 Me Mig [ ASSEMBLY

Dead bark of red cedar, Juniperus Virginiana. West Albany
May.

Spheropsis pallida, 2. sp.

Perithecia caspitose, erumpent, .011 to .013 in. broad, black ;
spores subglobose, slightly colored, .0007 to .0008 in. long, .00065
to .00075 broad, containing one to three nuclei; sporophores very
short.

Dead branches of sumac, Rhus typhina. Saugerties. May.

This fungus has the general appearance of S. Swmachi, but the
perithecia are usually smaller than in that species, and the spores
paler and of a different shape, being nearly globose.

Spheropsis Spherospora, 7. sp.

Perithecia numerous, minute, .006 to .007 in. broad, subglobose or
depressed, at first covered by the epidermis, black, opehing by a
minute pore; spores globose or subovate, slightly colored, .0004 to
.0005 in. long, usually containing a single large nucleus.

Dead stems of silk weed, Asclepias cornutt. Sandlake. June.

Spheropsis maculans, 7. sp.

Perithecia immersed in the matrix, .016 to .02 in. broad, black,
with a papillate ostiolam; spores elliptical, colored, .0004 to .0005 in,
long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Dead decorticated branches. Adirondack mountains. May.

This is a peculiar and well-marked species. The perithecia are
immersed in the wood which is stained black just about each peri-
thecium. The black ostiolum projects slightly above the surface of
the wood.

Coniothyrium Staphylee, ». sp.

Perithecia minute, .007 to .011 in. broad, subglobose, slightly prom-
inent, at first covered by the epidermis th umpent, black ; spores
very minute, elliptical, slightly colored, .00016 in. long, .60012 broad.

Dead whitened twigs of Staphylea trifolia. Saugerties. May.

Septoria Osmorrhize, . sp. ,
Spots small, subangular or irregular, brown; perithecia epiphyllous,
.004 to.008 in. broad, slightly prominent, centrally depressed, reddish-—
brown or amber-colored; spores filiform, more or less curved or
flexuous, colorless, .002 to .0028 in. long, .00016 broad, oozing out and
forming a whitish tendril. Living leaves of sweet cicely, Osmorrhiza
longistylis, Schoharie. July.

Septoria oleandrina, Sacc.
Living or languishing leaves of oleander, Neriwm Oleander. Sand-
lake. June.

+

Septoria lineolata, S. & S.
Dead leaves of sedges, Carex varia. Elizabethtown. May.

Septoria graminum, Desm.
Living leaves of black-fruited mountain rice, Oryzopsis melanocarpa.
Day. July.

No. 104.] 47

Rhabdospora pleosporoides, Sacc.
Dead stems of Scotch thistle, Onopordon acanthium. Albany-
May. Clinton.
Rhabdospora Xanthii, ». sp.

Perithecia numerous, small, .011 to .014 in. broad, Mimwst COV-
ered by the thin browned or blackened epidermis which is pierced by
the ostiola ; spores filiform, curved, colorless, .0008 to .0012 in, long,
00006 broad.

Dead stems of cocklebur, Yunthium strumarium. Albany and
North Greenbush. Apr.

The tissues surrounding the perithecia are often colored in such a
Way as to impart a smoky- -brown hue to the affected patches.

Phlyctezna septorioides, Sacc.
Dead stems of poke weed, Phytolacca decandra. Albany. Nov.

Phlyctena complanata Sace.
Dead stems of Polygonum. North Greenbush. May.

Zythia ovata, 2. sp.

Perithecia ovate, reddish or flesh colored when fresh and moist, black
when dry, single or two to three in a cluster, nearly superficial, .025
to .030 in. long, .017 to .018 broad; spores oblong, colorless, .0003 in.
long, .00012 road ; basidia densely and fasciculately branched.

Dead bark of poplar. South Ballston. Sept.

Diplodina Ellisii, Sacc.
Dead stems of goose foot, Chenopodium album. North Greenbush.
Apr.
This was originally Diplodia hyalospora, C. & E, The perithecia
are.008 to .01 broad. ‘The spores are at first simple, then uniseptate.
They are ,0007 to.001 long, .00035 to .0004 broad.

Thyrsidium Micheneri, Sacc.

Dead branches of water beech, Carpinus Americana. West Troy.
May.
This is Cheirospora Micheneri, B. & CO.

Marsonia Martini, S. & Z.
Living leaves of Quercus prinoides. Karner. Sept.

Coryneum compactum, B. & Br.
Dead branches of red birch, Betula nigra. Saugerties. May.

Pestalozzia Saccardoi, Speg.

Dead leaves of oak, Quercus alba. Day. July. The spots on the
leaves are less black and the colored cells of the spores are more nu-
merous in this species than in 1s monochete, which algo inhabits oak
leaves.

48 [ ASSEMBLY

Pestalozzia consocia, 2. sp.

Spots very large, sometimes occupying nearly half the leaf, irregular
or angular, reddish-brown above, paler beneath ; aceryuli amphigen-
ous, minute, punctiform, black; spores oblong-fusiform, .0012 to
.0014 in. long, .0003 broad, five septate, with four colored cells, .0009
to.0011 in. long and asingle bristle at the apex.

Living leaves of witch-hazel, Hamamelis Virginiana, Day. July.

The species is associated with and occupies the same spots as
Phyllosticta Hamamelidis. It may be a question as to which species
causes the spots, though they are probably due to the Phyllosticta.

Pestalozzia? campsosperma, 7. sp.

Aceryuli hypophyllows, minutely tufted; spores fusiform, curved,
triseptate, .0008 to .0012 in. long, .00028 to .00032 in. broad, with two
colored cells .0005 in. long, the apical cell hyaline, conical, ending in
an acuminate point, the lower cell tapering into the short pedicel.

Dead leaves of balsam fir, Abies bulsamea. Adirondack mountains.
June. ;

This is a singular species. I have seen no terminal cilia and am not
able to say whether they are entirely wanting or whether they are early
deciduous. ‘hecharacters otherwise are so exactly like those of Pes-
talozzia that I have, with some doubt, referred our plant to that genus.
The curved spores are very characteristic of the species.

Uredo Ledi, A. € S.
Living leaves of Labrador tea, Leduwm latifolium. Bergen swamp,
Genesee county, and Sandlake, Rensselaer county. Juue.

The authors of this species remark that the leaves attacked by the
fungus appear broader than usual. This peculiarity was very percep-
tible in the Bergen swamp specimens, the usually involute margins of
the leaves being almost wholly expanded or unrolled. The spores,
which occur on the lower surface of the leaf and are partly concealed
by its tomentum, are .0008 to .0009 in. broad. Their smaller size,
different place of occurrence, and the different color of the spots readily
distinguish this species from Uredo ledicola.

Puccinia hastata, Che.

Living leaves of Viola primulefolia. Riverhead. Sept. The typical
form was discovered in Maine on leaves of Viola hastata. In our
specimens teleutospores and stylospores occur on the same leaf and
sometimes in the same sorus.

Gymnosporangium clavarieforme, D. C.

Branches of Juniper, Juniperus communis. Elizabethtown. May.

This was in some instances associated with Gymnosporangium cla-
vipes, the two occurring near each other on the same branch. The
species is a rare one in this country, and has hitherto been reported
from Maine only.

Periconia pycnospora, /’res.
Dead stems of melilot. Bethlehem. Apr.

No. 104. ] ; 49

Sporodinia grandis, LA.
Decaying Agaricus abortivus. Osceola. Aug.

Tllosporium humigenum, Pk. & Sace.

Tufts subglobose or pulvinate, rather compact, often botryoidal by
confluence, sordid red, grayish or subcinereous; spores globose, at first
three or more aggregated, then. free, colorless, .0002 to .00028 in.
broad; basidia none or obsolete.

Damp ground, horse dung, ete. Lebanon Springs. Clinton. Co-
pake. Aug. and Sept.

Monilia Peckiana, Succ.

Petioles of dwarf blueberry, Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum. Cobble
Hill, near Elizabethtown. May.

This is a very destructive fungus. The leaves, of which the petioles
are attacked, soon wither, turn brown and die. The destruction of
the leaf tissues progresses from the base toward the apex as if destroyed
by the advancing mycelium. But the strings of spores, so far as I
have observed, are produced on the petioles only. The spores vary
very much in size, ranging from .0005 to .0012 in. long, and from
.0005 to .0009 broad. They are globose or subelliptical and usually
have a slight prominence or apiculus at one or both ends.

Variety angustior Sace. Young fruit of choke cherry, Prunus Vir-
giniana. Schoharie. July. This differs from the typical form not
only in its host plant and place of development, but also in the size of
the spores. These are subglobose and .0004 to .0005 in. long. These
differences seem. to me to indicate a difference of species, but Prof.
Saccardo regards this fungus as a mere variety of the former. It is
very destructive to the young cherries. In some instances nearly all
the cherries in a raceme were affected by it. Those attacked were
smaller than the healthy ones. They were of a brownish or grayish-
brown hue, and more or less frosted by the fungus. Should this para-
site ever escape from its native host plant and attack our cultivated
cherries, it might become a very annoying and destructive pest.

Ramularia Geranii, Pek.

Living or languishing leaves of wild geranium, Geranium macula-
tum. Schoharie. July.

Saprolegnia ferax, Auwiz.

On fishes in an aquarium. Albany. Also in an artificial fish pond.
Sandlake. It issometimes very destructive to fish.

Geoglossum viscosum, Pers.

Ground under brakes, Péteris aquilina. Adirondack mountains.
Aug. This may be distinguished by its triseptate spores from G.
Peckianum, which it much resembles.

Leotia mercida, Pers.
Swampy places. Delmarand Karner. Sept.
[Assem. Doc. No. 104. ] a

50 : [ ASSEMBLY

Godronia Cassandra, 1. sp.

Receptacle small, .02 to 03. in. broad, sessile or nearly so, depressed,
urceolate, tawny-brown, the hymenium whitish or livid when moist,
darker when dry, the narrow mouth entire or slightly dentate-lacerate,
almost closed when dry ; asci cylindrical, .0045 to .005 in. long, .0003
to .0004 broad ; spores filiform, nearly straight, .002 to .003 in. long ;
paraphyses filiform, numerous.

Dead branches of leather leaf, Cassandra calyculata, Karner, Aug.

Tympanis saligna, ode.

Dead branches of willow, Salix purpurea. West Albany. Apr.
The specimens are without fruit and to this extent doubtful.

Stictis Saccardoi, Rehm.
Dead stems of scouring rush, Hgwisetum hyemale. Delmar. Sept.

Lichenopsis spheroboloidea, Schw.
Dead stemsof Cornus. Elizabethtown. May.

Asoomyces extensus, Pk.

Spots large, irregular, brown, usually somewhat convex above and
concave below, most frequently occurring at the apical end of the leaf
or of its lobes; asci hypophylious, cylindrical, obtuse or subtruncate,
.002 to .0025 in. long, .0009 to .0011 broad ; spores globose or broadly
elliptical, variable in size, .00016 to .0003 in. long, .00016 to .00025
broad.

Living leaves of the over-cup oak, Quercus macrocarpa. Platts-
burgh. July. Gen. J. M. Robertson.

The specimens were first sent by Gen. Robertson to the editors
of the Country Gentleman, with the information that nearly every
leaf on the tree was affected ina manner similar to those sent. In
these the dead spots occupied one-fourth to one-half the entire leaf.
They number from one to three spots ona leaf. It is very evident
that the vital functions of leaves so extensively affected must be much
impaired, and that the health and vigor of the tree must be corre-
spondingly weakened. It was also stated that many other oaks in that
region were similarly affected. ‘The species is distinct from A. Quercus
Cke., in the character of the spots and also of the spores.

Microspheria Ceeanothi, (Schw.).

Living leaves of New Jersey tea, Ceanothus Americanus. New
Scotland. Oct.

This appears to be the fungus described by Schweinitz as Hrysiphe
Ceanothi, although the perithecia in our specimens can scarcely be de-
scribed as ‘‘ immersed ” and the species is a Microspheria, not an Hry-
siphe. It is closely related to IW. penicillata, having about four eight-
spored asci in a perithecium, but it differs from that fungus in occur-
ring only on the upper surface of the leaves. It sometimes attacks
the immature fruit which it covers witha more dense white mycelium.

No. 104.] bo ob

Valsa rhoophila, C. & Z#.
Dead branches of poison sumach, Rhus venenata. Guilderland.
May.
Valsa glandulosa, Che.
Dead branches of Ai/anthus glandulosus. Cold Spring. June.

Valsa cenisia, De ot.

Dead branches of red cedar, Juniperus Virginiana, West Albany.

May.
Rosellinia ambigua, Sacc.

Decorticated stems of red-berried elder, Sambucus pubens. Adi-
rondack mountains and Sandlake. June.

The species belongs to the section Coniocheta. The perithecia in
some of our specimens are so densely crowded that they form a con-.
tinuous black stratum.

Rosellinia mastoidea, Sacc.
Fallen decorticated branches of willow, Saliz purpurea. West Al-
bany. Apr.
Hypoxylon semiimmersum, JVi/s.
Decaying wood. Adirondack mountains. June.

Lestadia sculi, 7. sp.

Perithecia small, .007 in. broad, lenticular, covered by the epidermis,
erumpent, opening by a minute pore, black; asci subclavate; spores
crowded, subelliptical, colorless, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .0002 to .00025
in. broad.

Fallen petioles of horse chestnut, @sculus Hippocastanum. Albany.
May. Clinton.

Spherella maculosa, Succ.

Fallen leaves of poplar, Populus tremuloides. Adirondack moun-
tains. June.

This species resembles S. orbdicularis, but the perithecia are smaller
and hypopbyllous, and the spores are larger and distinctly colored.

Spherella macularis, Awersw.
Fallen leaves of poplar. Adirondack mountains. June.
In this species the spots are small and angular, the perithecia are
amphigenous and the spores are smaller than in S. maculosa.

Spherella Lycopodii, 7. sp.

Perithecia minute, .004 in. broad, blackish; asci oblong or subcylin-
drical, often slightly narrowed toward the apex, .0012 to .0016 in. long,
.0004 broad; spores oblong, .00045 to .0U05 in long, .00016 to .0002
broad.

Scales of dead spikes of club moss, Lycopodium clavatam. Aduiron-
dack mountains. June.

This differs from S. lycopodina, in its place of growth and in its
smaller asci and spores.

52 [ASSEMBLY

Diaporthe Carpini, Fcki.
Dead branches of water beech, Carpinus Americana. Albany. Apr.

Diaporthe Robergeana, /Viess/.
Dead branches of bladder-nut, Staphylea trifolia. Albany. Apr.

Diaporthe galericulata, Sace.
Dead branches of beech, Fagus sylvatica. Sandlake. June.

Diaporthe Neillic, x. sp.

Perithecia numerous, .02 to .024 in. broad, loosely and irregularly ag-
gregated in extensive patches, immersed in the interior bark and often
forming a slight depression in the wood, covered by the epidermis
which is pierced by the black conical or rostellate ostiolum, the base
often concave beneath ; asci subcylindrical, the sporiferous part about
0025 in. long, .0003 to. 0004 broad; spores crowded or biseriate, oblong
or subfusiform, slightly constricted at the septum, two or four nucleate,
-00055 to .00065 in. long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Dead branches of nine bark, Netllia opulifolia. Albany. Apr.

The surface of the affected branch is rough to the touch by reason
of Ue projecting ostiola. The perithecia are sometimes valsoidly clus-
tered.

Diaporthe marginalis, n. sp.

Pustules numerous, covered by the epidermis which is somewhat
elevated; perithecia valsoid, 8 to 15 in a pustule, nestling in the inner
bark with no circumscribing line, the ostiola slightly emergent, black,
usually surrounding the margin of the whitish pulveraceous erumpent
disk; asci subeylindrical, .0025 to .003 in. long, .0004 to .0005 broad;
spores crowded or biseriate, uniseptate, obscurely apiculate at each
end, .0008 to 0009 in long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Dead branches of Alnus viridis. Elizabethtown. May.

In its external appearance this fungus resembles Valsa ambiens.
In the larger pustules the ostiola form a marginal circle about the
disk as in that species, but in the smaller ones they sometimes emerge
centrally and obliterate the disk.

Diaporthe sparsa, 7. sp.

Perithecia few, minute, scattered, immersed in the wood whose
surface is blackened; asci clavate or subcylindrical, .003 to .0035 in.
long, .0003 to .0004 broad; spores crowded, oblong or subfusiform,
colorless, constricted at the septum, four-nucleate, .0008 to .0012 in.
long, .0002 to .00028 broad. Dead branches of Rhus Toxicodendron.
Saugerties. May.

Didymospheria bacchans, Pass.

Dead branches of grapevines. Saugerties. May.

Leptospheria Typharum, Aars¢.
Dead leaves of Typha latifolia. Adirondack mountains. June.

No. 104.] 53

Leptospheria Kalmia, n. sp.

Perithecia subczspitose, erumpent, .014 to .018 in. broad, sub-
hemispherical, thick, black, the ostiola pertuse or slightly papillate;
asci cylindrical, .004 to .005 in. long, .0003 to .00035 broad; spores
uniseriate, oblong or subfusiform, triseptate, sometimes slightly con-
stricted at the middle septum, colored, .00065 to .0008 in. long,
.00025 to .0003 broad; paraphyses filiform.

Dead stems of sheep laurel, Aalmia angustifolia. Adirondack
mountains. June.

Generally there are two to four perithecia in a cluster, but some-
times they are single and occasionally laterally compressed. The
epidermis usually ruptures longitudinally. ‘The species is related to
Leptospheria vagabunda.

Zignoella diaphana, Sacc.
Decaying weod. Adirondack mountains. June.
Our specimens have the perithecia depressed and smaller than in
the type. .
Pyrenophora relicina, Sace.
Dead leaves of quack grass, Triticum repens. West Albany and
Helderberg mountains. May.

Cryptospora Tilie, 72/.
Dead branches of basswood, Tilia Americana. Helderberg moun-
tains. May.
Hypocrea fungicola, Aarst.
Decaying Polyporus. Caroga. July. The species was formerly
confused with H. citrina, which it very closely resembles.

Pleonectria Berolinensis, Sacc.
Dead stems of currant, Rides rubrum. Albany. April.

(D.)
REMARKS AND OBSERVATIONS.

Ranunculus repens, L.

A beautiful double flowered Ranunculus was found growing ina
wet place by theroad side in the village of Bergen. Its creeping
stems and other characters connect it with FR. repens, and especially
with that form of it which was described by Dr. Beck as R. Clintonit.
Whether the plant with its double flowers was a spontaneous develop-
ment or whether it had escaped from cultivation in some garden is not
known.

Actea alba, Bigel.

A form with long slender pedicels was found at Karner growing
with A. rubra. The latter sometimes has thick pedicels, so that the
color of the fruit remains as the most reliable character for distin-
guishing these species.

54 [ ASSEMBLY

Barbarea vulgaris, 2. Br.

This plant is very abundant on the low lands between Utica and
Rome. It takes possession of pastures and cleared Jands and rivals
the common yellow buttercups in profusion. Its vigorous and abun-
dant growth give it the appearance of an introduced plant and make
it worthy of classification among our noxious weeds. Variety arcuata
occurs along shaded streams in Sandlake.

Arabis lyrata, L.

The usual habitat of this plant is on rocks and precipices, but fine
specimens were found growing in a sandy field near Albany.

Camelina sativa, L.

Abundant in wheat fields near Bergen. June. An introduced and
troublesome weed.

Viola cucullata, A7?.

A peculiar form of this very variable species grows in Bergen
swamp. The leaves are very small, about half an inch broad, the
peduncles are elongated and the lateral petals are whitish at the base.

Prunus serotina, Hirh.

The black cherry is very abundant about Southfield, Orange county,
where it blossoms profusely even when a mere shrub in size. The
choke cherry is also common here. It blossoms two or three weeks
earlier than the black cherry.

Cephalanthus occidentalis, L.

The leaves are usually opposite or ternate, but sometimes there are
four in a whorl.

Crantzia lineata, Vwtt.

Specimens of this rare plant were sent from Wading River by Z. 8.
Miller.

Epilobium hirsutum, Z.

This introduced plant.is gradually spreading. It isin North Green-
bush, G. W. Clinton, and at Dunsback Ferry, near Cohoes. 4. C.
Gordinier.

Petasites palmata, (ray.

This rare species has been found in a sphagnous marsh in Sandlake.
Gordiner, It also occurs sparingly in a marsh near Guilderland
Station, in Albany county, but here it is in danger of extermination
as the marsh will probably be soon cleared for cultivation.

Senecio aureus, L.
Variety Balsamite was found in dry rocky places at Southfield.

Vaccinium Pennsylvanicum, Lam.

The black-fruited form, variety nigrwm, is not rare in the town of
Day, Saratoga county. In one locality on the top of a mountain it

No. 104. ] 55

was found producing berries of unusual size. Many of them were
found by actual measurement to be fully a half inch in diameter.
They were sweet and agreeable to the taste and grew in close clusters
of three to six berries. ‘This form would be a most desirable one to
introduce into cultivation if it can be made to thrive as well in other
localities as it does in its native one. The same variety, bearing
more abundant though smaller fruit, was found growing in a marsh
in the same town. ‘This would indicate its adaptability to a variety of
soils,
Clethra alnifolia, Z.

The sweet pepper bush or white alder is abundant about Spruce
pond near Southfield; alsoon Skunnemunk mountain. In the former
locality, a plant of Leucothoé racemosa was also observed.

‘Menyanthes trifoliata, Z.

Spruce pond near Southfield. The flowers are dimorphous. On
some plants the stamens are longer than the pistils, on others shorter.

Apocynum androsemifolium, L.

There are two forms of our common dogbane, in one of which the
flowers are nearly twice as large as in the other.

Celtis occidentalis, L.

Near Saugerties. The hackberry is not rare in the lower part of the
Hudson river valley, but northward and westward it is seldom found.
I am informed that a tree of this species growing in the Mohawk
valley, near Sprakers, is such a novelty that it has received from the
inhabitants the name of ‘‘ the unknown tree.”

Nyssa multiflora, Wang.

Abundant on Skunnemunk mountain where it forms a tall tree and
has a trunk twelve inches or more in diameter at the base.

Betula nigra, L.

The red birch was admitted into the New York Flora by Dr. Torrey,
on the authority of Dr. J. Carey, who gave Saugerties as its locality.
No specimens were placed in the Herbarium. Desiring New York
specimens, I visited Saugerties and found several trees growing along
the banks of the Aisopus river south of Saugerties. he species is
easily known by its rough bark, curved branches and long drooping
branchlets. The bark of young trees is smooth and whitish or red-
dish-white and such trees might easily be mistaken for the paper birch
or poplar leayed white birch.

Alnus viridis, D. C.
Plentiful on Cobbie hill, also along the road between Elizabethtown
and Keene.
Arisema triphyllum, 7Zorr.
The apex of the spadix of the Indian turnip is generally obtuse. A
specimen was found near Albany, in which the spadix was abruptly

56 [ ASSEMBLY

contracted near the top and prolonged into a slender subulate point,
thus showing a tendency to approach, in form, the spadix of A.
Dracontium.

Symplocarpus fetidus, Salisd.

A specimen occurred near West Albany of which the spathe was
double, or rather there were two spathes one smaller, partly within the
other and facing it. The smaller interior one contained the spadix.

Orontium aquaticum, L.

Abundant at Spruce pond, Orange county. The spadix or club is
at first greenish, then bright yellow, finally green again. In the yellow
or flowering state it is erect and the scape for a short distance below
the spadix is a pure white. After flowering the spadix is thrust beneath
the surface of the water by the bending of the scape and both it and
the upper part of the scape gradually assume their final green color.
The flowers are protogynous and their odor is similar to that of chest-
nut blossoms. ‘The plants sometimes grow among the sphagnum and
sedges of the low quaking shores, and then their leaves are erect. The
root is so deeply and firmly fixed in its place, that it is exceedingly
difficult to obtain an entire plant.

Cypripedium candidum, Mihi.

In Bergen swamp the white lady slipper is associated with the larger
and smaller yellow lady slippers. This is its only New York locality
known to me, and it grieves me to know that it is here sometimes col-
lected unsparingly merely for hand bouquets. By such treatment it is
in danger of extermination. Such a rare and beautiful plant should
be gathered sparingly and preserved in its native locality as long as
possible.

Trillium grandiflorum, Salisb.

The variety variegatum has again been collected in the Jamesville
locality where it presented the same characteristics as last year. Mrs.
Goodrich writes that no specimen with sessile leayes had variegated
petals. The petioled leaves and petals striped with green are thus far
constantly associated. Of some plants transferred to her garden all
reproduced the petioled leaves, and the single ane which blossomed had
its petals marked with green. One plant occurred in which the flower
was borne on one stem and the leaves on another, both rising from
the same rootstock. Miss Overacker found a monstrosity in which the
flower had nine petals and twelve stamens; also another in which all
the parts of the flower were in fours, even the ovary being four-celled.
Rey. Mr. Beauchamp also found near Baldwinsville a specimen whose
flower had six long sepals and eighteen shorter petals. Under proper
cultivation this plant would probably produce double flowers and
numerous varieties very readily.

Carex sterilis, Wild.
The typical form in which the spikes are often all or nearly all
staminate is abundant in Bergen swamp. In the eastern part of the
State the plants almost uniformly bear pistillate spikes, and an abun-

No. 104.] 57

dance of fruit. C. sterilis and C. flava are the prevailing species in
Bergen swamp. Among the interesting and rare species are C. gyno-
crates, the typical form, and C. vaginata.

Agaricus melleus, Vail.

An abortive form of this Agaric sometimes occurs. It resembles
the abortive form of A. abortivus.

Agaricus serrulatus, Pers.

This species is quite variable. An Agaric was found in the Adiron-
dack wilderness which I was at first inclined to regard as an unde-
scribed species, but have concluded that it is a variety of A. serrulatus.
The pileus is grayish or whitish-gray and the stem is destitute of the
blackish points which belong to the typical form. It may be distin-
guished as variety pallida.

Lactarius resimus, /7.

The plant which we have referred to this species as variety regalis
was observed in Day. Its glabrous margin and glabrous stem remain
constant. The pileus was obscurely zonate and the stem spotted. It
might, at first sight, be mistaken for Z. insulsus, but the change in
the color of the milk would correct such a mistake.

Russula feetens, 47.

Variety granulata has the cuticle of the pileus rough with small
granular scales.

Gymnosporangium macropus, Schw.

Plentiful on red cedar trees about Highland Mills, Orange county.
and also about Schoharie.

Septoria mirabilis, Px.
This should be referred to the genus Gleosporium.

Septoria corylina, Pk.
Variety permaculata differs from the typical form in having the
spots large, brown or reddish-brown with an arid paler center. Living
leaves of Corylus rostrata. Day.

Cenangium deformatum, P24.

If the genus Cenangium be limited to such species as have simple
colorless spores, this species must be transferred to the genus Karschia.

Hypoderma Desmazieri, Duby.

Specimens were found on leaves of pitch pine, Pinus rigida, while
they were yet on the tree and green at the base. This would indicate
‘ that the fungus sometimes attacks and kills the leaves.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104. | 8

|

58 [ ASSEMBLY

Spathularia flavida, Pers.
Variety rugosa has the club rugose. It was found in the Adiron-

dack region growing in a circle about fifteen feet in diameter. All

the plants in the circle had the club or receptacle rugose. Some of
the plants were affected by Hypocrea alutacea. ‘The stems were quite
as velvety as in the form described as Spathularia velutipes, 0. & ¥.

Spherotheca pannosa, Lev.

Variety Ridis occurs on the stems, fruit and leaves of wild goose-
berry, Ribes cynosbati. Bergen. June. It forms a dense felty stra-
tum of mycelium, which is white at first but soon becomes brown. In
the form on roses the mycelium, so far as I have observed, remains
white. I have received from Prof. Scribner specimens of the same
variety which were found on gooseberry in Colorado.

Hypoxylon Morsei, b. & OC.

Dead branches of poison sumach, Rhus venenata. Guilderland
station. May. If H. Blakei be united to this species, which union
some advocate, then H. Morsei is an inhabitant of alders, willows,
poplars and sumach.

Sordaria coprophila, C. ¢ D.

In the early and immature condition of this fungus, the perithecia
are thinly clothed with a minute cinereous flocculent villosity or
tomentum, and the spores are cylindrical flexuous and colorless and
very unlike the elliptical colored appendaged spore of the mature state.

Spheria taxicola, Px.
The spores in this are .0008 to .0009 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad,
triseptate and colorless. Therefore the species should be referred to
the genus Metaspheeria of the Saccardoian system.

(E.)

NEW YORK SPECIES OF PLEUROTUS, CLAUDOPUS AND
CREPIDOTUS.

PLEUROTUS, Fr.

Stem eccentric, lateral or none. Spores white.

The species of this genus grow chiefly on decaying wood. <A few
grow on the ground or are attached to mosses. ‘They are very diverse
in size and general appearance. For instance, there is little resemblance
between P. ulmarius and P. striatulus, the one a large species with a
stout stem and thick fleshy pileus, the other a very small one with
no stem and a thin membranous pileus. Yet both)are included by
the generic description. By reason of the lateral or eccentric stem
and of the tufted mode of growth of some species, the pileus is often
very irregular and unsymmetrical. Some of the species are also very

variable in color, and among the small, at first resupinate forms, the
‘young plant is often, in appearance, very unlike the reflexed mature

No. 104. ] 59

plant. These variations make it difficult to accurately describe the
species and to satisfactorily identify them from the published descrip-
tions. Some of them, by reviving under the influence of moisture
and by the tenacity of their substance, indicate an affinity with the
genus Panus and its allies. Someof the larger stout-stemmed species
occasionally have the stem nearly or quite central in which case they
might be taken for species of T'richoloma, though their lignatile in-
stead of terrestrial habitat would be an indication of their real affinity,
but not a wholly reliable one, since some species of Tricholoma grow
on wood. By their white spores they are separated from the otherwise
similar Claudopodes and Crepidoti. Two species, P. sapidus and
P. euwosmus have pale lilac-tinted spores, but these can scarcely justify
the removal of these plants to any genus having colored spores, since
they would harmonize no better there than here. Indeed there is
room for doubt if either of these supposed species is more than a
variety of P. ostreatus. Several species have valuable esculent quali-
ties. Fries has divided the genus into three sections, which for
convenience we have adopted in the arrangement of our New York
Pleuroti. He names them respectively, EXCENTRICI, DIMIDIATI and
RESUPINATI.

Synopsis of the Species.

Stem eccentric pileus entire or marginate behind..... sooo D0CKC nocucbpeod | ii

Stem none or short, pileus.sessile or not marginate behind................ 7

1. Lamelle adnate or emarginate, not decurrent.......... Sn énovacwdh tc Bead! “ee

i Mamelle distinctly, decurrents <2els.<c\s sie 0e eee. © Coots! ob Eso OdOMODTOOL 4

2. Lamelle white ........ bdddS dobooDoDOMOnaDS sunsodooG: A600 essed 3

ye Abpneneiles Ellon papa oodabbaee 5 bGGe HO OUeUOUdCOUO .. 2. LP. sulphureoides.

8. Odor farinaceous, spores elliptical........ paren tastolors elstereystenansveraistl sal UORLCICELLS:

8. Odor not farinaceous, spores globose......... “catinGEedocoo SoOtEe P. ulmarius.

4. Pileus slightly areolate....... HasoodoeT adcodsdooouseus ...0..P. subareolatus.

4. Pileus not areolate...... sebGoabbocsane Gaon oe Saeoned sooorooodoNcS Aehoe O

5. Spores dull lilac.... ..... falatetevalelinatciststetslatalaveraicicictnteiels’eelere'. :..P. sapidus.

Dee SOLES e wiNiLes in «yor, alaiicrclersjorn ond SO0G8aG0R GnoGonaae Ae ODEO CeO eB oaeT 6

6. Lamelle anastomosing at the base...... se6a0d0cDCOnGedG ac seid oedze OStREALUS:

G2 uamelilserdistinct, atthe ase: uc: cissieias wisi sretilernveutie silessysierehes, Verse P. salignus.
7, Pileus never resupinate, generally with a short lateral stem or stem-

HEL DASE Seyela Werses cela s/cie ia coc lonatereheneletorsiaiau nalietarsteraen ons eiiaiicicvatereale iterece te ES

7. Pileus at first resupinate, generally sessile........ Sivan lorie aera sh ove 11

8. Pileus viscid when young or moist. ...,...... als ein nla chine a¥eicleaisEre SETOUURUS.
Be eS ULC, MOU VIS CIID osc) Ae a) cpl tent Rh ated eich ofcVs wl s\el es ecaiesers ie: nono poRsOn ae oN

9. Lamellee gray, subdistant, stem not compressed ........ .....L. tremulus.

9. Lamellae white, crowded, stem compressed........ odcdoec A, wate Rae 1

10. Plant growing on the ground.........6 eeeeeeeeeees Suooeder P. spathulatus.

10. Plant growing on decaying wood...........-- siajalejwralste's «ainre =) als P. petaloides.

dy Pal eursy WINGO 1 sey araha) «, isinyatara"e shaie! ais 6ipi a6 Beste tercisieiice «siete aheyolisteksiore sie 12

PACE MCUS TOL WHEE: ihria/eiscajalesere cisicleie,s'eieiele «\s) ©) a1ats S CODOOD BORED oealod nate 13

2 Bilensrone neh) OF MOTE MOM sean tse) slelelsle eyelei-)s/e 61610101010 ADs P. porrigens.

12. Pileus small, less than one inch long or broad..... ackpdind co uab Oe P. septicus.

18. Lamelle white or yellowish........ ..... sécuopocranod P.atroceruleus.

13. Lamelle cinereous, livid-brown or blackish.............0----s sesso 14

14. Pileus even or slightly striate on the margin...............-. P. atropellitus.

14. Pileus plicate-striate, black ............. Brava tate sietere) aie Bite Attest P. niger.

14. Pileus striate, cinereous or livid-brown.... ......+.. Si aerttte aerate P. striatulus.

Pileus entire or with a thin margin on one side, stem distinct, eccen-
tric or lateral. ;

«~

60 | ASSEMBLY

Pleurotus ulmarius, /7.
Elm Agaric.
Agaricus ulmarius, Bull.

Pileus fleshy, compact, convex or nearly plane, giabrous, moist, some-
times tinged with reddish, yellowish or brownish hues and marbled
with livid spots, becoming darker and shining when old, flesh pure
white ; lamelle broad, emarginate or rounded behind, adnexed, mode-
rately close, white or whitish ; stem stout, solid, straight or curved,
glabrous or partly or wholly tomentose, whitish ; spores globose, .0002
to .00025 in. broad.

Pileus 3 to 6 in. broad, stem 1 to 3 in. long, 6 to 10 lines thick.

Trunks of elm trees. Albany and Trenton Falls. September to
December. Edible.

Variety acericola. Plant smaller, czspitose.

Trunks and roots of maple trees. Adirondack mountains. September.

Variety populicola. lant subceespitose, stem wholly tomentose.
West Albany.

This is one of our largest Pleuroti. It is variable in size and appear-
ance. The stem is often thickened either above or below, and it
may be glabrous or entirely tomentose, or only at the base or apex.
Sometimes it is longitudinally rimose. On the elms of Albany it
usually grows from places where branches have been cut away. It
persists as a conspicuous object for many days. In very wet weather
the disk is apt to crack either in a radiate or reticulate manner, -

Pleurotus sulphureoides, Pk.
Pale-yellow Agaric.

Pileus fleshy, rather thin, convex, umbonate, glabrous or slightly
squamulose, pale-yellow ; lamelle moderately close, rather broad,
slightly emarginate or rounded behind, pale-yellow.; stem firm, equal,
slightly fibrillose, stwjfed or hollow, generally curved and eccentric,
rarely central, slightly mealy or tomentose at the top, yellowish or
pallid; spores elliptical, .0003 to .00035 in. long .0002 to .00025 broad.

Pileus 1 to 2 in. broad, stem 1 to 1.5 in. high, 2 to 3 lines thick.

Decaying prostrate trunks. Catskill mountains. October. Rare.
This species has not been detected since its discovery. It becomes
paler in drying. The minute scales are brown, but sometimes are
wanting. I have separated this Agaric from A. sulphureus because of
its eccentric stem, woody habitat and squamulose pileus.

Pleurotus hgnatilis, 77.
Wood-inhabiting Agaric.
Agaricus abscondens, Pk.

Pileus compact, convex, sometimes slightly depressed or umbilicate,
flocculose-pruinose or glabrous, white ; lameile thin, narrow, crowded,
emarginate or adnate, white ; stem unequal, rather slender, curved,
stuffed or hollow, whitish, sometimes tomentose at the base; spores,
minute, elliptical, 00016 to 0002 in, long, usually with a shining
nucleus; odor distinct, farinaceous.

No. 104.] 61

Pileus 2 to 3 in. broad, stem 1 to 2 in. long, 2 to 4 lines thick.

Decaying wood. Griffins, Delaware county, September.

Our specimens, by their pure white color, emarginate adnexed lamelle
and glabrous stem, did not well agree with the published description
of P. lignatilis, and they were, therefore, described in the Thirty-first
Report as a distinct species. But P. lignatilis is very variable accord-
ing to Fries, and as our plant is scarcely more than a variety of it we
have united it thereto.

Pleurotus subareolatus, Ps.
Shightly-areolate Agaric.

Pileus compact, convex, whitish. tinged with brownish pink, usually
cracking in small maculiform areas; lamelle rather broad, loose,
decurrent, whitish becoming tinged with yellow in drying; stem
eccentric, subvertical, short, curved, firm, solid, sometimes com-
pressed, white; spores oblong, .0005 to .0006 in. long, about .0002
broad.

Pileus 3 to 4 in. broad, stem 6 to 12 lines long, 4 to 6 lines thick.

Trunks of elm trees. Bethlehem. October.

This plant has occurred with us but once. It differs from P. tessu-
latus by its stroagly decurrent lamelle which form slightly elevated
lines far down on the stem.

Pleurotus sapidus, Aalchd.
Sapid Agaric.

Plant generally czspitose; pileus eccentric or lateral, rarely sessile,
irregular, convex or depressed on the disk, glabrous, variable in
color, whitish, yellowish, grayish-brown, lilac-brown or smoky-
brown, flesh white ; lamellae rather broad, subdistant, decurrent, dis-
tinct or anastomosing at the base, whitish; stem firm, solid, straight
or curved, white or whitish, often united at the base; spores oblong,
pale lilac, .00035 to .00045 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Pileus 2 to 5 in. broad, stem 1 to 2 in. long, 3 to 8 lines thick.

Decaying wood of elm, beech, birch, horse-chestnut, etc., sometimes
on buried sticks. Common. June to November. Edible.

This is a very variable species, closely allied to P. ostreatus, with
which it is sometimes confused, and from which its short-stemmed
subsessile forms with anastomosing lamellz can scarcely be distin-
guished except by the peculiar color of the spores. These, when caught
on white paper, have a dull, pale-lilac hue, inclining to lavender color,
If they fall on a dark or brown surface they appear whitish. By reason
of the colored spores of this fungus and of P. ewosmus, W. G. Smith
proposed the transfer of these plants to Claudopus, but this arrange-
ment was not adopted by Fries, because their real affinities were evi-
dently with the Pleuroti. He says that the species is so variable that
its characters are indicated with difficulty, and that on the same trunk
Specimens sometimes occur that are white, tawny-brown and umber.
In the typical form, the lamellae are not described as anastomosing,
but a form is mentioned in which the stem is reticulated by anasto-
mosing veins. In our plant the lamelle frequently anastomose at the
base, just as in P. ostreatus. Its stem, also, is sometimes as short or
obsolete as in that species. It occurs both in woods and in open

62 [ ASSEMBLY

places. It is more abundant in autumn, but occasionally appears as
earlyasJune. It is no less valuable than the next species for its edible
qualities. A stew made of it isa very good substitute for an oyster stew.

In Hungary, according to Dr. Kalchbrenner, it is not only eagerly
sought for food in the woods butis also cultivated in gardens by fre-
quently moistening the elm trunks on which it grows.

In drying, the specimens roll up in an annoying manner, unless kept
under pressure. ‘The dried specimens are very liable to the attacks
of insects.

Pleurotus ostreatus, /7r.

Oyster Agaric. Oyster Mushroom.
Agaricus ostreatus, Jacq. Agaricus dimidiatus, Bull.

Pileus fleshy, two to four inches broad, soft, convex or slightly
depressed behind, subdimidiate, often cxspitosely imbricated, moist,
glabrous, whitish cinereous or brownish, flesh white ; lamelle broad,
decurrent, subdistant, anastomosing at the base, white or whitish ;
stem, when present, very short, firm, lateral, sometimes strigose-hairy
at the base; spores oblong, white, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .00016
broad.

Decaying wood and trunks of trees. Juneto November. Hdible.

With us this species is much less frequent than the preceding one.
Specimens, nearly white when fresh, but yellowish when dried, were
collected on oak trunksin Orange county. The spores were clearly
white on white paper, but in other respects the plants might readily
be taken for a whitish subsessile form of the preceding species.

Pleurotus salignus, 7.

Willow Agaric.
Agaricus salignus, Abb. d. Schw. Agaricus brumalis, Scop.

Pileus fleshy, two to six inches broad, firm, spongy, convex or nearly
plane, sometimes depressed and slightly hairy toward the base, nearly
dimidiate, horizontal, whitish, dark-cinereous or ochraceous; lamella
decurrent, some of them branched, eroded on the edge, distinct at the
base, whitish ; stem, when present, very short, lateral, tomentose ;
spores oblong, .00086 in. long, .00015 broad.

Decaying wood, especially of willows. Sandlake.

I have admitted this species with some hesitation, for our specimens,
though apparently belonging to it, are not in good condition and
hence doubtful. Fries says itis distinguished from Panws conchatus
by its soft, not coriaceous, substance, but Gillet characterizes its sub-
stance as coriaceous when old.

Pileus definitely lateral, neither margined behind nor at first resupt-
. nate, sessile or attached to a very short lateral stem or stem-like base.

Pleurotus serotinus, /7.
Late Agaric.
Agaricus serotinus Schrad. Agaricus serotinoides, Pk.

Pileus fleshy, one to three inches broad, compact, convex or nearly
plane, viscid when young and moist, dimidiate reniform or suborbic-

No. 104. ] 63

ular, solitary or csspitose and imbricated, variously colored, dingy-
yellow, reddish-brown, greenish-brown or olivaceous, the margin at
first involute; lamelle close, determinate, whitish or yellowish; stem
very short, lateral, thick, yellowish beneath and minutely tomentose
or squamulose with blackish points; spores minute, elliptical, .0002
in. long, .0001 broad.

Dead trunks of deciduous trees. Catskill and Adirondack moun-
tains. Buffalo. G@. W. Clinton. Autumn.

The late Agaric occurs especially in the hilly and mountainous dis- -
tricts of the State. Itrarely makes its appearance before September
and is sometimes found as late as December. It varies considerably
in color but is easily recognized by its peculiar stem and determinate
lamelle. When viewed from above it appears to be stemless or
attached by a mere basal prolongation of the pileus, but the lower sur-
face of this prolongation, being differently colored and definitely
limited by the basal termination of the lamelle, has the appearance
of a very short but distinct stem. In our plant the surface of the
pileus is sometimes adorned with a minute brown or blackish fibril-
lose tomentum, which gives it a somewhat punctate or scabrous
appearance. I find no notice of this character in the descriptions of
the European plant. Such specimens with the lower surface of the
stem, merely tomentose, were published in the Twenty-third Report as
Agaricus serotinoides, but they do not appear to me to be any thing
more than a mere form of the species. ‘Sometimes the pileus is dis-
tinctly tomentose toward the base.

Pleurotus tremulus, Fr.

Tremulous Agaric. Gray Pleurotus.
Agaricus tremulus, Scheeff.

Pileus thin, eight to twelve lines broad, obovate or reniform, plane
or depressed on the disk, tenacious, glabrous, livid-gray or grayish-
brown when moist, pale-gray when dry; lamelle determinate, linear,
subdistant, gray or grayish; stem marginal, short, distinct, nearly
terete, ascending, villose at the base; spores globose, .0003 in. broad.

Ground among or attached to mosses. Poughkeepsie. October.
W. R. Gerard.

The stem in our specimens is lateral, as required by the description
and the place assigned to the species in the Friesian arrangement, but
in Mycological Illustrations, Pl. 242, it is represented as eccentric.

The stem is sometimes wanting, and then the pileus is attached by
fibrils. The species is easily known by its gray color and place of
growth. It is apparently very rare with us, having been found in our
State but once.

Pleurotus spathulatus.

Spathulate Agaric.
Agaricus spathulatus, Pers. P. petaloides vy. spathulatus, Fr.
Pileus rather thin, one to two inches broad, ascending, spathulate,
tapering behind into the stem, glabrous, convex or depressed on the
disk and there sometimes pubescent, alutaceous or brownish tinged with
gray, red or yellow; lamelle crowded, linear, decurrent, whitish or

64 [ ASSEMBLY

yellowish; stem compressed, sometimes channeled above, grayish-
tomentose; spores elliptical, .0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad ;
odor and taste farinaceous. ;

Ground, Sandlake. June. Edible. .

It grows singly or in tufts and is an inch or more in height. The
margin is thin and sometimes striatulate and reflexed. ‘Toward the
base the flesh is thicker than the breadth of the lamelle. The cuticle
is tough and separable. The flesh is said by Gillet to be tender and.
delicate. Persoon describes the disk as spongy-squamulose, but in our
specimens it is merely pubescent or tomentose.

The species was united as a variety to P. petaloides by Fries, and is
described by Gillet under that name, but it seems to me to be suffi-
ciently distinct in its habit, habitat, color and spores to be regarded.
as a species.

Pleurotus petaloides, 77.

‘Petal-like Agaric. Petaloid Pleurotus.
Agaricus petaloides, Bull.

Pileus rather thin, eight to twenty lines broad, cuneate or spathu-
late, tapering behind into the short compressed generally villose-
tomentose stem, convex or nearly plane, glabrous or with a minute
grayish pubescence or tomentum toward the base, sometimes striatulate
on the margin when moist, whitish pale-alutaceous or brownish;
lamelles crowded, linear, decurrent, whitish or yellowish; spores
minute, globose, .00012 to .00016 in. broad.

Decaying wood, Buffalo. G@. W. Clinton. East Worcester, Karner,
Catskill and Adirondack mountains. July and August.

This is closely allied to the preceding species, with which it is united
by most writers, but the striking difference in the size and shape of
the spores indicates that they should be kept as distinct species.
With us the petal-like Agaric is much more frequent in its occurrence
than the spathulate Agaric. !

In shape and general appearance it closely resembles Crepidotus
applanatus, from which it may be distinguished by its paler lamella,
smaller white spores and more colored pileus.

Pileus at first resupinate, then reflexed, sessile; lamelle radiating
from an eccentric point.

Pleurotus porrigens, 7.

Prolonged Agaric. Pine Pleurotus.
Agaricus porrigens, Pers.

Pileus rather thin, at first resupinate and suborbicular, then reflexed
and prolonged, obovate subelliptical or ear-shaped, often longer than
broad, one to three inches long, sessile, glabrous or villose-tomentose
toward the base, pure white, the margin involute when young, some-
times lobed in large specimens; lamellae narrow, linear, thin, crowded,
sometimes slightly forked or anastomosing at the base, white; spores
subglobose, .00025 to .0003 in. broad.

Much decayed wood of pine and hemlock. Buffalo. G. W. Clin-
fon. Karner, Catskill and Adirondack mountains. Autumn.

The prolonged Agaric is a fine species, easily known by its pure

No. 104. ] . 65

white color, sessile pileus, and its Jamelle forking or even anastomos-
ing near the base in large specimens.

I find no good characters by which to distinguish Agaricus nephre-
tus, Ellis, from this fungus. The spores in this, as well as in P. stria-
tulus, P. niger and some others, have a slight depression on one side,
which makes them broader in one diameter than in the other, and
gives them a slightly curved appearance when viewed edgewise.

Pleurotus septicus, 7’.

Wood-rotting Agaric. Thin Pleurotus.
Agaricus pubescens, Sow.

Pileus smail, thin, three to six lines broad, nearly plane, pubescent
or subpulverulent, sessile or with a short white pubescent stem or
stem-like base, pure white; lamelle rather broad, TASTES white ;
spores subglobose, .00016 to .0002 in. broad.

Decaying wood. Ballston and Adirondack mountains. August.

The clear white color of P. porrigens is seen also in this species,
which may be easily distinguished by its smaller size, nearly pubescent
pileus, subdistant lamella and smaller spores.

Pleurotus atroceruleus, /’.

Dark-blue Agaric. Blue-black Pleurotus.
Agaricus alneus, Scheeff.

Pileus fleshy with an upper brownish gelatinous stratum, one to two
inches broad, convex or nearly plane, reniform dimidiate or obovate,
rather tough and flexible, sometimes cespitosely imbricated, sessile,
villose-tomentose, dark-blue, blackish, grayish or tawny-brown, flesh
soft, whitish ; lamelle rather broad, close, whitish or yellowish ; spores
elliptical, .00025 to .0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Decaying trunks and branches of beech, alders and poplars. Kar-.
ner. September. Buffalo. G. W. Clinton.

I have seen no American specimens with the dark-blue or indigo
color shown in the published figures of the European plant, but Fries
himself says that the pileus is sometimes brown, so that we have no
doubt of the specific identity of our plant. The pileus is covered
with a grayish or cinereous villosity, which in small specimens forms
a thin uniform velvety pubescence, but in large specimens it is more
dense and somewhat tufted. Sometimes it is much thinner on the
margin than toward the base of the pileus, and in such specimens the
real color of the pileus is best seen on the margin. ‘This, in large
specimens, is often wavy or somewhat lobed. Small, blackish forms
frequently resemble large forms of the next species, but are dis-
tinguishable by the paler color of the lamelle. ‘The plant readily
revives on the application of moisture.

Pleurotus atropellitus, 7. sp.
Black-skinned Agaric.
Pileus very thin, three to eight lines broad, rather tough, flaccid,

resupinate or reflexed and lateral, convex or nearly plane, suborbicular
obovate or reniform, villose-tomentose except on the margin, sessile or

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 9

66 : [ ASSEMBLY

prolonged at the base into a short grayish-tomentose stem, dlackish-
brown or black, the tomentum grayish or cinereous, the thin margin
slightly striate when moist; lamelle rather broad, close, blackish-brown
or black, whitish on the edge; spores swbelliptical ; .00038 to .000385
in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Decaying wood and bark, both of frondose and acerose trees. Fort
Edward, #. C, Howe. Buffalo. G. W. Clinton. Maryland, Helder-
berg and Adirondack mountains. June to October.

Our plant is closely related to Pleurotus applicatus, and it is with
some hesitation that I have described it as distinct. But unless the
figures and descriptions of that species are erroneous, our fungus is
easily distinguished from it by its larger size, darker color and closer
blackish lamellae. P. applicatus is described as dark cinereous, cupu-
lar, two to three lines broad, villose at the base, sessile or attached by
a prolongation on the back and with the lamelle distant and paler
than the pileus. In the American plant these characters do not hold

ood. The pileus is often clearly attached by a lateral stem or-stem-
like base and the villosity is found everywhere except on the margin,
and the lamellz are always, so far as I have seen, as dark as or even
blacker than the pileus. The plant is flexible and revives on the ap-
plication of moisture, thus indicating an affinity with the genus
Panus. I have seen no description of the spores of P. applicatus.

Pleurotus niger, Schw
Black Agaric.

Pileus submembranous, two to four lines broad, subresupinate, pul-
yeraceous, black, plicate on the margin ; lamelle broad, radiating, black,
cinereous on the edge; spores subglobose, .0002 to .00025 in. broad.

Decaying wood. Helderberg mountains, June. ‘This apparently
rare fungus has been found in our State but once. The pileus is at-
tached by a tuft of black hairs, and in the largest. specimens these ex-
tend to the disk and there have a pulverulent appearance. ‘The black
color, black villosity and more coarsely striate or plicate margin dis-
tinguish this species from the next, which it otherwise closely resem-
bles.

Pleurotus striatulus, /’.
Slightly-striate Agaric.
Agaricus membranaceus, Scop. Agaricus striato-pellucidus, Pers.

Pileugs membranous, very delicate, two to four lines broad, resupin-
ate or subcupular, then reflexed, sometimes obconic and pendulous,
sessile, slightly s¢riate when moist, strongly striate or corrugated when
dry, flaccid, glabrous, scattered or gregarious, persistent, cinereows
or brown; lamell few, distant, whitish or cinereous; spores subglo-
bose, .0002 to .00025 in. broad.

Much decayed wood of pine and hemlock. Fort Edward. 2. C.
Howe. Buffalo. G. W. Clinton. Greenbush and Adirondack moun-
tains. July and October. |

This is the smallest of our Pleuroti. Like the three preceding
species, it revives on the application of moisture, and with them it
forms a peculiar group worthy of distinction and separation from the

No. 104. ] 67

others. The pileus is attached by a grayish villosity. In drying it
sometimes becomes nearly black. It is then so small and shriveled
that it is easily overlooked.

CLAUDOPUS, Smith.

Pileus eccentric, lateral or’resupinate. Spores pinkish.

The species of this genus were formerly distributed among the Pleu-
roti and Crepidoti, which they resemble in all respects except in the
color of the spores. The genus at first was made to include species
with lilac-colored as well as pink spores, but Professor Fries limited it
to species with pink spores. In this sense we have taken it. The spores
in some species are even, in others rough or angulated. The stem is
either entirely wanting or is very short and inconspicuous, a charac-
ter indicated by the generic name. ‘The pileus is often resupinate and
attached by a dorsal point when young, but it becomes reflexed with
age. The species are few and infrequent. All inhabit decaying
wood,

Synopsis of the Pikes

PALES ey ellloyactiermtercleve = © «ie shs.s te aieidaict tenet ols faiava\el stele e aye) pia la Sieve sietaistale C. nidulans.
Peieriser MtOP WGN ITISN Ac. treet Coser «ies cle wuiore igs svaja-elanls ef wiaie
AS SPOLESIEVEM Ger tortisie cleve « cjetisl semiarese ota AU 4uGnee ads ca cicebd ae C. variabilis.
A Sporesianewmlated’. 44 5. ).5t sss olaleiverels's Sroicieie eerdat els noweiel oka\crefchels C. depluenss
Pileus gray or brown SEO OD OR CO OE OIC Pelesstasisususuke Saisie elsideaae 2
DiPileus simatelate when. Moist 1.0. sJoee f.\seecs see cleerde « C. Greigensis.
2 Pileus not striatulate......... Bn thaterios eeieiste Bist aalcvas chs hide ooo CU. byssisedus.

Claudopus nidulans,
Nestling Agaric.
Agaricus nidulans, Pers,

Pileus one to three inches broad, sessile or rarely narrowed behind
into a short stem-like base, often imbricated, suborbicular dimidiate
or reniform, tomentose, somewhat strigose- hairy or squamulose-hairy
toward the margin, yellow or buff color, the margin at first involute;
-lamelle rather broad, moderately close or subdistant, orange-yellow ;
spores even, slightly curved, .00025 to .0002 in. long, about half as
broad, delicate pink.

Decaying wood. Sandlake, Catskill and Adirondack mountains.
Autumn.

This fungus was placed by Fries among the Pleuroti, and in this he
has been followed by most authors. But the spores have a delicate
pink color closely resembling that of the young lamelle of the com-
mon mushroom, Agartcus campestris. We have, therefore, placed it
among the Claudopodes, where Fries himself has suggested it should
be placed if removed at all from Pleurotus. Our plant has sometimes
_ been referred to Panus dorsalis, Bose., but with the description of
that species it does not well agree. ‘The tawny color, spathulate
pileus, paler floccose scales, short lateral stem and decurrent lamellz
ascribed to that species are not well shown by our plant. The sub-
stance of the pileus, though rather tenacious and persistent, can
scarcely be called coriaceous. The flesh is white or pale yellow. The
tomentum of the pileus is often matted in small tufts and intermingled
with coarse hairs, especially toward the margin. This gives a squa-

68 [ ASSEMBLY

mose or strigose-hairy appearance. The color of the pileus is often
paler toward the base than it is on the margin.

Claudopus variabilis, /’r.
Variable Agaric.

Agaricus vartabilis, Pers. Agaricus sessilis, Bull. Agaricus niveus,
Sow.

Pileus thin, one-half to one inch broad, at first resupinate, then
reflexed, sessile or with a very short stem, tomentose, white; lamellz
rather broad, thin, radiating from a lateral or an eccentric point, dis-
tant, white becoming pink; spores even, elliptical, .00025 to .0003 in.
long, about half as broad. |

Decaying wood and dead branches. Adirondack mountains. July
to October. Buffalo. G. W. Clinton.

A small and not common species. The thin pileus is often attached
to its place of growth by white tomentose filaments, and the point to
which the lamelle converge is also sometimes tomentose.

Claudopus depluens, /’r.
Rainy Agaric.
Agaricus depluens, Batsch.

Pileus thin, one-half to one inch broad, at first resupinate, then
reflexed, variable in form, sessile or with a short stem, slightly silky-
tomentose especially toward the base, white or whitish, sometimes
slightly tinged with pink; lamellie broad, subdistant, whitish, becom-
ing pink; spores angulated, .0004 to .00045 in. long, .0003 broad,
usually containing a single large nucleus.

Decaying wood. Catskill mountains, Gansevoort and Sterling.
July and August.

This species, like the preceding one, which it closely resembles and
from which it is separated by the character of the spores, is very
variable. In our specimens the pileus is white, but it is sometimes
described as tinged with red or gray. It is also said to grow upon the
ground and on mosses, but our specimens grew upon decaying wood.
In both these particulars they agree with the figure of the species in
Mycological Illustrations.

Claudopus Greigensis, Px.
Greig Agaric.

Pileus very thin, convex, five to ten lines broad, hygrophanous,
grayish-cinnamon color and striatulate when moist, silky-fibrillose
when dry; lamelle subdistant, scarcely reaching the stem, grayish
becoming dingy-pink; stem short, about one line long, solid, curved,
fibrillose. below, with an abundant white radiating mycelium at the
base; spores angulated, .00035 to .00045 in. long, .0003 broad, usually
containing a single large nucleus.

Much decay ed wood. Greig. September.

This species is intermediate between the preceding and the follow-
ing one, but it is more closely related to the latter, from which it is
distinguished by the striatulate pileus and free lamella,

No. 104.] 69

Claudopus byssisedus, /’7.

Fibril-attached Agaric. Little Claudopus.
Agaricus byssisedus, Pers.

Pileug very thin, four to ten lines broad, at first resupinate, then
reflexed, nearly plane, glabrous or merely pruinose with a slight gray-
ish villosity, gray, erayish- brown or brown; lamelle rather broad,
subdecurrent, grayish, then tinged with pink; stem short, lateral or
eccentric, generally curved, with white radiating byssoid fibrils at the
base; spores angulated, .0004 to .00045 in. long, .0003 broad.

Decaying wood. Sterling and Adirondack mountains. August
and September.

CREPIDOTUS, dhe

Veil wanting or not manifest. Pileus eccentric, lateral or resupi-
nate. Spores ferruginous.

The Crepidoti correspond in shape and habit to the smaller Pleuroti
and the Claudopodes, but they are distinguished from both by the
ferruginous color of their spores. These are globose in several species,
in others they are elliptical. In some there is a depression on one
side which gives them a naviculoid character and causes the spore to
appear slighly curved when viewed in acertain position. In conse-
quence of the similarity of several of our species, the character of the
spores is of much importance in their identification, and it is unfortu-
nate that European mycologists have so generally neglected to give
the spore characters in their descriptions of these fungi. In most of
the species the pileus is at first resupinate, but it generally becomes
reflexed as it enlarges. It is generally sessile or attached by a mass of
white fibrils or tomentum. For this reason it is usually somewhat
tomentose or villose abont the point of attachment, even in species
that are otherwise glabrous. In several species the pileus is moist or
hygrophanous and then the thin margin is commonly striatulate.
This character is attributed to but one of the dozen or more European
species. The large number of New York species is noticeable, and fu-
ture investigation may show that mere varieties have in some instances
been taken for species. Their mode of growth is usually gregarious
or somewhat loosely imbricated, in consequence of which*the pileus,
which in most species is white or yellowish, is often stained by the
spores, and then it has a rusty, stained or squalid appearance. The
species occur especially on old stumps, prostrate trunks and soft
much-decayed wood in damp, shaded places. The name Crepidotus is
derived from two Greek words xpezzs, a shoe or slipper, and ovs, an
ear.

Synopsis of the Species.

Pileus viscid when moist........... A, Seep He Onc es Ce eR ere atc C. herens.
TLE TMOCRVARGIO. A oiers. cok bho a lelaileluiclnve re lsyesaipvsiececele eo teh eta hg Bcc. 2 Bene 1
1. Pileus with s distinct stem. + so <6. <a: Papel stfisttd bi steie 3} stareiate Bate sadvantols: eCiucie's 2
LE nensssessule.arawitlt aN) TNGIStiNChStCMM.\ o/s cayers sacle cs ce cietetelecseladllpans ances 3
2. Stem thickened at the base............. a snca stay atecote tats ... CO. haustellaris.
Aaptom Hoy muekened at, the DAS: cocci es es dss wes mre cidawovet C. tiliophilus.

3. Pileus glabrous or only slightly villose at the base............. Kboruboee +
SF PP ilemsiniot, Pla DrOUS ays «(5,2 de)airleiend? 2 9) ~ Jabpedéeien webs Sacd-ocbeseursue 6
Ay Miamellze MAarrows ANG, AECULECIG Is. -\./510)s\0/015 + s/s/e)s/c! 8) s/alelois 6i« C. applanatus.

4, Lamellz broad, not decurrent....... e shalate)'s sj0ye>eRaeueile rie Wee eet

70 | ASSEMBLY

5. Pileus white, spores globose...... a alw/alela fa etaval 1a cee nia wla(eiera vines nite umn DOE
5. Pileus yellowish, spores not globose....... st sik pisineie =e jm atou\lascyaje rot DAE RULE ILCLIOS:
6. Pileus white, with a white villosity or tomentum ..............0... 7
6. Pileus with a colored villosity or tomentum .......,........s000--- 9
ie Spores elliptical: sire streisie Bec irerei aie fanaicht Ha OOS GOTO SOCELG Sooo sets de ke!
7. Spores globose..... ocrcisie Cate Weieee atcuelnenele Oslalelnabeibistie lata ee wee C. putrigend.
8. Spores less than .0003 in. long .......... Sesiociebasac ...--C. herbarum.
8. Spores more than .0003 in. long ...... SUT Te lee tepals shee .-..-C. versutus.
9. Pileus squamose with a tawny tomentum, spores elliptical. .C. fudvotomentosus.
9. Pileus with a yellowish tomentum, spores globose..... sie wlaletna|diaiatx UM OGNBOLIB,

Crepidotus herens, Pk.
Sticky Agaric.

Pileus thin, four to twelve lines broad, convex, sessile, cuneiform
or dimidiate, glabrous, or slightly squamulose, hygrophanous, viscid
and striatulate on the margin when moist, white or whitish when dry;
lamelle moderately close, narrow, tapering toward each end, sub-
cinereous, then brownish; spores edliptical, pale-ferruginous, .0003 in.
long, .0002 broad.

Decaying wood. Albany. September.

The elliptical spores and viscid pileus are the distinguishing charac-
ters of the species. I know of no other viscid Crepidotus. The pileus
is watery white or gray when moist, and white when dry, unless stained
by the spores. The margin is very thin and the pileus is attached to the
matrix by white filaments. ‘The species is rare, having been observed
but once.

Crepidotus haustellaris, 7’.
Kidney-shaped Agaric.

Pileus thin, four to ten lines broad, lateral or“ eccentric, reniform
or suborbicular, plane, moist, slightly tomentose when dry, alutaceous
or pale-ochraceous; lamelle broad, subdistant, rounded behind,
slightly adnexed or nearly free, pallid, then brownish-cinnamon; stem
short, distinct, solid, bulbows- thickened at the base, whitened with a
slight tomentose villosity; spores elliptical, .00035 to .0004 in. long,
.0003 broad.

Dead bark of poplars. Thurman, Warren county. October. Rare.

Our specimens differ from the European plant in being smaller and
of a paler color. The pileus is also sometimes eccentric, though.
Fries describes it as “exactly lateral” in the European plant. The
dimensions of the spores are taken from our specimens, no spore
characters being given in any description of the species to which we
have had access. Fries remarks that the species is “small, regular,
not cespitose, especially marked by the subconic stem and almost free
lamelle.”

Crepidotus tiliophilus, P/.
Linden-loving Agaric.

Pileus moderately thin, six to twelve lines broad, convex, minutely
pulverulent, hygrophanous, watery-brown and striatulate on the
margin when moist, dingy-buff when dry; lamelle rather broad,
subdistant, rounded behind, adnexed, colored like the pileus, becom-
ing ferruginous-cinnamon; stem two to four lines long, about one
line thick, solid, often curved, pruinose, with a white pubescence at

No. 104. ] 71

the base; spores subelliptical, brownish-ferruginous, .00025 to .0003
in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad.

Dead trunks and branches of basswood, Zilia Americana. East
Berne, Albany county. August.

This plant is closely related to the preceding one from which I have
separated it because of its larger size, smaller spores and stem not
thickened at the base. The individual’ plants are also sometimes so
closely crowded that they appear czspitose. It is possible that inter-
mediate forms may yet be found that will connect these.

Crepidotus applanatus, /7.

Flattened Agaric.

Pileus very thin, six to twelve lines long, four to ten broad, vari-
able in shape, suborbicular, reniform, cuveiform or spathulate, plane
or convex, sometimes slightly depressed behind, sessile or prolonged
behind into a short compressed white-tomentose stem-like base, gla-
brous, hygrophanous, watery-white and striatulate on the margin
when moist; white when dry; lamelle very narrow, linear, crowded,
decurrent, white, becoming cinnamon; spores globose, .0002 to .00025
in. broad. .

Old stumps and much decayed wood. Common. July to Septem-
ber.

It is very variable in the shape of the pileus, but it is commonly
either cuneate or spathulate. It closely resembles Pleurotus peta-
loides in this respect as well as in the narrow crowded lamelle and
flattened stem-like base. _As in that species and others of this genus,
the pileus quickly becomes convolute in drying, unless it is placed
under pressure. ‘The striations of the thin margin are often retained
in the dried plant. In the 26th Report, our specimens were errone-
ously referred to C. nephrodes, B. & C., from which they differ in the
giabrous pileus and crowded linear lamelle. This last character dis-
tinguishes it from all our other Crepidoti. It is gregarious and the
pileus is often stained by the spores.

Crepidotus malachius, B. & C.
Soft-skinned Agaric.

Pileus thin on the margin, thicker behind, eight to twenty-four
lines broad, varying from reniform or suborbicular to cuneate or flab-
ellate, nearly plane, sometimes depressed behind, sessile or prolonged
behind into a short white tomentose rudimentary stem or tubercle,
glabrous, hygrophanous, watery-white or grayish-white and striatu-
late on the margin when moist, white when dry; lamellz close, swb-
ventricose, rounded behind, white or whitish, becoming brownish-fer-
ruginous ; spores globose, .00025 to .0003 in. broad,

Variety plicatilis. Pileus coarsely plicate on the margin.

Decaying wood in damp shaded places). Common. June to Sep-
tember.

This resembles the preceding species in color and habit, but it is
easily distinguished by its broader pileus and much broader lamellz
rounded behind. In drying, the moisture is retained longer by the
thin margin than it is by the thicker disk. The striations are some-

1 | ASSEMBLY

times retained in the dried specimens, By neglecting the spore
characters, squalid spore-stained specimens of this species were erro-
neously referred, in the 24th Report, to C. mollis, a species not yet
found in our State, though it has been reported from North Carolina,
Ohio and Massachusetts.

Crepidotus croceitinctus, 7. sp.
Saffron-tinted Agaric.

Pileus eight to twelve lines broad, convex or nearly plane, sessile,
glabrous, sometimes with a white villosity at the base, moist, yellow-
ish ; lamelle moderately broad, rounded behind, whitish, becoming
dull saffron-yellow, then ferruginous ; spores ferruginous, subglobose
or broadly elliptical, .0002 to .00025 in. long.

Decaying wood of poplar and beech. Adirondack mountains and
Day, Saratoga county. July.

This species is separated from C. dorsalis by its glabrous pileus and
its less globose spores, and from C. crocophyllus by its larger size, yel-
low color and the absence of squamules from the pileus. Its spores
are of a brighter ferruginous color than in most of our other species.

Crepidotus putrigena, 2. & C.
Rotten-wood Agaric.

Pileus thin, convex, subreniform, often imbricated, sessile, slightly
tomentose with a more dense white villosity at the base, moist, striatu-
late on the margin, whitish or yellowish-white; ]amelle rather close,
broad, rounded behind, whitish, becoming ferruginous; spores globose,
.00025 to .0003 in. broad.

Decaying wood. Brewerton. September.

This species is perhaps too closely allied to C. malachius, from
which it scarcely differs, except in the villose-tomentose pileus. The
lamelle are three or four times broader than the thickness of the
flesh of the pileus.

Crepidotus herbarum, P/.
Herb-inhabiting Agaric.

Pileus thin, two to five lines broad, resupinate, suborbicular,
clothed with a white, downy villosity, incurved on the margin when
young, sometimes becoming reflexed, sessile, dimidiate and less
downy ; lamellx rather narrow, subdistant, radiating from a naked
lateral or eccentric point, white, then subferruginous; spores ellipti-
cal, .00025 to .0003 in. long, .00014 to .00016 broad.

Dead stems of herbs and dead bark of maple. North Greenbush
and Adirondack mountains. August and September.

Crepidotus versutus, Pk.
Evasive Agaric.
Pileus four to ten lines broad, at first resupinate, then reflexed,

reniform or dimidiate, sessile, white, clothed with a soft, downy or
tomentose-villosity, incurved on the margin; lamelle rather broad,

No. 104. ] 73

subdistant, rounded behind, radiating from a lateral or eccentric
point, whitish, then ferruginous; spores subelliptical, .00035 to .0004
in. long, .00025 to .0003 broad.

Decaying wood, bark, etc., in damp, shaded places. Common.
June to October.

This species, and C. herbarum appear to run together, and but for
the marked difference in the size of their spores I should have united
them. ‘The latter is not limited in its habitat to the stems of herbs,
and the former sometimes, though rarely, occurs on them. C. her-
barum is a smaller species with a thinner pileus, nearly always resupi-
nate, and when reflexed, less densely tomentose. Its smaller. spores
especially distinguish it. Both appear to be closely allied to the
European ©. chimonophilus, which seems to be distinguished by its
ubens elliptical” spores, and its few distant lamelle attenuated
behind.

Crepidotus fulvotomentosus, Pé.

Tawny-tomentose Agaric.

Pileus eight to twenty-four lines broad, scattered or gregarious,
suborbicular, reniform or dimidiate, sessile or attached by a short,
white-villose tubercle or rudimentary stem, hygrophanous, watery-
brown and sometimes striatulate on the margin when moist, whitish,
yellowish or pale ochraceous when dry, adorned with small, tawny,
hairy or tomentose scales ; lamelle broad, subventricose, moderately
close, rounded behind, radiating from a lateral or eccentric white vil-
lose spot, whitish becoming brownish-ferruginous ; spores elliptical
often uninucleate, .0003 to .0004 in. long, .0002 to .00025 broad.

Decaying wood of poplar, maple, etc. Common. June to Oc-
tober.

A pretty species, corresponding in some respects to the European
C. calolepis, but much larger and with tawny, instead of rufescent
scales. The cuticle is separable and is tenacious though it has a hya-
line gelatinous appearance. The pileus is subpersistent, and specimens
dried in their place of growth are not rare.

Crepidotus dorsalis, Px.
Dorsal Agaric.

Pileus eight to fifteen lines broad, sessile, dimidiate or subreniform,
plane or slightly depressed behind, with a decurved substriate margin,
slightly fibrillose-tomentose, reddish-yellow; lamelle close, ventricose,
rounded behind, radiating from a lateral white villose spot, yellowish,
then brownish-ochraceous or subferruginous; spores globose, .00025 in.
broad.

Decaying wood. Sprakers and Adirondack mountains. June and
September. Buffalo. G. W. Clinton.

The tomentum of the pileus is more dense and conspicuous about
the point of attachment, where it sometimes forms minute tufts or

scales.
[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 10

Fia.
Fig.
Fia.

Fig.

Fia.
HIG.
Fig,

Fie.
Fia.

Fig.
Fig.

Tiers
Fic.
Fia.
Fia,

Fie.
Fie.
Fia.
Fic.
Fic.

Fic.

Fia. 22

ta

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.

ASCOMYCES EXTENSUS Peck.
A leaf partly killed and discolored by the fungus.
An ascus containing Spores x 400.
Four spores x 400.

AGARICUS (NOLANEA) BABINGeTONIT Blow.

One young plant and two mature plants, the two at the left having the
pileus moist and striatulate.

Vertical section of a pileus and the upper part of its stem.

Transverse section of the stem.

Three spores x 400.

PESTALOZZIA CONSOCIA Peck.

Part of a leaf with a discolored spot dotted by the fungus.
Four spores, the one at the left immature x 400.

PESTALOZZIA CAMPSOSPERMA Peck.

A leaf bearing the fungus.
Four spores x 400.

SPHARELLA LYCOPODII Peck.
Two spikes of the host plant bearing the fungus.
A slightly magnified scale dotted by the fungus.
An ascus containing spores x 400.
Four spores x 400,

GODRONIA CASSANDRA Peck.

Part of a branch bearing the fungus.

A receptacle magnified.

Vertical section of the same.

A paraphysis and two asci containing spores x 400.
Three spores x 400.

CLAVARIA CIRCINANS Peck.
Two plants.
Five spores x 400.

”

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2.

DIAPORTHE MARGINALIS Peck.

Fie. 1. Part of a branch bearing the fungus.
Fic. 2. A pustule magnified.
Fic. 8. Vertical section of a magnified pustule, showing three perithecia.
Fie. 4. Two asci containing spores x 400.
Fig. 5. Four spores x 400.
DIAPORTHE NEILLLZ Peck.
Fic. 6. Part of a branch bearing the fungus.
Fie. 7. <A perithecium magnified, its rostrum piercing the epidermis. °
Fic. 8. Two asci containing spores x 400.
Fie. 9. Four spores x 400.

LEPTOSPHERIA Kaumra Peck.
Fic. 10. Part of a branch bearing the fungus.
Fia. 11. A piece of the bark with two perithecia magnified.
Fie. 12. A perithecium more highly magnified.
Fie. 13. A paraphysis and an ascus containing spores x 400.
Fie. 14. Four spores x 400.

Lastapia Ascuul Peck.
Fig. 15. Part of a petiole bearing the fungus.
Fie. 16. A perithecium magnified.
Fic. 17. Two asci containing spores x 400.
Fie. 18. Four spores x 400.

Moninia PEcKIANA SS. & V.
Fie. 19. A leaf partly discolored and its petiole frosted by the fungus.
Fie. 20. Two chains of spores x 400.
Fig. 21. A single spore x 400.

M. PECKIANA Var, ANGUSTIOR S,
Fie. 22. Part of a raceme with four of its young fruits frosted by the fungus.
Fic. 23. Two chains of spores x 400.
Fic. 24. Two spores x 400,

ky Page

REE OR?

OF THE

STATE ENTOMOLOGIST

TO THE .

REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,

FOR THE YEAR 1885.

CONTENTS.

Introduction - = - - - - = -
Publications by the Entomologist - - - - -
Contributions to the Department - - - - -
Collections of the Entomologist - -- = = =
Insect Attacks and Miscellaneous Observations - - -

Eggs of a Cut-worm on an Apple tree - - -
The Canker-worm — Anisopteryx vernata (Peck) -
The Apple-leaf Bucculatrix - - - -
Ephestia Kuhniella asa Pest in Mills - - - -
The Clover-seed Midge — Cecidomyia leguminicola
Sciara sp. ? occurring on wheat - - . - -
Helophilus similis Macquart - - -
The Cabbage Fly — Anthomyia betes, Betene -
The Hessian Fly — Cecidomyia destructor Say -
A Lady-bug Attack on Scale-insects - - - -
Oviposition of Saperda candida Fabr. - - -
The Clover-leaf Weevil destroyed by a Fungus - -
The Pear-blight Beetle — Xyleborus pyri (Peck) -
Attack on young Pears by a Plant- bug - -
Pecilocapsus lineatus (fabr.) - . ~ - -
An Experiment with the Thirteen-year Cicada - -
A Scale-insect Attack on Ivy - - - -
The Cheese Mite infesting Smoked Meats - -

A Parasitic Mite att: icking the Colorado Potato-beetle
Another Parasitic Mite infesting a Beetle - - -
A Mite Attack on Garden plants - - - -

The Black-Knot of the Plum tree and its Guests =

Notes upon various Insects - - - - - -
Nisoniades Persius Seudder - - = = =
Sphinx Canadensis Boisduval - - - - -
Melittia cucurbite (Harris) - - - : a
Tinea pellionella Linnwus - - = : 2
Mallota sp.?— - - - - = a i a
Anthrenus scrophularie (Zinn. - - - -
Thanasimus dubius (Fubr.)- — - = = 4 s
Macrodactylus subspinosus (Fabr.) - - - -
Chrysochus auratus (Fuabr.) = = Z = Z
Trirhabda Canadensis (Kirby) - = = =
Hylesinus opaculus Leconte - - = : S
Phleotribus liminaris (Harris) - . - -
Cécanthus niveus Harris - - - - - =
Ephemera natata (Walker) - 2 S : =

Insect index - : - - . = - - 2

100

= 101

102

- 103

103.

- 104

105

- 106

107

= 110

110

aol peal

113

- 114

116

= 118

118

- 120

122

- 122

122

- 122

122

- 123

123

- 123

123

- 124

124

- 124

124

- 124

124

= 127

vi ee

Mar NY Dh
ie

REPORT.

Orrick oF THE State Enromoxocist,
Axupany, January 7, 1886.

To the Honorable Board of Regents of the University of the State
of New York:

GrntLEMEN —I beg leave to present the following report in
relation to my Department, and of some of the work during the
past year:

The progress made in Economic Entomology within the last
decade has been without a parallel in its previous history, and not
surpassed, we believe, in any other department of Natural History.
This has been attained through the careful and successful studies
prosecuted, of the habits and life-histories of our various insects,
and of insecticides available in the destruction of the injurious
species, together with methods and appliances by which they can be
most conveniently and economically employed.

A large proportion of the noxious ‘species which for so long a
time have imposed their onerous annual tax upon the products of
the field, the orchard, and the garden, are now controllable, through
means which the economic entomologist is prepared to recommend,
‘and it only remains that such recommendations be faithfully carried
out. With other species, not yet entirely within our control, much
may be done toward a material mitigation of their hitherto un-
checked depredations.

So marked have been the results attending the use of the remedial
and preventive measures above referred to, that nothing more is
needed to commend them than a knowledge of what they may
accomplish. Thus, to illustrate: An orchard protected by Paris
green spraying from the attack of the codling-moth, and as the con-
sequence, yielding its thousand bushels of uninjured fruit — con-
trasted with a sinilar but uncared-for orchard adjoining, and prov-
ing an entire failure — furnishes as strong an argument as could be
possibly presented in favor of the study of applied entomology.

The appreciation in which the work of this department is being
held by the agricultural community of our State and of other States,
is unmistakably shown in the calls made upon it for information
and aid. During the past year such calls have been largely in excess
of previous years, although no special insect attack of unusual
severity has prevailed over a large extent of territory.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 11

82 [ ASSEMBLY

While it is undoubtedly true that insect injuries are annually
increasing with us, through the stimulation of insect fecundity
through special crops cultivated in larger and larger areas — in the
introduction from abroad of European pests of bad reputation, and
the acquisition of new habits of feeding and new food-plants by our
native species — yet no inconsiderable part of this apparent increase
must be chargeable to the greater attention now being given to
insect attacks, before unnoticed. They are no longer accepted as
evils that must be borne, but the intelligent farmer recognizes them
as invasions that should be repelled if possible — that experience has
shown may be successfully repelled, and are, therefore, to be met with
the best possible means of resistance. If the enemy presents him-
self in a new form, then aid is to be sought of those competent to
give advice and direction.

It has been my pleasure as it has been my duty, to make faithful
examination during the past year of the many forms of insect attack
to which my attention has been called, and to return the best advice
that I was prepared to offer. Some of them have been quite new
and of unusual interest to me. So numerous have been these calls
that I am never left without some special subject of investigation,
and in but few instances has the time at my command sufficed for
the study that their importance seemed to demand. If, therefore,
the replies from this department are not always as satisfactory as
may be desired, they are the best that the Entomologist, unaided by
assistants, under the pressure of his duties, is able to return.

A tew of the insect attacks that have come under my notice dur-
ing the year, and personal observations made, are presented in the
following pages. A number of others, including some of the more
interesting ones which would require considerable labor in their prep-
aration, would have been introduced, but for the time that has been
demanded in the supervision of the printing of the Second Report
of the Entomologist to the Legislature, during the close of the year.
This report had unavoidably been long delayed, and it seemed of
great importance that it should be issued as soon as it was practica-
ble to do so. It has been printed as a State document, and the
edition ordered for the Legislature awaits the completion of the
index.

The readiness of the Legislature to order as large editions of the
reports of the Entomologist as it has been thought proper to ask for,
may properly be regarded as an evidence of appreciation of the work.
of this department, by the representatives of the people of the State.
Of the first report, a second edition was ordered by the last Legisla-
ture for its use, which has during the year been printed and dis-
tributed to the members. The edition ordered of the second report,
although conspicuously larger than several other of the reports is-
sued by State authority, is still very far short of affording the meaus
of placing a copy in the hands of many of those for whose interests
it was specially prepared, and to whom it could not fail of being ser-
viceable. Were the distribution of the entire edition limited to the
State of New York, and confined to those engaged in farming pur-

No. 104.] 83

suits, it could only reach one in every sixty of the farms of the
State.

In addition to publications through leading agricultural journals,
to be hereafter referred to, I have endeavored to promote the ob-
jects of my department, through special papers and addresses upon
entomological subjects. During the year the following societies
have been addressed by me:

New York State Agricultural Society.

Troy Scientific Association.

Entomological Club of the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science.

National Academy of Science.

Massachusetts State Board of Agriculture,

Albany Institute.

My office duties have compelled me to decline several requests for
papers from societies with whom I would have esteemed it a privilege
to co-operate. In addition to the above, opportunities have been em-
braced to commend the interest, importance and benetit of the study
of the insect world to pupils in our common schoolsand other minor
institutions of learning.

PUBLICATIONS.

In accordance with the custom in former reports I herewith
append a list of publications for the year past, for convenience of
reference, and as a portion of the work of the Department.

On some Rio Grande Lepidoptera. (Papilio, iv, Nos. 7-8, Septem-
ber-October, 1884, pp. 135-147.) [Published February, 1885. ]

Gives an annotated list of collections made by Messrs. Sennett and Webster,
in 1877 and 1878, viz.: in Rhopalocera, 52 species (Kricogonia Lunice and
Apatura Cocles being new species); in Sphingide, 4 species (Sphinw insolita
n. sp.) ; in Hgeride, 2 species ; in Bombycide, 3 species (Hcepantheria Sen-
nettit 2. Sp.).

Seale-Insect Attack upon Ivy. (Country Gentleman, for February
26, 1885, L, p. 169, c. 2—22 cm.)

Ivy leaves (Hedera helix) received from Watervliet, N. Y., and infested on
both surfacesand the stem also by Aspidiotus nerti Bouché--a scale insect which
infests the cherry, plum, currant, maple, oleander, etc., throughout most of
the United States. Remedies recommended under different conditions are
scraping, a soap solution, and a soap and kerosene emulsion made in accord_
ance with the formula given. [Printed also in this Report, see page 113.]

The Owl Beetle — Alaus oculatus. (Country Gentleman, for April
9, 1885, L, p. 307, c. 4—14 cm.)
The beetle, received alive in May, from Aiken, 8S. C., is described and its
habits given, [Proves upon later examination ta be Alaus myops (Fabr.), }

84 [ ASSEMBLY

Remedies for the White Grub. (The New England Homestead, for
May 16, 1885, xix, p. 205, c. 2—28 em.)
The remedies usually recommended for the beetle, insufficient; the grubs may
be destroyed by starvation; crops of buckwheat and mustard recommended for
repelling the grubs; how and when salt may be used with benefit.

Cut-Worms. Read before the N. Y. State Agricultural Society, at
the Annual Meeting, January 21, 1885. (Horty-fourth Annual
Report of the New York State Agricultural Society, for the year
1884 [May], 1885, pp. 56-80, figs. 1-20.) (Separate, with cover
and half-title (June, 1885], pp. 25, figs. 20.)

The subject is treated of under the following heads: What are Cut-worms?
— Their Appearance — Their Habits— Habits of the Moths — Natural History
— Conditions Favorable to Cut-worms— Their Food-plants — Abundance of
Cut-worms — Literature of the Cut-worms — List of Species — Natural Enemies
-—— Parasites — Preventives and Remedies— Two Preventives Specially Com-
mended — Conclusion.

A Potato-bug Parasite. (The New England Homestead, for June
6, 1885, xix, p. 237, ec. 2—34 cm.)

Some Colorado potato-beetles received from Middlesex county, Mass., badly
infested with a mite which were killing the beetles, were identified as Uropoda
Americana Riley. Description is given of it, its peculiar connecting filament
remarked upon, habits of the family of Gamaside to which it belongs, noticed,
together with the importance of the attack, and recommendation of distribution
of the serviceable parasite. [Printed alsoin this Report, see page 116.]

The Visitation of Locusts. (The Argus [Albany], June 7, 1885, p.
4, c. 5—33 em.)

The announced co-appearance of the 17-year locusts and the 13-year locusts will
not occur in New York; why ‘‘locust ” isa misnomer; not 221 years, as stated,
since the two forms of Cicadas concurred, but only 30 years, also 39 years ago;
no ground for alarm, as the Cicada injures fruit trees only, and those usually not
seriously; notice of the brood of 17-year Cicadas to appear about the present
time in New York, at Brooklyn and Rochester.

The Pear-blight Beetle. (Country Gentleman, for June 18, 1885,
L, p- 517, 'c. 2, 8—46 em.)

Xyleborus pyri (Peck), infesting the trunks of young apple trees and killing
them, at Annapolis, Md., are identified ; description of the beetle; origin of
its common name; its two forms of attack; the burrows in the limbs and in
the trunk described; the latter ascribed to a second brood but are probably
made by the mature insect for food and shelter; remedy for the limb attack,
cutting off and burning with the insect; for the trunk attack, not yet known.
[Printed also in this Report, see page 107.]

The Canker-worm. (Country Gentleman, for June 18, 1885, L, p.
519, c. 2, 3—20 em.)

Spread of the Canker-worm Anisopteryx vernata (Peck) in the State of New
York ; notice of its presence in large numbers at Loudonville, Albany county ;
the attack is controllable at the outset, and should not be allowed to extend. The
preventives and remedies are, bands, etc., to prevent the ascent of the wing-
less female, spraying with Paris green water to kill the larve, and working the
ground beneath the trees to crush the pupe.

No. 104.] | 85

‘

Insect Eggs on Strawberries. (Country Gentleman, for June 25, 1885,
L, p. 537, ec. 83—21 em.)

The eggs do not indicate an attack that need impair our enjoyment of the
fruit. Their presence is unusual and probably accidental. They are the eggs
of some hemipterous insect, belonging probably to one of the larger plant-bugs.
Description is given of them. The nauseous taste imparted to raspberries by
the presence of a small bug, known as Corimelena pulicaria, is referred to, and
the insect described. This same insect attacks the blossoms and the stems of
strawberries.

Plant-Lice, Elm Beetles, ete. (New England Homestead, for July
4, 1885, xix, p. 269, c. 1-2—15 cm.)

Identification of Schizoneura Americana as injuring leaves of elms at West
Stockbridge. The insect reported as stripping the leaves of the elms, is
probably the elm-leaf beetle, Galeruca xanthomelena, although not known
before to extend so far into Massachusets. May-flies perhaps mistaken for
mosquitoes.

The Apple Tree Bark-louse. (New England Flomestead, for July
4, 1885, xix, p. 269, c. 4-5—20 cm.)

Scales on bark of an apple tree sent are those of Mytilaspis pomorum of
Bouché (M. pomicorticis Riley). Directions for destroying the insect, by scrap-
ing the scales and by spraying kerosene emulsions.

The Cut-Worm and Onion Maggot. (Country Gentleman, for July
9, 1885, L, p. 574-5, ¢. 4, 1—20 cm.)

For the arrest of cut-worm ravages reported from Globe Village, Mass., the
inquirer is referred to remedies given in the paper published in the 44th Rept.
N. Y. St. Agricul. Society. For controlling Anthomyia brassice and Phorbia
ceparum, the remedies are removing the plants with the soil containing the
larve, and killing the pup with gas-lime or plowing and harrowing repeatedly,
Preventives are, strong-smelling substances and not planting in infested
ground.

Peach and Cherry Borers. (Country Gentleman, for July 9, 1885,
L, p. 575, c. 1—18 cm.)

Peach trees in Annapolis infested by Ph/wotribus liminaris. It attacks the
elm also. The cherry trees are probably infested by Scolytus rugulosus Ratz.,
recently introduced from Europe; see an interesting article upon this species in
the Canadian Entomologist for September, 1884. The injuries of P. liminaris
seem to be rapidly increasing in localities in the State of New York.

The Fig-eater — Allorhina nitida. (Country Gentleman, for July
9, 1885, p. 575, c. 2-3—15 em.)

The species identified from Madison, N. J., and briefly described; its fondness
for juicy fruits; is not known to occur in New York; the larva is one of the white
grubs, and is quite injurious to the roots of grass; its abundance in Washington;
the beetle is a pollen feeder and sometimes occurs in great numbers, as in an
instance cited, The ‘‘trim flower-chafer” might be a better common name
for it,

86 [ ASSEMBLY

The Round-headed Apple-tree Borer--Saperda candida (Fabr.).
(Country Gentleman, for July 16, 1885, L, pp. 590-1, ¢. 4,1 —
33 cm.)

Borers in hawthorns [in Westchester Co., N. Y.], are probably the Saperda
candida, its burrows and method of destroying the grubs with a strip of flexible
steel; recommendation by Dr. Fitch of cutting out the grub; discovering the
location and crushing the egg; killing the eggs by application of lye; benefit of
mounding about the tree; washing with soap, and soap placed in the forks of
the trees for preventives; principal publications upon the insect.

Entomological. (Country Gentleman, for July 16, 1885, L, p. 592,
ce. 2-3 —20 cm.)

Paris green recommended for killing the potato-beetle infesting egg-
plants; road-dust may prevent their attack. For the injuries of the rose-bug,
at Waddington, N. Y., to apples and cherries, beating them from the trees rec-
ommended; to the former, Paris green might be applied. The abundance of
this insect upon fruit trees at times, cited.

The Cause of Black-knot. (Country Gentleman, for July 23, 1885,
L, p. 607, c. 1, 2—26 cm.)

It is not, as is popularly believed, of insect origin, but is produced by a
fungus, originally named Spheria morbosa, but recently transferred to the
genus Plowrightia. There are not ‘‘three distinct species,” but the same one at-
tacks Prunus domestica, P. Americana, P. cerasus, P. Virginiana, P. Pennsyl-
vanica and P. serotina —two plum trees and four cherry trees. Six species of
insects have been bred from the black-knot. The remedy is to cut off and de-
stroy attacked twigs and branches early in July. [Printed also in this Report,
see page 120.)

The Cucumber Moth. (Country Gentleman, for July 23, 1885, L, p.
607, c. 2, 3—28 cm.)

The borer attacking a melon patch in Carp, Tenn., is, from the descrip-
tion sent, probably the larva’ of Phakellura nitidalis (Cramer), popularly
known as the ‘‘ pickle-worm.’”’ In New York and the Hastern States the squash-
vine borer Melittia cucurbite takes its place. The appearance and the habits
of the pickle-worm are described. The moth is also described. For remedies,
destroy the bored melons, sprinkle with London purple or Paris green water
while the moth is ovipositing. Figures of the insect are referred to. The
borer may possibly be P. hyalinatalis, of which the habits are different.

Appre Insects and the Rhinoceros Beetle. (Country Gentleman,
for July 30, 1885, L, p. 623, c. 2, 3—25 em.)

Of apple insects sent from Coffee, Va.; one is Orgyia leucostigma, and the other
had spun up in cocoon [subsequently emerged and proved to be Acronycta.
]. The information sent of the Dynastes Tityus, that the beetle
comes from the ground among the ash trees where its larva had probably been
feeding on living vegetable matter, is a new and interesting fact. The record
of the manner in which the beetle eats the bark of the ash is also interesting,
as also the mention of their being very destructive to tobacco plants, killing all
that they attack.

No. 104.] 87

Another Potato Pest. (New England Homestead, for August 8,
1885, xix, No. 32, p. 309, c. 3.)

Macrobasis unicolor (Kirby), one of the blister-beetles,— identified as the insect
injurious to the foliage of potatoes, in Furnace, Mass. Beating the insects
into a basin of water and kerosene oil, or if very abundant, sprinkling with
Paris green or London purple in water, is recommended.

- Reestelia aurantiaca. (Country Gentleman, for August 13, 1885,

L, p. 661, c. 8-410 em.) ;

- Determination of the above fungus occurring on quinces received from Charl-
ton, Mass. It has usually been found associated with insect attack, as in this
instance, where the fruit has been burrowed by probably the apple-worm of the
codling moth.

The False Chinch-Bug. (Country Gentleman, for August 13, 1885,
L, p. 661, ce. 4—26 cm.)

Insects described (but no examples sent) and reported as injurious to radishes,
turnips, horseradish, strawberries and raspberries, in Boulder, Col., are, with-
out much doubt, the Vysius angustatus of Uhler. It had not previously been
known to injure ripe strawberries, but had, according to observations of Prof.
Forbes, been quite injurious to the foliage of strawberries in Illinois. Kerosene
oil emulsions or pyrethrum could be used to destroy the bug when upon straw-
berries, until the fruit is about half-grown.

The Bag-W orm — Thyridopteryx ephemerzeformis. (Country Gen--
tleman, for October 1, 1885, L, p. 801, c. 4—20 em.)

To an interesting ator of the habits of a ‘‘ worm” destroying arbor-vite
hedges in Franklin Park, N. J., and request for information in regard to it, reply
is made of its name as above, and the best method for checking its injuries, viz.:
application of Paris green, and hand-picking and destroying the cases of the
female moth. A figure illustrating the several stages of the insect is also given.

The Red Spider — Tetranychus telarius (Linn.). (Country Gentle-
man, for October 8, 1885, L, p. 821, ¢. 3-4—38 cm.)

Mites infesting various garden plants, at Utica, N. Y., are this species, which,
standing at the head of the Acarina, approaches near to the spiders. It spins
webs on the under side of the leaves, for shelter, while sucking the juices of
the various plants upon which it occurs; those upon which it was noticed at
Utica are mentioned. It has this summer been discovered in an injurious attack
upon a quince orchard near Geneva, N. Y. Kerosene emulsions, soap solution
with sulphur mixed, and quassia infusions may be used for killing it. It was
the cause of the yellow discoloring of the leaves of a nasturtium in the garden
of the writer. [Printed also in this Report, see page 118.]

The Thirteen-year Cicada. (The Argus [Albany], for October 11,
1885, p. 4—32 cm.)

A paper, read before the Albany Institute, containing remarks upon the ex-
ceptional long life-period of the Cicada septendecim; the number of broods oc-
curring in the United States and in the State of New York; notice of a thirteen-
year brood, and that its occurrence only in the Southern States may be the re-
sult of hastened development through higher temperature ; Professor Riley’s
experiments in transferring thetwo forms from one region to another; and
record of the planting of the eggs of a thirteen-year brood at Kenwood, near
Albany. [Printed also in this Report, see p. 111.]

88 | ASSEMBLY

The Elm-Leaf Beetle. (Country Gentleman, for October 15, 1885, L,
p. 841, c. 3-4—23 em.)

The inquirer, from Bordentown, N. J., of methods for killing the insects
destroying the foliage of his elm trees, is referred to a notice of this insect,
Galeruca xanthomelena, in the Country Gentleman for Oct. 12, 1882 (p. 805),
and to Bulletin No. 6 of the Division of Entomology of the U. S. Agricultural
Department. Of the arsenical insecticides recommended, London purple is
preferred, in the proportion of one-half pound to three quarts of flour and a
barrel (40 gals.) of water. Directions are given how to mix the preparation, and
the advantages of its use are stated.

The Clubbed Tortoise Beetle. (Country Gentleman, for October 15,
1885, L, p. 841, c. 4—12 cm.)

Remarks upon Coptocycla clavata (Fabr.), its appearance, habits and food-
plants. Reference to its occurrence upon the potato, tomato and egg-plant.

A Leaf-mining Insect. (Home Farm Toca Me.j for October.
15, 1885, p. Fa ce. 6—20 en.)

A leaf-miner, reported in Maine, and in the vicinity of Boston, Mass., is iden-
tified as one of the Anthomyians, and probably Chortophila betarum Lintn.,
which has distribution in New York and Connecticut. The approved methods
for meeting its attack, are prevention of egg-deposit by the use of counter-
- odorants, and burning the infested leaves.

The Death-Watch, Clothilla pulsatoria. (Country Gentleman, for
October 22, 1885, L, p. 861, ¢. 8-4—21 cm.)

A supposed parasite, found in cow-stalls in Warren, O., is this insect, a figure
of which isgiven. The habits of the Psocide are briefly stated, and the reason
why this species has received the name of the ‘‘death-watch.” It has pre-
viously occurred in immense numbers, in barn refuse after threshings, and in
straw-packings in a wine cellar.

Eggs of a Katydid. (Country Gentleman, for October 29, 1885, p.
881, c. 4—23 em.) :

Eggs sent from Lexington, Va., arranged in two rows upon the opposite side
of the back fold of a copy of the Country Gentleman, are those of Microcentrus
retinervus, an insect common in some of the warmer States of the Union, and
classed by some writers with the katydids, although strictly, the name of katy-
did would belong only to Platyphyllum concavnum. The eggs are described,
and reference made for the illustration and life-history of the species to the
6th Missouri Report.

A New Insect Foe to the Cut-worm. (New England Homestead,
for October 31, 1885, xix, No. 44, p. 405, c. 3-419 cm.)

A correspondent from Winsted, Ct., sends for information a fly hatched from
some cabbage cut-worms kept in confinement. The fly is a species of Gonia
belonging to the Tuchinide, the parasitic habits of which are given. Caterpil-
lars bearing upon their body the white eggs or the egg-shell of these flies
should not be destroyed, but permitted to furnish food for the beneficial larve ~
that are feeding within them. The cabbage cut-worm was probably Mamestra
trifoltt.

No. 104.] 89

Saw-Fly on Fruit Trees. (Country Gentleman, for November 12,
1885, L, p. 921 c. 3-4—25 em.)

In answer to an inquiry from Edinburg, Scotland, of some sinall, thin, nearly
transparent objects nearly half an inch long and looking like a leech, which for
several years had nearly destroyed the leaves of plum, pear, and cherry trees,
answer is made that it is the larva of some species of saw-fly, and probably of
Eriocampa adumbrata, Its ravages may be prevented by means of powdered
hellebore, to be obtained pure, and applied to the-foliage by the hand or by
a bellows. Its efficacy is illustrated by an account of its use in the Hammond
Nurseries at Geneva, N. Y. Directions are given for using the hellebore mixed
with water.

CONTRIBUTIONS.

The following contributions have been made to the Department
during the year :

Larve, pupze and imago of Lsosoma nigrum Cook. From Prof.
A. J. Coox, Lansing, Mich.

“ Flaxseeds ”— the puparia of the Hessian-fly, Cectdomyia destruc-
tor, in wheat, between the Ist and 2d joints, from North Huron,
Wayne Co., N. Y.. From A. F. Dowat, North Huron.

Numerous larvee of Cecidomyia lequminicola Lintn., from a second
cutting of clover, at Milleville, Orleans Co., N. Y. From D. M.
Lins.ey, Milleville.

Egg-deposit of Agrotis saucia (Hiibn.), on apple-twigs, May 7th,
from trees of Mr. A. Oberndorf, Jr., Centralia, Kansas. From P.
Barry, Rochester, N. Y.

Larve of the Spring Canker-worm, Anisopteryx vernata (Peck),
from apple trees at Loudonville, N. Y. From Davin M. Kyicxer-
BockER, Albany, N. Y.

, Examples of the cherry-tree Tortrix, Cacwcia cerasivorana (Fitch).
From Prof. A. J. Coox, Lansing, Mich.

Cocoons of the apple-tree Bucculatrix, Bucculatrizx pomifoliella
(Clemens), from apple trees; the white flower-cricket, Zcanthus
niveus Harris, taken while ovipositing in apple trees. From Isaac
Bussinc, Bethlehem Centre, N. Y.

Cocoons of a Lepidopterous larva, species unknown, working
within the stored fruit of the black walnut, Juglans nigra, at Cen-
tral Park, New York. From E. B. Souruwicx.

Larvee and puparium of J/allota sp.? from Western New York.
From Prof. L. M. Unperwoop, Syracuse University, N. Y.

Larve of Anthomyia brassice Bouché, infesting cauliflowers, near

Albany. From D. M. Sretey, Albany, N. Y.

Larvee of Helophilus similis Macquart, from a watering-trough at
North Adams, N. Y. From Dr. R. M. Morey, Old Chatham, N. Y.

[Assem. Doe. No. 104.] 12

>

90 [ AssEMBLY

A Tachanid fly, Gonza sp., reared from a cabbage cut-worm. From
Bensamin Wire.

A section of cedar, Zhwja occidentalis, showing the burrowing
operations of PAlwosinus dentatus (Say). From Warren Kwavs,
Salina, Kansas.

Larvee of Attagenus megatoma (Fabr.) and Anthrenus varius
Fabr. From J. F. Rosz, South Byron, N. Y.

Burrows in apple-tree trunk and imago of Xyleborus pyri (Peck) ;
also the peach-tree Scolytus, PAlwotribus liminaris (Harris), from
a peach tree. From Grorce W. Duva.t, Annapolis, Md.

The Colorado potato-beetle infested with a Gamasid mite, Uropoda
Americana Riley. From Samuret G. Symmes, Winchester, Mass.

Larves of the clover-leaf weevil, Phytonomus punctatus (Fabr.)
coiled about stems of grass, and killed by an undescribed fungus.
From Dr. E. L. Srurrrvant, State Agricultural Experiment Station,
Geneva, N. Y.

Hylesinus opaculus Le Conte, boring under the bark of apparently
healthy cedars, Arbor vite. From Pror. C. H. Prox, N. Y. State
Botanist, Albany.

Allorhina nitida (Linn.), the fig-eater, from a rose-house. From
Autor M. Greene, Madison, N.Y.

Silpha Americana (Linn.). From H. M. Sropparp, Stevensville,

Larve and pupe of the four-lined leaf-bug, Pwcilocapsus lineatus
(Fabr.), feeding on sage, Salvia officinalis, at the State Agricultural
Experiment Station. From E. 8. Gorr, Horticulturist of the
Station.

A cluster of eggs of a plant-bug, Huschistes variolarius Beauv.,
on a ripe strawberry. From Miss A. Goopricu, Utica, N. Y.

Cosmopepla carnifex (Fabr.), feeding injuriously upon currants,
causing them to fall. From Prof. D. P. Pensatiow, of McGill _
University, Montreal, Can.

Zaitha fluminea, in the pupal stage. From F. E. Woon, Pheenix,
Mich.

Lecanium (nov. sp.) on Ostrya Virginica at the Albany Rural
Cemetery. From Hon. G. W. Crutnron, Albany, N. Y

Oviposition of the white flower-cricket, Hcanthus niveus Harris,
in peach-tree twigs. From O.Wuxson, Keuka, Chemung Co., N.Y.

Atropos divinatoria (O. Fabr.), from a bed-room infested by them.
From Moreti Coon, East Edmonton, N.Y.

Mites—T7yroglyphus sero (Linn.), from smoked ham received from
Ohio. From C. H. Wxsszts, New York city.

No. 104.] 91

Mites — Tetranychus telarius (Linn.), infesting a quince orchard,
near Geneva, N. Y.. From Prof. J.C. Arruur, State Agricultural
Experiment Station.

Mites— Gamasus sp., infesting a burying beetle, Vecrophorus
tomentosus Web. From Dr. 8. A. Russet1, Albany, N. Y.

Eggs of a katydid, Microcentrus retinervis Riley, deposited on a
shoot of a peach-tree in Coffey Co., Kansas. From James Bucxrnea-
HAM, Zanesville, Ohio.

Sitodrepa panicea (Linn.), infesting a package of white carrot
seed, in the pup, and emerging as imagines December 3, at the
Agricultural Experiment Station. From E. L. Gorr, Geneva,
ace

Seven examples of flies (J/wscide), found July 21st, dead and
closely packed within a stem of red elder, Sambucus pubens, with-
out any visible cavity leading to their location. Apparently Lucilia
and Pollenia sp.

Examples of Macrodactylus subspinosus (Fabr.); Cicindela sex-
guttata Fabr.; Silpha noveboracensis (Forst.); Aphodius jimetarius
(Linn.); Otiorhynchus ligneus Le Conte; Osmoderma eremicola
(Knoch) ; Orthosoma brunneum (Forst.); several species of minute
fungus beetles, undetermined. Cimbex Americana Leach; Déia-
pheromera femorata (Say), and a number of others, as yet unex-
' amined insects.

From Hon. Grorcr W. Crinton, Albany, N.Y.

COLLECTIONS.

About three weeks in the month of August were devoted to collec-
tions in the Adirondack region, at Long take, in the northern part
of Hamilton county. The altitude of the lake is 1632 feet above
tide. This elevation is too great to admit of an abundance of insect
life, while it fails to reward the collector with the rare forms which
are to be met with at higher elevations — at and above 2,500 feet.
Very little is known, as yet, of the insect fauna of this interesting
portion of our State. As I have previously written, “The enthusi-
asm of the entomologists of an adjoining State has Jed them to
explorations of a peculiarly interesting field lying beyond the limits
of their own State—the White Mountains of New Hampshire.
For successive years the members of the Cambridge Entomological
Club have established a midsummer encampment upon the slope of
Mt. Washington, during which, through their protracted sojourn of
weeks, and opportunity for collecting crepuscular and nocturnal forms,
they have been abie to enrich their cabinets and those of their corre-
spondents with many rare boreal species, to accumulate much valuable
biological information, and to present local lists of Lepidoptera, Cole-
optera and Orthoptera, which have been received as special contri-
butions to science.

92 | ASSEMBLY

‘“‘ Meanwhile, the extensive Adirondack Region, with its numerous
lofty mountain peaks, its deep gorges, its hundreds of lakes — per-
haps second only to the White Mountains in point of interest to the
entomologist of any locality in the United States east of the Rocky
Mountains — has been permitted, year after year, to bury within
itself its entire entomological wealth. Previous to the collections
noticed in this paper [Lepidoptera of the Adirondack Region*],
hardly an insect had been drawn from it. At the present, nothing
has been reported of its mountain insect fauna. Many new species
are undoubtedly to be discovered there, and the first comparison of
its fauna with that of other elevated and more northern regions is
yet to be made. é

‘Tt is sincerely to be hoped that, from the growing interest mani-
fested in entomology, the numerous accessions to the number of its
students, the facility for study afforded by recent publications and in
several extensive classified collections, the reproach resting on the
entomologists of New York may speedily be removed. And while
the thorough exploration of any locality can searcely fail of bringing
to light much new material, the ambitious student may have for his
incentive the assurance that in the Adirondack Mountains there is
open to him an unexplored field where faithful search will assuredly
yield him a most abundant return.”

The locality of Long lake and the season offered but few flower-
ing plants for the attraction of insects. The collections, therefore, -
were nearly confined to golden rods (Sol¢dago) and the hardhack
(Spirea tomentosa), which were freely visited by Hymenoptera,
Diptera and Coleoptera for the pollen that they afforded.

Of the Hymenoptera, the flowers were especially prolific in
Apide, Crabonide, Hucmenide and Andrenide, whilst also yielding
some desirable /chnewmonide.

In Diptera, several species of the gaily-colored Syrphide (flower
flies) were abundant, of which, perhaps, the most interesting form
was Spilomyia fusca Loew —a large fly, so singularly mimicking in
size, form, color and markings the common “ bald-faced hornet,”
Vespa maculata Linn., as to be easily (and generally by other than
entomologists) mistaken for it. The species had never come under
my observation before, nor has it been recorded as occurring in the
State of New York. Its first capture was made on the 11th of
August. It continued to increase in number, in both sexes, and the
day prior to my departure from the locality (23d inst.) it was
more abundant than before. Over forty examples of the species were
taken. Nothing, I believe, is known of its larval stage. Several
examples of a Conops, undetermined species, were also captured on
the Solidago. A large, globose-bodied Tachinid fly, Achinomyza sp.,
having its tegulee and basal portion of wings of a dull yellow, which
I had in former years observed abundantly in.Essex county, N. Y.,
was also a common visitor to the blossoms of the golden rod.

*Seventh Annual Report of the Topographical Survey of the Adirondack Region of
New York, 1880, pp. 373-400.

No. 104. ] 93

The collections in Lepidoptera were not large, the locality not
being favorable to the multiplication of insects of this order. But
few species of butterflies were seen.* Danais Archippus (Fabr.)
and Pyrameis Atalanta (Linn.) were so abundant ina field of buck-
wheat that three or four individuals could be taken in a single sweep
of the net. Associated with them were numbers of one of the most
brilliant and beautiful of our moths, Plusta mortuorum Guen—a
decidedly upland species. Its quick rise from the blossoms of the
buckwheat, its rapid flight for a short distance, sudden dropping to
the ground and running away to shelter, made it a difficult. insect
to capture. The elegantly marked Homohadena atrifasciata Morr.,
of which the first example taken in the Adirondacks in the year
1876, commanded in exchange with an enthusiastic lepidopterist,
other insects of the value of $50, was taken from flowers of
Eupatorium purpureum.

Coleoptera were not numerous. Several species of pretty Lep-
turians were found upon the golden rods, anda single example of
‘‘the large and elegant Leptura scalaris Say,” as characterized by
Dr. LeConte (p. 313 of Classification of the Coleoptera of North
America), now the type and only species of the genus Lellamira, was
driven up ina Solidago bordered road and taken upon the wing. It
was seen under the same circumstances in other instances, and when
in flight, and displaying the golden sericeous hairs clothing the tip of
its abdomen, it resembled so closely a similarly tipped <Asilus fly
that it was mistaken for it. Dicerca manca Lec. (apparently not
tuberculata of L. & G. — see Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., ix, p. 285) —
a rare Buprestrid, was captured on the floor of the piazza of the
Sagamore hotel.

Neuroptera, which should abound in the lake region, were few in
number. The only species observed in abundance were the com-
mon Polysteochotes punctatus (Fabr.), of which hundreds could be
seen resting on the parlor walls, and a species of Hphemerida, on
the slats of the window blinds and edge of the clapboards of the
hotel — Pentagonia vittigera Walsh.

About one thousand insects were collected, mounted and labeled
with locality and date of capture. Probably the more interesting
and valuable forms taken are among those for which there has not
yet been found the opportunity for study and determination.

*The following species only, were observed: Colias Philodice and Pieris rape,
not abundant; Danais Achippus, abundant; Argynnis Cybela, A. Aphrodite and
A. Atlantis, all in poor condition; Argynnis Bellona not abundant; Pyrameis
Atlanta, abundant; Satyrus Nephele, rare; Chrysophanus Americana, very abun-
dant, and frequent on golden rods; Lycena pseudargiolus, rare, one example;
Vanessa Milbertii, a few.

No examples were seen of Papilio, Grapta, Thecla, Pomphila or Nisoniades.

94 [ AssEMBLY

INSECT ATTACKS AND MISCELLANEOUS OBSERVA-
TIONS.

Eeas or A Cut-worm on AN APPLE-TREE.

From Mr. P. Barry of the Mount Hope Nurseries at Rochester,
N. Y., some apple twigs coutaining an egg-deposit from which the
larvee were emerging, were received on May 7th. Theeggs had been ~
sent to him for name, from Centralia, Kansas.

The general appearance and the arrangement of the eggs resembled,
the figure given by Prof. Riley in the Report of the Commissioner
of Agriculture for the year 1884, plate 3, fig. 2, of the eggs of one
of our common cut-worms, Agrotis saucia Engr., identical with the
Agrotis inermis of Dr. Harris. The moth was known to deposit
its egos upon fruit-trees.

The twigs bearing the eggs were quite small, not exceeding one.’

sixth of an inch in diameter. The eggs were closely and symmetri-
cally arranged in a single layer in regular rows joined to one an-
other, forming an unbroken patch. In one example there were
seven rows of about sixty eggs in each, extending over about an
inch and a half of the twig. Theeggs, upon the point of hatching,
were of a lavender color. They were round, with about forty sharp
and prominent longitudinal ribs, which were connected somewhat
irregularly with numerous transverse lines.
The larvee of some of the clusters had left the eggs when received.
They had but three pairs of prolegs, and looped in walking, after
the manner of the Geometridew. In dropping from the twig, they
hung suspended by a thread that they gave forth. When disturbed
they would often twist their head and several segments over their
back, holding to the surface upon which they rested by their last
two pairs of prolegs.

Grass was offered them of which they readily ate and with ap-
parent relish. Some tips of apple-twigs being given them, a few
of them fed sparingly upon them, eating small holes into one sur-
face of the unfolding leaves, but much the larger portion continued
their feeding upon the grass. |

On the 14th of May some of the caterpillars were observed to
have undergone their first molting, and to have acquired in the opera-
“tion an additional pair of prolegs. Four days later the second
molting commenced, developing another pair of prolegs, and giving
the normal nuinber of five pairs belonging to the Woctuide.

Subsequent to this molt and onward to maturity, the brood was
fed on plantain leaves (Plantago major), for which they manifested
a great fondness. They were not easily disturbed in their feed-
ing when brought under observation. Their manner of curling up

No. 104.] 95

in a ring when withdrawn from their food, taken in connection with
their general appearance, gave evidence of their being cut-worms.

A third and a fourth molting occurred on the 21st and 25th of
May. Descriptions of the larva in each of its five stages were
taken, and will be given hereafter.

By the 30th of May many of the larvae had ceased feeding and
had evidently matured. The following day they were transferred
to a box of earth upon which a layer of plantain leaves had been
placed. When examination was next made on the 3d June, a
little feeding had been done. TF our-fifths of the larvee were found
above ground, and the rest had buried themselves at different
depths — some just beneath the surface, showing a slight contraction
in length, indicating progress toward pupation. A few that had
been transferred to a separate box, with food, were still feeding on
June 4th.

On the 5th of June, three newly disclosed pups were found
beneath leaves on the surface of the ground, of which descrip-
tion was taken.

The first moths — eight in number —emerged from their pup
on the 24th of June, and on the following day, eighteen others
made their appearance. The insect was found to be Agrotis saucia.
The last were disclosed June 380th. About one hundred and fifty
were carried through to their perfect stage. The species proved to
be very easy to rear, unlike most of the* cut-worms — hardly any
fatality attending any of the several transformations. The moths
displayed a remarkable absence of timidity upon being disturbed.
With hardly any motion beyond the necessary readjustment of their
legs, they could be lifted from the ground upon which they rested or
from the sides of the box to which they were attached, by slipping
a piece of paper underneath them, from which they could be quietly
dropped into the cyanide bottle. If alarmed, they attempted escape
by running rather than by flight.

Desiring to learn more of the occurrence of the eggs, I addressed
a request for the information to Mr. A. Oberndorf, Jr., of Centralia,
Kansas, from whom the eggs had been sent to Mr. Barry. The fol-
Jowing communication was sent to me in reply, under date of May
20th : | ;

Up to the 17th inst. I have found the eggs on the twigs and bodies and branches
of young apple, pear and peach trees, but have found none on old or bearing
trees. I found the eggs in batches, on twigs, in narrow strips from one inch to
three inches long, and about three-sixteenths of an inch broad; on branches, in
broader strips from one inch to two and one-half inches long and from one-fourth
to three-eighths of an inch broad; on the bodies of trees, usually about in this shape
and size [diagram given], and the eggs as close together as possible. I destroyed
every nest that I could find, but concluded last Sunday to leave two nests in a little
tree to see what they would do after being hatched. On Monday one-half of the
cluster had changed from a light tan to aslate color, and yesterday evening that por-
tion had hatched, and a number of little caterpillars, about one-eighth of an inch
long, were wriggling about, but were gradually being carried away by the wind.

96 | ASSEMBLY

Tor CANKER-WoRM — ANISOPTERYX VERNATA Peck.

Tt really seems that the canker-worm is becoming an annual pest
of the orchards of the State of New York. While the New England
orchards have been for many years ravaged by it,and the noble elms,
so long the boast of eastern villages, destroyed, and it has also been
very destructive in several of the Western States, our own State, for
some reason, has been almost exempt from its depredations. Within
the last few years, occasional instances of its occurrence have been
reported. Last year they were received by me from Poundridge and
Pleasantville in Westchester county, where they inflicted damage to
the apple crop to the amount of thousands of dollars (Country Gen-
tleman of July 10, 1884, p. 577). The present year, report is re-
ceived of serious injuries from them in Wayne county. A gentleman
writes:

“The orchards are all being destroyed in this part of the State
by the canker-worm. ‘Thrifty orchards were cut down last winter,
and there will be a good many more sacrificed if there cannot be
found some way to stop the havoc.”

Early in June their presence in the vicinity of Albany was re-
ported, where I had not previously heard of their occurrence. Ex-
amples of the caterpillar were brought to me by Mr. David M.
Knickerbocker, of Albany, that I might see if they were, as he be-
lieved, the veritable canker-worm. They were found upon his apple-
trees at Loudonville, in “millions,” and were rapidly consuming the
foliage. He had also heard of their presence in other orchards in
his neighborhood. The examples of the larvee brought were nearly
full-grown (on June 9th), having almost attained their maximum
length of one inch. As usual, they differed greatly in their mark-
ings and colors, some being almost without stripes and of a uniform
black. ;

The folly and the criminality of permitting this destructive pest
to obtain a permanent footing within our State cannot be too
strongly censured. It is an extremely local pest, and, at the outset,
can be easily controlled. Often one tree only in an orchard is
infested, or a portion of an orchard, or a single orchard in a town-
ship, while others are wholly free from it. The female moth has
no wings with which to distribute herself, and can only, upon com-
ing out from her pupation in the ground underneath the tree in the
early spring, climb up the trunk, meet her winged mate, and deposit
her eggs upon the branches.

Preventives and remedies.—The preventives and remedies that
should be used against this insect are simple. First, the females
should be prevented from ascending the tree, by the application
around the trunk of bands of tar or printers’ ink, or by some of
the mechanical appliances which have been so frequently given in
our agricultural journals and entomological reports. Second, when
the larvee are upon the tree and rapidly eating up the young leaves,
they should be killed by spraying the tree with Paris green water,

No. 104.] 97

as in directions so often published. Third, if the caterpillars have
been permitted to feed to maturity upon the trees, and thereafter to
enter the ground immediately beneath for their transformation, the
soil under the trees to the depth of from four to six inches should
be thoroughly worked over so as to crush the tender pupe.

Either one of the above measures, if properly used, will be
effectual in arresting the attack. If all are employed, immediate
success would be insured.

Tur Appie-LEAr BuccunatTRix.

Through Dr. Sturtevant, of the. N.Y. Agricultural Experiment
Station, a communication was received from Mr. Malcom Little, of
Malcom, Seneca county, N. Y., stating that the apple orchards in
that vicinity were infested upon the branches and the fruit with
objects such as sent upon some twigs. They had not been seen
before, and it was asked what they were, and if they would probably
prove injurious. Answer to the following effect was returned :

The twigs received were thickly covered on one side with the
cocoons of the apple-leaf Buceeulatrix—Bucculatrix pomifoliella
Clemens. <A piece of twig an inch and a quarter in length, and
one-eighth of an inch in diameter, had upon it thirty-three of the
eocoons. From the small size and the general appearance of the
cocoons they are often mistaken for insect eggs. They are white,
about one-fourth of an inch long, as thick as an ordinary pin, and
show upon their exposed surface five or six prominent longitudinal
ribs.

The insect is an injurious one. Where it abounds, the cater-
pillars consume such an amount of the foliage as seriously to inter-
fere with the production of the fruit. It displays a remarkable
facility for increase, and every proper means should, therefore,
immediately upon its discovery, be resorted to, that its spread may
be arrested.

The parent is a small moth belonging to the 7ineid@—that divis-
ion of the Lepidoptera that embraces the smallest species of the
order. There are two annual broods of the insect. The cocoons
sent to me are of each brood. Some of them were spun in July,
and have given out the insect, leaving only the empty pupa-case
within the cocoon. The moths that emerged from them laid eggs
from which caterpillars were hatched, which might have been
observed feeding upon the leaves in September, if attention had
been given to the eaten foliage. The caterpillars make their
cocoons during October, and upon opening those that are the
freshest-looking and unbroken, their pupze may be found, which
are destined, if not meanwhile destroyed through parasitic or
atmospheric agency, to remain in that state throughout the winter,
and to give out the moth in the month of May next.

Lemedies.—This injurious pest is most vulnerable in either its

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 13

98 [AssEMBLY

caterpillar stage or after the cocoons have been made. In large
orchards the cocoons may be most easily attacked by means ofa
mixture of kerosene oil and soap, sprayed upon them with a force-
pump. This emulsion which is quite as effectual as, and easier to
make than the milk emulsion formerly recommended, may be made
by dissolving four pounds of common bar soap in a eallon of water,
with heat, and then gradually stirring in a gallon of kerosene. This,
upon cooling, will form a thick, gelatinous mass, containing 50 per
cent of kerosene, which will have to be reduced by the addition of
water before it can be applied with a force-pump. If diluted with
ten gallons of water, giving a mixture of about 10 per cent of
kerosene, it should give a strength sufficient to destroy the pups
within the cocoons, but the proper strength had better be first ascer- ~
tained by experiment upon a few of the cocoons.

If the infested trees are not very numerous this liquid might be
applied to the branches by means of a stiff bristle-brush, “which
would remove the cocoons, and serve to show thereafter if there is
a continuance of the attack in the deposit of fresh cocoons.

When the caterpillars are found in abundance feeding on the trees
in July or September, by suddenly jarring the branches, numbers
will drop and hang suspended by mete thr eads, when they may be
swept down by brooms or branches and destroyed. Showering the
trees with Paris green and water would poison all the larvee eating
the poisoned foliage.

A notice of this insect, with figures of the moth and of the cocoons
upon a twig, and further information upon it may be found in my
“First Annual Report onthe Insects of New York, pages 157-162.”

In the above publication, the presence of this insect had only
been reported, in New Y ork, in Monroe and Chemung counties.
As would naturally be expected, it seems to be extending its range..
It has since been received by me, from an orchard of Mr. J.S.
Roys, Lyons, Wayne county. A piece of twig two and one-half
inches long contained twenty-two of the cocoons, It has also been
sent to me by Mr. J. C. Wolf, of Waterloo, Seneca county. It is
reported as present, in small numbers as yet, in Lagrange, Wyom-
ing county. It also occurs in South Byron, Genesee county.

I had previously written of this insect, ‘that as yet in its New
York distribution, it was apparently confined to the western portion
of the State, but the present year it has been brought to me from an
orchard at Bethlehem Centre, five miles south of Albany, on the
Hudson river. Mr. Isaac Bussing, with whom it occurred, reports
that he has observed it upon his trees for the past few years, in
limited numbers, but does not think that it has inflicted serious
harm.

In the Second Report of the Department of Entomology of the
Cornell University Experiment Station, 1883, Mr. A. E. Brunn has
published his studies upon the life- history of this insect (with illus-
tration of some of its stages) which adds materially to our previous
knowledge of it (J. ¢., pp. 157-161, pl. 6, figs. 2-20). An abstract of

~

No. 104.] 99

the above observations has been given by Professor J. H. Comstock,
in the Proceedings of the Western New York Horticultural Society,
at its 28th Annual Meeting in January, 1883 (pp. 20-23).

Epnuestra KijunretuA AS A Pesr in Mitts.

The following correspondence was had in relation to a Tineid
moth which was infesting flouring mills in Germany, and Was sup-
posed to have been introduced from the United States :

IMPERIAL GERMAN CONSULATE GENERAL, )
NEw York, February 2, 1885.

To Prof. J. A. Lintner, State Entomologist :

DEAR Sir.— A very destructive insect has been recently introduced into Ger-
many. It is a moth, imported with wheat or Indian corn, and capable of repro-
ducing itself rapidly. The appearance of this insect has caused great alarm,
especially among the millers, because in some instances it has become necessary
to suspend work in order to free the bins and machinery which were choked by
the lodgment in them of myriads of the pest. Mr. Zeller, the well-known ento-
mologist, has classified this small moth, the worm of which only lives upon flour
or meal, as of the family Phycide.

You will confer a great favor by kindly informing me of what is known to you
about the existence of the mentioned insect in this country, and the means which
are employed in order to destroy it.

With best thanks in advance for the desired information,

Very respectfully yours,
A. SEIGEL,
Consul- General.

Reply to the above communication was made, under date of Feb-
ruary 11th, to the effect that no American insect was known having
the habits above stated. If Prof. Zeller, in his study of the
insect, had given it a scientific name, could its name be communi-
cated to me? If the name was unknown, then, if examples of the
insect in as many of its four stages as could be obtained, together
with specimens of the infested grain, could be sent, it would probably
give the means of identifying the species and of indicating the best
means for its destruction.

To the above inquiry, answer was returned, by the Consul-Gen-
eral under date of February 16th, that the insect referred to was
named Hphestia Kiihniella Zeller.

This was answered in a brief note, acknowledging the reception
of the name of the insect, stating that none of our entomologists
knew it as a native species, and having learned where it had been
described and an account been given of its habits by Prof. Zeller,
in a German periodical, it was hoped that, as soon as access could be
had to this publication, suggestions for some efticient means for
meeting the injuries of the pest could be made.

The following letter was subsequently sent:

100 [ ASSEMBLY

STATE OF NEW YORK:
OFFICE OF THE STATE ENTOMOLOGIST,
ALBANY, April 4, 1885.
Mr. A. SEIGEL, Consul-General, ete.:

DEAR Srr —In further reply to yours of the 2d of February, J. N. 628.85, I
beg leave to state :

Since my communication of February 28th, I have learned what I could of the
insect of which inquiry is made, E/phestia K ithniella.

There is no knowledge of it as an American insect. If it exists in the United
States, it is as yet unknown to us, and no such habits have been manifested in any
of our flouring mills, by any species akin to 1. Hiihniella. We have a species very
closely allied to it, viz., Hphestia interpunctella (the Tinea zee, of Fitch), of which
it was thought that the former might be a variety; but after close examination, it
is accepted as distinct. H. interpunctella, although quite annoying and injurious
at times in bakeries, has never infested our flouring mills.

The peculiar habits of #. Withniella will render it a difficult insect to contend
with, as the fruitless efforts thus far made in Germany for its destruction have
clearly shown. In order to give the best advice, it will be required to be studied
on the spot. With no personal knowledge of it, or of any insect of identical
habits, I can only offer, at present, the following suggestions:

1. Wherever the larva constructs its cases for pupation, in angles, corners,
crevices, etc., of bins or apartments, under such conditions that the vapor of
bisulphide of carbon can reach it, the proper use of that material would probably
kill the larva or pupa.

2. As it is probable that the insect is the most vulnerable in its final stage of a
moth —at the time of its greatest abundance (noting even the hour of the day when
it is observed to be the most active on the wing), close the mill as tightly as possi.
ble and burn brimstone therein.

8. Catch the moths in hand-nets and destroy them. If they be found, like
many of our Tineida, to take wing toward twilight, that might be the most favor-
able time for the chase.

4 See if the moths can be attracted to vessels of water mixed with vinegar
and molasses, to be caught therein and drowned.

The above are the best suggestions that I am prepared to offer, with my present
knowledge of the insect. Hoping that they may prove to be of value,

Very truly yours,
J. A. LINTNER.

Tus Crover-SEEp MipgE— CEcIDOMYIA LEGUMINICOLA Lintn.

A large number of the larvee of the clover-seed midge were received
October 12th, throngh Dr. E. L. Sturtevant, from Mr. D. M. Lins-
ley, of Orleans county, N. Y., with the statement that they were from
a second crop of clover, cut for hay, which had been placed on a
scaffolding above the barn floor. Four or five days thereafter the
Jarvee were observed in large numbers upon the floor under the
clover. Mr. Linsley was desirous of knowing if they would attack
any other grain or plants. Answer was made that the attack of
the clover-seed midge, so far as known, was confined to clover
seed. From the abundance of the larvae reported by him, it was
quite important, as a means toward diminishing the attack of the

No. 104.] 101

coming year, that the larvee falling upon the floor should be fre-
quently swept up (if the floor was a tight one) and burned. If in
the sweeping the larvee were liable to fall through the floor-joinings,
it would be advisable to kill them as they lay on the floor, by sprink-
ling from time to time with kerosene oil.

The following extracts are from a letter received later from Mr.
Linsley in reply to the request made for additional information of the
them occurrence of the larvze:

They came wholly from the second cutting of the clover, cut
about the 20th of September. They began to make their appearance
about four days after it was drawn into the barn. They came out
in such numbers that they looked like red sand upon the floor. This
continued for about two weeks, since which time I have not noticed
any of them. Idestroyed what I could collect from the floor, but the
greater part of the hay being put into a mow, they were, of course,
out of reach for the most part. ee e 2g

It is said that these weevils do not work in the Alsike, or large
pea-vine clover. This may be due to the fact that in these varieties
the first growth or cutting is used for seed, so that the seed matures
too early for the insect. But these varieties are far inferior to the
Medium clover and cannot well supply the place of it. The destruc-
tion of the crop of Medium clover-seed is a very serious loss to the
agricultural interest in this portion of the State, amounting to from
twenty to forty dollars per year on every farm of a hundred acres,
according to the market price of the seed.

ScrarRa sp.? Occurrina on WHEAT.

Examples of a small fly were received October 2d, from Dr. E.
L. Sturtevant, which “had appeared upon wheat” at the Experi-
ment Station.

In our present limited knowledge of the species of this genus, a
generic determination only could be made ef it.

From what is known of the larval habits of the few species ot
Sceara that have been studied, and of their associated Mycetophil-
ide, it isnot probable that the species sent was injurious to wheat.
The larvee, as a class, are not regarded as injurious, as many of
them are known to occur beneath the bark of felled trees, in
decayed wood, in vegetable mould, in fungi, etc.

From their frequent occurrence in boleti and fungi, Latreille had
arranged the Mycetophilide in his group of Hungivores — one of the
five into which he divided the Zipulidw. A noted fungivorous species
is the Sciara Thome Linn., of Europe, known-as the “snake or
army-worm.” The larvee are remarkable for assembling in immense
numbers and hanging together by means of a viscid moisture in a
long mass resembling a snake or rope, sometimes several feet in
length, and two or three inches in breadth. Processions of these
larvee have been observed, massed in a breadth of three inches and

102 | ASSEMBLY

one or two inches in thickness, and extending thirty yards in length.
Individually they are but about five lines long and a third of a line
in diameter. M. Guerin-Meneville has given interesting details of
some of these assemblies observed. by him, as quoted in Figuier’s
Insect World, pp. 46, 47.

That some of the species of the genus may possess injurious
habits appears from the mention by Prof. Westwood, that Olivier
had reared three species of Sccara trom wheat, of which account is
given in Prem Mém. sur quelques Insectes qui attaquent les Céréales,
Paris, 1813.

Sciart pyrt, of Europe, is said to injure the blossoms and fruit
of the pear, causing them to fall; while of other European species,
S. fucata lives in decaying potatoes, turnips and other vegetables; -
S. quinqguelineata breeds in diseased potatoes and is supposed, by
some, to cause the *seab;” WS. ¢2/zcolw produces a gall on the leaves
of young linden trees; and S. Gzraudii has been bred from stems
of Malva and Althea.

One of our American species, at least, is known to be injurious,
viz, Sceart mali (Fitch), the Jarvee of which destroy the interior of
apples by burrowing through them, while the fair exterior shows no
indication of the concealed attack. (1st and 2d Leport Insects LV. Y.,
p- 254.)

Hevopnizus sms Jacquart.

From Dr. R. H. Morey, of old Chatham, Columbia county N. Y.
seven examples of the larva of one of the flower-flies (Syrphide),
of the group known from their long anal appendage as “ rat-tailed
larvee,’’ which he had taken from a watering-trough at North Adams,
Massachusetts, were received on the 5th of July. He had previously
given me, on July 2nd, two examples of the same, taken from many
that were seen by him at that time. Upon his second visit to the
place, for additional specimens, only the above seven examples could
be obtained. Most of them had evidently left the trough and sought
other quarters for pupation,

The larvee were placed in a glass of water with an inch of ground
and dead vegetable matter at the bottom. They hid themselves in
the ground, with their tail extended upward to the surface for res-
piration, to an extent of two inches, except when disturbed, when the
respiratory organ would be withdrawn from the surface and partly
contracted.

Within the following week, some of the larvae were found float-
ing upon the surface of the water. As this condition was believed
to indicate approaching pupation, they were transferred to a box of
dampened saw-dust, into which they buried themselves.

At this time they presented the following features: The body,
subcylindrical, narrowing somewhat anteriorly, and one-half of an
inch in length by one-eighth of an inch broad; beneath, whitish,
pale brown above, becoming darker toward the tail ; the several seg-
ments show six divisions (as wrinkles or folds) above, of which the

No. 104.] 103

front one is the broadest: on segments 2 to 7 apparently (the pos-
terior ones not being separable) are six pairs of tubercle-like feet,
which, when protruded, show each a short black spine. The head
bears anteriorly two brown, slender, blunt projections, so short as to
be barely visible withouta magnifier. The first two joints of the
dark brown tail are corrugated, and measure seven-tenths of an
inch in length, with the terminal black-tipped extensile joint pro-
jecting from them one-fourth of an inch.

Other Jarvee were transferred for pupation July 16th, 18th, and
the last on the 25th.

On the 18th the first imago appeared, determining the species as
LTelophilus semilis of Macquart —a species not at all uncommon in
the State of New York, and having an extended distribution from
Canada to Georgia, and in the Western States. It is readily recog-
nizable from the four large yellow spots on its abdomen, and the
three broad black stripes upon its pale yellow thorax. I have taken
the fly early in August upon the flowers of tansy and elsewhere.

On the 25th of July, a second example emerged from the pupa,
and two others later — date not noted. The pupal stage is probably
of about ten days continuance.

In the American Entomologist, ii, 1870, p. 142, an allied species,
fHelophilus latefrons Loew, bearing five stripes on its thorax, is fig-
ured. From the text accompanying the figure, it appears that the
fly was bred by Mrs. Mary Treat from a larva, which she had taken
‘ with several others that were feeding upon plant-lice infesting some
chrysanthemums. This must be an error, for its larva cannot be
ay. than aquatic, and entirely unfitted for feeding upon plant-

ice,

Tuer CABBAGE-FLY — ANTHOMYIA BRASSIOZ Bouché,

A severe attack of this insect upon young cauliflower plants was
reported by Mr. D. W. Seeley, of Albany, and examples of the plants
badly eaten and having the Jarvze within and upon their roots, were
brought to me on June 8th. Mr. Seeley had made several applica-
tions of popular remedies for the arrest of the attack, without avail,
and had nearly determined upon taking up the entire crop and destroy-
ing it, although it would be at a loss of about a thousand dollars — esti-
mated value of the matured crop. The application of bisulphide of
carbon was recommended to him before an abandonment of the crop.

Some of the above larvee, apparently full-grown, were placed in a box
with ground when received. Sixteen days thereafter, June 24th, they
gave forth the perfect fly.

Tue Hesstan-rLy — CEcIDOMYIA DESTRUCTOR Say.

Wheat infested between the first and second joints with the Hes-
sian-fly, wassent for examination, June 12th, by Mr. A. F. Dowd,
of North Huron, Wayne Oo., N. Y. On stripping the sheaths from

104 [ ASSEMBLY

the stalks, four or five of the puparia or ‘‘ flaxseeds,” as they are
popularly called, would be found in company, showing the attack to
be a severe one.

The perfect insects failed to emerge from these puparia. Under
natural and favorable conditions they would probably have emerged
in the month of July.

The fly had been more injurious in Western New York the pre-
ceding year (1884) than usual. The following statement in relation
to its operations, and containing some good suggestions for control-
ling the insect, is from a gentleman in Monroe county, which joins
‘Wayne county on the west:

A considerable part of the wheat of 1884 was injured by the Hessian-fly, which
crinkled the straw so that the heads of wheat were cut off too short to be gathered .
in harvest. On some fields this scattering wheat would make, if evenly distrib-
uted, a sufficient seeding. I am afraid this self-sown wheat will prove a detri-
ment to the crop, as the Hessian-fly will lay her eggs on these early plants.

The fly works until frosts check it. Rolling the ground, or dragging with the
smoothing harrow, and then rolling, is probably as good a preventive of injury
from the Hessian-fly as can now [late in September] be applied. These operations
both cause the wheat to stack more, making a mass of small leaves rather than
one or two tall ones from each plant. As the fly lays her eggs in the fold of the
leaf [at the crown of the root], she finds less place than where the leaves are un-
checked in growth. Besides, many of the eggs and newly-hatched worms are
destroyed by crushing and coutact with soil brushed against them. — W. J. F.,
Monroe county, N. Y. Country Gentleman for October 9, 1884,

A Lapy-su@ AtTrack on SCALE-INSECTS.

A number of Austrian pines, Pinus Austriaca, were observed,
on October 9th, as having been very nearly killed by an attack of
the pine-leaf scale insect, Chionaspis pinifolie. Millions of the
peculiar white scales of this destructive species had attached
themselves to the leaves almost as thickly as they could find place,
to the extent of whitening the tree and almost hiding its natural
green. Hundreds of scales could be counted upon a single one of
its slender leaves.

The species of lady-bug, Chilocorus bivulnerus Muls., which
seems to be specially commissioned to feed upon the eggs of this
and other scale-insects, was present upon the trees in great abund-
ance. Its larval stage had already passed, and it was now occurring
in its pupal and perfect stages. The larval cases, split longitudi-
nelly upon their back and disclosing the pupal-case within, were
quite numerous; as many as ten of these could be seen upon a
single leaf. The larger number of pupz had given out the pretty
beetle, with its shining black wing-covers, bearing centrally upon
each a blood-red spot — the two spots suggesting the common name
that it bears of “the twice-stabbed lady-bird.” A few of the beetles
were still emerging, with pale ochraceous-colored elytra, and with-
out the least indication of the two red spots which are gradually de-

No. 104.] 105

veloped later with the darkening of the wing-covers. In a few min-
utes’ time, about one hundred and fifty of the beeties were collected
from the leaves and branches of a pine—most of them from the
branches, where they were found quietly resting.

An examination of the scales upon the more badly infested trees
showed that most of them had been eaten into and their contents
destroyed. From pupze collected and taken to my office, the beetles
continued to emerge for about ten days thereafter.

OvrrosiTion of SAPERDA canpDIDA abr.
The following notes, condensed from a communication made by

E. W. Junkins, of Carroll Co. N. H., to the Mew Hngland
Homestead, of January 3, 1885, are of value as an addition to our
knowledge of the habits and life-history of the destructive round-
headed apple-tree borer, Saperda cundida:

A part of a trunk of an apple-tree that had been killed by the
borers and taken within doors in the early spring, showed, through a
crack opened by drying, a pupa of the beetle,on May 20th. On June
8th it had changed to the beetle [indicating a pupal period of at least
nineteen days]. Four other specimens that afterward emerged were
inclosed in a large glass jar containing wet sand at the bottom, into
which were thrust some shoots of an apple-tree. The beetles fed
upon the tender bark. On June 15th one of the four females was
seen depositing an egg. ‘She first made an incision in the bark
close to the sand; then turning head upward, with her ovipositor she
placed the egg under the bark nearly a quarter of an inch from the
incision, the bark having been started from the wood. July 7th a

oung borer, three-sixteenths of an inch long, made its appearance.
July 11th, the sticks near the sand were full of eggs, and the beetles
were depositing their eggs higher up on the sticks. July 18th, one of
the borers, three-eighths of an inch long, had worked an inch and a
half downward. August 7th, the last beetle died, but would have
lived longer with better care.”’

On the 26th of August a beetle was captured among the branches of
an apple-tree, in the trunk of which eight young borers were found.
The beetle was kept alive for several days and deposited an egg.

The above observations of Mr. Junkins are of considerable import-
ance, as they extend the period of oviposition of the beetle much
beyond the period heretofore assigned to it, and consequently the
time during which the application of soap to the trunk of the apple-
tree to protect it from the egg-deposit is to be made will also
require the same extension.

Prof. Riley has stated :

The female deposits her egg during the month of June, and the young worms
hatch and commence boring into the bark within a fortnight afterward. * * *
Keep the base of every tree in the orchard free from weeds and trash, and apply
soap to them during the month of May, and they will not likely be troubled with
borers. (first Report on the Insects of Missouri, pp. 48, 45.)

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 14

106 [ ASSEMBLY

Dr. Fitch states as follows in his account-of this insect given in
his First Report on the Insects of New York:

The beetle makes its appearance every year early in June. * * * In the
course of this and the following month the female deposits her eggs (page 18).

Commonly, here in Washington county, they begin to be found upon trees about
the 20th of June, from which time until the close of the month they appear to
be more numerous than they are afterward (page 17).

In all orchards where the borer is present this measure [soap application] should
invariably be resorted to the latter part of May, or in more northern localities, where
the beetle will be somewhat later in appearance, early in June (page 22).

Referring to Mr. Junkins’ observations of the first egg deposited
after the middle of June, many after July 11th, and oviposition
continued after Angust 7th, it would seem advisable that the use
of the soap application should, in. Northern New York, not be
delayed longer than the 15th of June, and should be continued
through the month of July, and perhaps Jater.

Mr. Charles G. Atkins, of Bucksport, Maine, in a paper read
before the Maine State Pomological Society at its last annual meet-
ing, contirms the above observations upon the late oviposition of
Saperda candida, We has found the egg-laying to begin (at his
farm in Kennebec county) soon after the middle of June, and to
continue until late in August, and had met with unhatched eggs
after the 1st of September.

Mr. Atkins offers the suggestion that relief trom this apple-tree
_ borer may be better sought through remedial than preventive meas-
ures. With young trees having a smooth bark he would prefer
mounding the base to a height of six inches or more with sand, thus
compelling the beetle to place her eggs where they, or the young
larves emerging from them and entering the bark, may easily be dis-
covered by proper inspection, and destroyed. (Home Harm, March
5, 1885 ,

Tue OLover-LEAF WEEVIL DusrroyeD BY A Funeus ATTACK.

During the latter part of May, some larvee were received from
Dr. Sturtevant, of Geneva, N. Y., which had evidently been killed
by fungus attack. The larvee were found attached to, and coiled
around, the tips of blades of grass, dead, stiffened, shrunken, and
partly covered with a whitish fungus. From a careful examination
of the larvee, it seemed probable that they were immature forms of
the punctured clover-leaf weevil, Phytonomus punctatus.

Other examples of the same larva were received from the same
‘ source, on November 3d, in the same condition with those previ-

ously sent. Not being positive of my determination of the species,
request was made for living examples, to be souglrt for buried be-
neath the surface of the ground, or while feeding at night, but they
could not be obtained. Some of the material was, therefore, sent to
the Entomological Division of the Department of Agriculture at
Washington, where it was compared with alcoholic specimens, and

ee

No. 104.] 107

was found, from the structure and markings of the head of the larva,
to be, beyond doubt, that of Phytonomus punctatus.

Dr. Sturtevant having suggested the possibility that the fungus
attack may have been the result of the fertilizer used at the station,
the fungus was shown to Prof. Peck, State Botanist. It was pro-
nounced by him, in all probability, an undescribed species, allied to
the well-known fly-fungus, Hmpusa musce.

Upon mentioning the above facts to Hon. G. W. Clinton, he ex-
pressed his belief that the fungus may have been communicated in
the manner suggested by Dr. Sturtevant, if fish-remains entered into
the composition of the fertilizer, from the fact that a common fun-
gus found infesting fishes is the Saprolignea ferax, which is believed
to be but the aquatic form of the: Ampusa musce.

The above was communicated to Dr. Sturtevant, with an inquiry
of the nature of the fertilizer that had been used. Answer was
returned that he had obtained from the manufacturers the formula of
its composition, and that “the nitrogenous material was supplied by
acidulated fish-skins, dried ground horse-meat and western blood.”’

If, as seems not improbable, that the death through fungoid attack
of the larva can beclearly traced to the use of the fertilizer, through
the discovery of the same fungus in the fertilizer, or better still, by
experiments with healthy larvee—the mortality of the larvee ob-
served at Geneva, by Dr. Sturtevant, will certainly be an event of
unusual interest. It would appear to give us the means of destroy-
ing a pest which up to the present it has not been possible to con-
trol, and at the same time stimulating the crop and thereby enabling
it the better to resist all other forms of insect attack. Nor would
its efficacy be limited to this particular species, but it would be
doubtless available against many other insect enemies, especially those
that burrow in the ground after the manner of the Phytonomus.

The fungus has been studied by Prof. J. C. Arthur, of the Experi-
ment Station, and it is understood that his report upon it, together
with experiments made therewith, and the history of the attack, is
to appear in the forthcoming Annual Report of the Station.*

Tue Prar-suicut BeerLe — Xyieporvs pyri (Leck).

The two communications given below from Mr. G. W. Duvall, of
Annapolis, Md., are acceptable contributions to our knowledge of
the habits and operations of one of the borers of our fruit-trees
which, at times, has proved quite injurious in some of the New
England and Middle States, although not a common insect in the
State of New York. It was first described and figured by Professor
W.D. Peck, of Harvard University, in 1817, as Scolytus pyri ;
later, it has been briefly noticed by Dr. Fitch in his 8d Report on
the Insects of New York; and more fully, in the Harris Reports as
Tomicus pyri — the “ blight beetle.”

*Since published —in 4th Ann. Rept. N. Y. Agricul. Stat., pp. 258-262, as
Entomophthora Phytonomi Arthur.

108 [ AssEMBLY

“Please find inclosed a few bugs for identification. They are very
injurious to young apple-trees. [ noticed a few days ago, sap run-
ning profusely from the bodies of many of my young apple-trees,
whose trunks averaged from one to two inches in diameter, and, on
examining, found punctures or round holes extending horizontally
aud perfectly straight, less than one-sixteenth of an inch in diameter,
and extending to the center and often beyond, and one of these
bugs sticking out of the entrance of eavh, with tail pointing out,
completely filling the entrance on a level with the bark. On
attempting to hook them out, they would run into their holes
toward the center. Around the entrance, there was also a slight
ring of excrementitious matter, or extremely fine wood-dust made
from boring. I found as many as eight in a very small tree, which
have so depleted it from loss of sap, as to check the expanding buds.
These holes are several inches apart, commencing just above the
ground, and running irregularly up the trunks to the Srst limbs. I
detected more on the limbs. I inclose also a small piece of bark,
with the perforation and the dead bug that was in it.”

‘Please find inclosed a section of a limb of one of the trees killed
by these bugs. This piece contained one live bug, and I wrapped
it up in several thicknesses of common newspaper. In one night it
cut through all, and I thought it was gone, but after splitting I
found it still in the burrow; so I thought it best to kill it. You
will find the dead bug still in the burrow. I found that these do
not always run horizontally to the center and there end, as I sup-
posed, but extend much farther, and at different angles, so that the
bug is enabled to turn itself; in fact they also run in different
directions, in the shape of a Y, and it is only at these divergences
that they can turn, in the same manner as a locomotive. I have
about a dozen trees badly injured, and half of them will probably
die. I caught a good many bugs, but they are so small that they
would blow or drop out of my hand, and I never could find them
on the ground after dropping. The leaves of the infested trees are
small, one-tenth of their natural size, and look as if they had been
scorched. Many buds are only half opened, and beginning to dry.
The greatest injury seems to be in the loss of sap, in early spring,
when the sap becomes sufliciently warm to get there and run.”

The beetles first sent were crushed in pieces, but the fragments
were identified as XYyleborus pyri (Peck). The second sending of
the beetle, within its burrow, was in good condition, and confirmed
the identification.

The beetle is described by Harris as of a deep brown color, with
the antennee and legs of the color of iron-rust. The thorax is short,
very convex, rounded and rough before; the wing covers are mi-
nutely punctured in rows, and slope off very suddenly and obliquely
behind ; the shanks are widened and flattened toward the end, be-
set with a few little teeth externally, and end with a short hook,
and the points of the feet are slender and entire. It measures one-
tenth of an inch in length.

No. 104.] 109

In addition to the apple it attacks the pear, the plum and the
apricot.

It was discovered about seventy years ago, infesting the twigs of
pear-trees by boring into them, and causing the sudden withering
and dying of the leaves, fruit and the twigs, about the middle of
summer. Hence it came to be named the pear-blight beetle.

At the present time, the insect is known under two forms of at-
tack. The first, under which it was first discovered, is that in which
the larva, upon hatching from the egg deposited upon the bark,
penetrates the sap-wood at the root of a bud, and following the
course of the eye of the bud toward the pith, burrows around it and
partially into it. By this means the ascent of the sap is arrested,
and the death of the twig beyond this point follows.

The second mode of attack is that of the trunk, as stated in the
above communication. Dr. Fitch, has described the burrows occur-
ring in the trank of an apple-tree of ten inches in diameter, as run-
ning in a straight line through the bark and with the wood three-
fourths of an inch, with three lateral galleries of the same size
traveling off from this at right angles upon one side, and one upon
the opposite side — these galleries, which-were 0.06 of an inch in
diameter, running up and down parallel with the grain of the wood.

In the piece of the apple trunk containing the beetle sent by Mr.
D., the burrow extends to its center, curving slightly downward (or
toward what is apparently its lower end), where it turns and runs
upward for a half inth, and also downward to an indeterminable
extent, as its lower end extended into the portion not sent..

From these two differing forms of attack, Dr. Fitch inferred that
there were two generations of this insect each year, the first one ma-
turing in the trunk, early in the season, because the new shoots at
the ends of the limbs are not sufficiently advanced at that time to
accommodate the insect.

It seems more probable, to me, that the species is single brooded,
and that the summer attack of the twigs is by the larva, which there
matures and emerges as a beetle, while the burrows in the trunk
are made by the mature beetle for shelter (hibernation perhaps), and
for feeding purposes.

The number in which these beetles were found in the tranks of
apple-trees of Mr. D. seemed to offer an excellent opportunity of learn-
ing more of the life-history of the insect. The locality, Annapolis,
Md., being rather remote for me to visit conveniently, I was desirous
that ample material might be sent me for study. From my omit-
ting to accompany my request with the intimation that I would will-
ingly pay express charges, the material needed has not been received,
and the opportunity has been lost for the present.

For the attack on the twigs, cutting off and burning those affected
is the proper remedy. For that in the trunk, we are not prepared
to offer a preventive, until it may be known if the perforations are
made, as I suspect them to be, by the beetle from the outside, and
at what season of the year they are cut.

110 [ ASSEMBLY

Instead of the apple trunks requested, Mr. D. has recently sent
me sections of a peach-tree, which died last summer from borings
(ten to twenty to the square inch), which he supposed were those of
the X. pyri. The beetles from these sections are now emerging,
in my oftice, in large numbers, and prove to be those of the peach-
tree Scolytus, PA/wotribus liminaris (Harris) an insect long
known to be very destructive to young peach-trees, and at one time
believed to be the cause of that fatal disease, ‘the yellows.’’

AtTrack on Youne Pears By A PLANT-BUG.

Messrs. Ellwanger and Barry, of the Mount Hope Nurseries at

Rochester, N. Y., have sent me under date of June 19, 1884, some

specimens of young pears, blotched and injured, together with

insects taken upon them.

Some of the pears, of about one-half inch in diameter, show as many
as forty blotches from an eighth of an inch in diameter downward.
From the minute puncture originally made, the juice as it has escaped
has become hardened and granulated, and with its increase has split
the skin in different directions, often in a triangular form, or one
wound running into another. The more seriously injured pears
would be rendered unfit for sale from their knotted surface, even if
after such a drain upon them they should continue upon the tree,
which is not at all probable. t

The insects taken upon the injured fruit were the tarnished plant-
bug, Lygus lineolaris. Although they were not actually observed
feeding upon the juices, there can be no reasonable doubt of their
being the authors of the injury. This form of a%tack (upon the
fruit) has not been previously recorded, yet their fondness for the
blossoms of the pear is known, and they are also known to be
destructive to the fruit of the strawberry.

In the attack above recorded, the insect has apparently shown a
preference in the variety of pear it has selected. Messrs. Ellwanger
and Barry write: ‘The whole of the fruit in one of our orchards
on the Duchesse d’ Angouleme trees is affected ; while on the Beurre
d@’ Anjou and other varieties, we find nothing of the kind.”

Pacttocarsus LinEAtus (/ab?.),

Mr. E. 8S. Goff, of the N. Y. Experiment Station, sends me, June
1st, 1885, some Hemiptera in their larval and pupal stages, feeding
in the garden of the Station upon sage, Salvia officinalis.

The larvee were broadly ellipsoidal. Head testaceous; eyes black ;
first joint of the antennze testaccous, second joint pale basally, and
the others pale at the joints. Thorax testaceons anteriorly, with two
black spots en its hind margin, separated by a pale mesial line, wing-
pads black. Abdomen red, with eight transverse dorsal lines, broken

er

4
4

No. 104.] 111

mesially by a pale line. Legs pale; femora darker above; tibie
brown spotted.

Pupze.—Wing-pads more than one-half as long as the abdomen,
shining black, with a broad whitish longitudinal line from their base,
but not reaching the tip near their outer margin; this line con-
tinued in yellow upon the thorax, dividing each lateral black spot
into two—the outer one being simply a marginal line. A yel-
lowish dorsal line from the thorax over the abdomen ; segments black
except on their posterior margins and at their sides; femora with
two black rings.

The imago from the above appeared on June 13th, in three ex-
amples, and proved to be the species named above, and commonly
known as the “ Four-lined leaf-bug.” They were the variety 3,
described by Dr. Fitch as wanting the black dot at the end of the
outer black stripe on the wing-covers, on the triangular piece marked
off by a suture before the membranous tip. As the three examples
were females, it was thought that the absence of the black spot
might be a sexual feature, or possibly certain broods might be thus
characterized. In accordance with a request made to Mr. Goff, a
number of examples from the garden at the Experiment Station
were sent to me. It was found from them that the spot gave no
special indication, as of the thirteen males received seven were with-
out the spot, and of the seven females, two.

Mr. Goff states that for the past three years, this insect has ap-
peared in very nearly the same place in the garden, but in somewhat
greater numbers the present season. Last.year (in 1884) it made a
serious attack upon gooseberry bushes at the Experiment Station,
depleting the tips of the young growth, so that they shriveled, wilted
down and died. It was also received from Batavia, N. Y., as injur-
ing sage in a garden.

While so abundant and destructive in my own garden in 1881
(see Ist Rept. Insects N. Y., p. 267), it has not been injurious since.

An EXPERIMENT WITH THE THIRTEEN-YEAR CICADA.

The following paper was read before the Albany Institute at its
meeting on October 6, 1885, with a view of making record of the
planting of a brood of the “ thirteen-year locust,’ at Kenwood, near
Albany, and of the request that observations be made of the ap-
pearance of the winged insect at the time that its development may
be expected.

It is probably known to all the members of the Institute that not-
withstanding the rapidity of multiplication in the insect world —
very few of the species requiring more than a year for their life-
cycle, and many having several generations in the year — one species
requires seventeen years for its development from the egg to the
pertect insect, viz.: the seventeen-year Cicada, or the Cicada septen-

112 | AssEMBLY

decim. That so exceptional a life-period is still doubted by some
is not strange, in view of the fact that the Cicadas are seen to appear
at shorter intervals than seventeen years— indeed, almost every
year witnesses their appearance in some part of the United States.
But this admits of easy and satisfactory explanation. ‘There area
number of distinct broods occurring within the United States — no
less than twenty-one are known —having each its geographical
limits, sometimes overlapping one another, but each ever true to
its seventeen-year period. Within the State of New York we have
five of these broods, one of which made its appearance upon Long
Island during the past summer, in immense numbers, and another
will appear also on Long Island in 1889.

- Besides this seventeen-year Cicada, Prof. Riley has also discovered .
the existence of a thirteen-year Cicada.

No specific differences in appearance between these two forms
ean be discovered, for which reason the latter is not accepted as a
distinct species, but is regarded only asaform orrace. The thirteen-
year Cicada is a southern form, which in its northern extension does
not reach further than into the southern part of Illinois. We do
not have it in the State of New York.

In the possibility that this short-period southern form may, in
the lapse of time, have been developed from the normal seventeen-
year race, as a consequence of the higher temperature of the
Southern States hastening its development, Prof. Riley”has, the
present year, undertaken to test the effect of climate on the per-
manency of the two races, by transferring them from one region to
the other. He thinks it possible that a southern brood brought
northward might fail to appear at the expiration of thirteen years,
and a northern brood taken south, might appear in a less time than
seventeen years.

Offering to him my assistance in the interesting experiment, he
sent to me a quantity of apple twigs from Mississippi, filled with
the eggs of the thirteen-year Cicada, with the request that I would
place them in an orchard where the result of the experiment could
be observed at the proper time, and that I would also have proper
record made of the same.

I, therefore, ask place in some publication of the Institute, for the
statement that the orchard of Mr. Erastus Corning, at Kenwood,
was selected for the planting of the eggs, from the considerations
that it was a young orchard, that it promised permanency for the
desired time, and that no other brood of Cicada would: occur there
with which this could be confounded. The tree beneath which the
eggs (they were hatching at the time when the twigs were placed
about the base of the tree, and tied to its branches) was marked with
a zinc label, bearing this inscription :

“Thirteen-year brood of Cicada (Riley’s Brood, No. VII) — eggs
from Oxford, Mississippi, planted July 4th, 1885.”

Additional eggs from a second sending were placed beneath the
same tree on July 21st, and also some in a wood adjoining, a few

No. 104] 113

rods toward the south, to serve as a food supply in the event of the
death or destruction of the orchard.

As I may not ‘hope to see the result of this experiment, may I
beg of some of the members of the Institute who are interested in
Natural History, that in the month of June, 1898, they will make
examination of the labeled tree, and trees adjoining, for the pupa
cases of the Cicada that should be found upon the trunks, and for
the insects in the vicinity, which should easily be discovered, if
present, by their well-known song, which would readily reach the
ear. Should they fail to appear at the time designated, then the
search for them should be renewed the following year, and for
successive two or three years, until their appearance.

The result of the observations should be communicated to the
Entomological Division of the Department of Agriculture at Wash-
ington, unless it should be known that full examination had already
been made by an agent delegated for the purpose from the Depart-
ment.

In the planting of the eggs I was assisted by Mr. William Grey,
gardener of Mr. Erastus Corning, who has been requested to com-
municate to others upon the farm the location of the tree in order
that there may be no difficulty in finding the locality at the desired
time.

In addition to the above, other transfers of the eggs of the
thirteen-year Cicada from Mississippi, have been made, to Ithaca,
N.Y.; Boston, Mass.; Kittery Point, Me.; Brunswick, Me.; and
Ames, Iowa, as noticed in Hntomologica Americana, for August,
1885, vol. 1, p. 96. Similar transfers, under direction of Prof.
Riley, of eggs of the seventeen-year Cicada, have been made the
present year from Indiana, Michigan and Pennsylvania, to localities
in Alabama, Georgia, Mississippi and Missouri.

[For a subsequent notice of the above series of experiments, see
Prof. Riley’s report to the Department of Agriculture, for the year
1885, pp. 254-257. |

Scauk-Inseor ATTACK on Ivy.

The following note of inquiry in relation to a quite common in-
sect attack of the ivy has been received froma lady in Watervliet,
Nay:

“Tnelosed please find a leaf of ivy. Willi you please inform me
of the cause of its peculiar appearance, and also the remedy, if any ?
The leaf and stem are alike infected, and the whole is in an unhealthy
condition.”

Reply was made that the leaf sent for examination showed upon
both surfaces, clustering about the veins and more thinly distributed
elsewhere and upon the leaf-stalk, many whitish, rounded, slightly con-
vex spots, varying in size from almost microscopic to nearly as large
as the head of acommon pin. Examined under a lens, their peculiar

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 15

114 [ ASSEMBLY

elevated centers show them to be a species of scale-insect, known as
Aspidiotus Nerii Bouché. It is quite a common species upon
the oleander, from which its specific name has been taken. It is
figured by Prof. Comstock in his Second Report on the Departinent
of Entomology of the Cornell University Experiment Station,
1883, pl. 2, figs. 2 and 2 a, and noticed on page 63 of the report,
where it is said to be generally distributed throughout the United
States, and to occur upon the cherry, plum, currant, English ivy,
maple, upon lemons from the Mediterranean, etc. These scale-in-
sects are very injurious to the ivy when they attack it, for multi-
plying rapidly, their immense number make such a draft upon the
juices of the plant that it can not long withstand the drain, Upon
the first notice of the scales, their spread should be checked, if pos-
sible. If the plant is small, each leaf should be separately treated,
by scraping the scales from them, or washing them with a strong
soap solution, or a kerosene oil emulsion.

To larger plants, the application would have to be made by sprink-
ling, or by spraying with a force-pump.

By far the best time to attack the insect is when the young are
first hatched and have crept out from beneath the sheltering scales.
Frem their minuteness, this could only be ascertained by the aid of
a magnifying glass, under which they would appear as small dots
slowly moving over the surface of the leaf. At this stage they
could be killed by a solution of one pound of soap (strong rosin
soap) in two gallons of water.

If not convenient to wait and watch for this phase of the insects’
life, they may be killed at any time while in the egg stage beneath
the scales, by a kerosene and soap emulsion, prepared as follows :

Dissolve one pound of rosin soap with heat in one quart of
water; add gradually one quart of kerosene, with constant stirring.
The result will be a gelatinous compound consisting of fifty per
cent of kerosene. This emulsion diluted, when used with two
gallons of water, would give asolution contaiming ten per cent of
kerosene, which, if properly distributed so as to reach all of the
scales, should be of sufticient strength to destroy the eggs without
injury to the plant.

The season at which the young insects would hatch upon in-door
plants would depend upon the temperature of the room, but would
ordinarily be during the latter part of winter.

Tur Cuyerse-Mirre Inresting SmMoxep Mnrarts.

From C. H. Wessels, provision broker, New York city, some
pieces of smoked ham were received in June, which were infested
with myriads of a small white mite. Inquiry was made of their
nature and origin, and for some safe and effectual method of dealing
with them. No attack of the kind had previously come under the
observation of Mr. Wessels, or of those engaged in the same trade
with whom he had conferred.

a

No. 104.] 115

Upon critical examination they were found to be identical with
the common cheese-mite, Zyroglyphus siro (Linn.) —a_ species
which, although frequently occurring in vast numbers in cheese, has
long been known to thrive equally well on several other articles of
food. It is not at all uncommon in flour, and when observed therein
by Linnzeus, he presumed it to be a distinct species, and named
it Acarus farine. When the same insect came under his notice in
milk, it was designated by him as Acarus lactis. From some in-
dividual features presented in some examples, it was named and
figured by De Geer (vol. 7, pl. 5, fig. 15) as Acarus domesticus,
when he had found it occurring in meal, sugar, and smoked meats.

This insect had not been previously known as infesting meats in
this country, although a closely allied species, Tyroglyphus longior
Gervais, as identified by Professor Riley, had been found in a pork-
packing house in a western city, forming a layer of half an inch
thick in places, beneath sacks of fertilizing material piled upon the
floor, composed of livers, lungs and kidneys, after they had been
cooked and dried by steam (American Naturalist, xvi, 1882, p.
599). This latter species is distinguishable from the cheese-mite
(according to Murray) by its more rapid movements, larger size,
longer and more cylindrical body, and more shining hairs sticking
out on every side. The habits of the two are said to be much the
same; and itis of interest that in a small bit of the infested ham
received by me that was seut to Prof. Riley, he identified an exam-
ple of 7. longior associated with 7. stro. The two have been also
found in association on eld cheese, but Z. longior in by far the
smaller proportion —in but eight per cent upon some Roquefort
cheese, and only one per cent on Septmoncal. It is this species
which, about half a century ago, enjoyed for a time the notoriety of
having been brought into being as a human creation through the
electrical experiments of Mr. Cross — named at the time as Acarus
horridus, before its identity with Z.longior had been ascertained.

As the origin of the mites occurring upon the ham could not be
readily answered, inquiry was made of Mr. Wessels, of the source of
the meat, its method of curing, and for any otherinformation that
might be pertinent to the question. The following communication
was returned:

Replying to yours of the 10th of June, we would state that the hams in ques-
tion are cured in the western part of Ohio, and in a brine made of salt, saltpetre,
and sweetened either with sugar or syrup. They are packed fresh from the ani-
mal in tierces, the brine poured in and the package closed — the meat being then
left to cure, a process requiring from forty to sixty days, although they are left
in this condition from one to twelve months. They come east in that shape and
are here taken out of pickle as they are wanted, and smoked. The dipping of
which you inquire, is neyer done to packed hams, but only to bagged or canvassed
hams; and is done that the coating may protect them from the deposit of eggs by
flies. The smoking that we gave them was not to exterminate the pest, but to
prepare them for market. It had, however, no effect upon the insect except
to make it more easily discernible. The attack seems to be increasing rapidly
through germination or some other process,

116 | ASSEMBLY

From the above statement, it seems probable that the mites had
their source in the establishment in which they were packed — an
infested pork-packing house, as in the instance above cited. Asa
remedy, simple; inexpensive and probably effectual, recommendation
was made to Mr. Wessels of dipping the meat in a weak mixture
of carbolic acid and water. Used in the proportion of one part of
the acid to one hundred parts of water, it would, with scarcely a
doubt, destroy the mite, not injure the meat for food, nor would the
creosotic odor of the carbolic acid impart a disagreeable simell to it.

Before venturing to,recommend the above wash for a meat which
is sometimes partaken of in an uncooked state, the opinion of Dr.
Willis G. Tucker, of the Albany Medical College, distinguished as
a chemist, was asked, and the following answer received :

Yours, concering use of carbolic acid for destroying flour-mites on ham, is at
hand. The internal dose of the acid is about one grain (or one drop of the
diliquesced crystals) for an adult. In large enough quantity or a sufficiently con-
centrated state, it is a caustic, escharotic, and violent poison. It must be used
with care, and I would suggest the possibility of its affecting the salableness of
the hams, for its odor, slightly different from creosote, might prove objectionable.
It is soluble in twenty parts of water. A strength of 1 to 500 is said to instantly
destroy vegetable mould, both plant and spores, and to operate with equal
destructiveness upon microscopic animalcule. Hobbescyler says that all inferior
organisms perish in a solution of 1 to 100. It is used at about this strength to
kill the itch-insect, body-lice, etc. I would suggest trying a solution of this
strength (1 to 100) or say an ounce toa gallon (1 to 128). If this should be effect-
ual, I do not see how it can hurt the meat, and it certainly would be perfectly
safe. If this does not kill the mites, then I would try double the strength.

A Parasitio Mire AtrackiInc THE CoLorApo Porato- BEETLE.

From a gentleman in Middlesex county, Mass., some live potato-
beetles were received, to which were attached numbers of “ bugs
or lice,” with the statement that he had found many of the dead
beetles thus infested and only a few live ones that were not attacked,
and it seemed as if the beetles would all be killed.

The supposed lice proved to be a very interesting parasite which
has been known for several years past to attack the Colorado potato-
beetle, and, as in the present instance, to render valuable service in
reducing the numbers of this pest. Its principal interest, perhaps,
is in the fact that, up to the present, only two or three true parasites
of this beetle have been Giscovered among its thirty or more known
natural enemies.

As an aid in the recognition of this parasite, it may be stated that
they are quite minute forms, as five of them placed closely together
would not exceed in surface that of the head of an ordinary pin.
Their color is yellowish-brown, and in general shape they resemble
many of the lady-bugs (Coccinellide), being oval, flat beneath and
convex above. When examined with a microscope, they are found

No. 104.] 117

to possess eight legs, and this feature, of course, removes them from
the lice and all other true insects, which have but six legs.

Their scientific classification places them among the Arachnoidea,
in which are included scorpions, spiders and mites. As their body
consists of but one piece, instead of being made up of several seg-
ments, they fall in the last-named order, the mites, Acarina. This
order embraces a large number of greatly differing forms that have
been arranged in several families to include, as follows: the spinning
and the harvest mites (Zrombidide), the snouted mites (4dellide),
freshwater mites (Hydrachnide), parasitic mites (Gamaside), the «
ticks (/zodide), the beetle mites (Oribatide), the cheese mites
(Tyroglyphide), itch mites (Sarcoptide), gall and bud mites (Phy-
toptide), and others. The particular family to which this potato-
beetle parasite belongs is the Gamaside, nearly all the species of
which in their wide distribution, live parasitically upon mammals,
fishes, birds, and insects. The common “ chicken-louse,” Dermanys-
sus avium, which is also found on caged canary-birds, is a well-known
species of this family.

From examples taken from some Colorado potato-beetles in Ohio,
in 1873, this little Gamasid mite was described and named by Pro-
fessor Riley as Uropoda Americana. It was found to be closely
allied to a species that had long been known to infest beetles in
Europe—the Uropoda vegetans, having the same habit of attaching
itself to its host by a cord or filament, one end of which was fastened
to the anal end of the mite and the other to the beetle. Many had
been the surmises of the nature and object of this singular attach-
ment in the European species. Some of the old writers had re-
garded it as a kind of umbilical cord through which the mite drew
its sustenance from its host, and others, that it was a silken thread
spun by the mite to serve to fasten it and to prevent its being brushed
off by the motions of the limbs of the beetle. Close examination
showed, however, that it had no organic structure, that it was fragile
and became easily detached; and finally, a French naturalist, M.
Dugés, ascertained that it consisted simply of the viscous and dried
excrements of the mite, which conld be removed and replaced at
every new excretion.

The discovery of this parasite in Massachusetts in such abundance
is gratifying. There is scarcely a doubt thatthe dead beetles re-
ported covered by the “lice,’’ were killed by the attack. The same
attack has in former years come under my observation, near Albany,
where the beetles were so infested that every portion of their sur-
face, including their legs, was so covered as to leave room for no ad-
ditions unless they could be superimposed. Although still upon the
potato leaves they were not feeding, but were evidently greatly
debilitated and near theirend. The occurrence of the parasite so
early in the season (May) is also favorable, for every beetle that is
now destroyed may serve to lessen the number of the pest later in
the year by several hundreds. The present brood of beetles will be
followed by at least one other during the year, and each female con-

fr
9
l
i
{
}
(

}

118 [ ASSEMBLY

tinues to deposit eggs, from time to time, during the five or six
weeks of her natural life, until about a thousand have been deposited.

Our correspondent might render excellent service if he would
inform himself if this parasite is to be found in other localities in
his vicinity, or in other portions of the State; and if not so found,
if he will distribute the infested beetles and so extend the sphere of
operations of the serviceable little mite. It would be necessary that
they be sent attached to the beetle, as they die very soon after being
separated from their host. If some of the potato leaves are put in
the box with the beetles when packing them for transportation, there
would be less liability of the mites being rubbed from them in
transit.

AwnoTtHER Parasitic Mire InFESTING A BEETLE.

Dr. S. A. Russell, of Albany, N. Y., has sent to me an example
of Necrophorus tomentosus Web., thickly infested with a small
red mite which runs with great rapidity. Several of them were
sent to Professor H. Osborn, who is making a special study of our
mites with reference to a catalogue of the known species. At this
present stage of his studies, he was only able to refer it to the
genus Gamasus. He had previously obtained the same form from
another species of /Vecrophorus.

[The catalogue — A Preliminary List of the Acarina of North
America, by Herbert Osborn, of the Iowa Agricultural College,
and Lucien M. Underwood, of Syracuse University, has been pub-
lished in the Canadian Entomologist, for January, 1886, xviii, pp.
4-12. ]

A Mrre Attack on GARDEN PLANTS.

Leaves of various garden plants showing a mite attack upon them
were received, in September, from Miss A. Goodrich, of Utica, N.
Y., with the following note:

For two years past I have often found the leaves of the Calla covered with fine
webs spun by a small mite. Last year garden plants were affected. Leaves
turned yellow and flowers did not open. One root of Spir@a was almost
killed. I put it ina pail of warm suds for the night, and planted it ina new
place next day. This year it was not so badly attacked, but the sweet English
violets and the Thunbergia in my window boxes suffered most. I tried hot water
of 120° Fahrenheit, on the violets, with success. I send specimens of the mite.

The mite is that frequent pest of garden plants and conservatories,
Tetranychus telarius (Linn.), commonly known as the “red spider.”
It owes its popular name to its habit of spinning a web, and to the
brick-red color which it sometimes assumes—the color which so often
brings it under the notice of horticulturists. It may, however, pre-
sent a great variety of shades of green, brown and red, dependent
to quite an extent upon its food-plants, although occasionally found
to offer different colors upon the same plant.

No. 104.] 119

Although generally known as a spider, it is a true mite. In classi-
fication it stands next to the spiders, and at the head of the mites,
in the family of the Zrombidide, which contains the most highly
organized species of the Acarina. A distinction available in separat-
ing the mites fromthe spiders is that the former are without a
pedunculated abdomen. The abdomen instead of being joined to a

thorax by a narrow joint of attachment is united to the last of the
leg- bearing segments without any well-defined groove of separation.

The webs which this species and its associates spin upon the under
side of leaves and adhering closely to them, are of an extremely
fine and delicate texture. A careless observer would not suspect their
true character, but would pass them by as a simple sheen upon the
leaf. The separate threads are so fine that they are not to be seen even
by the aid of a magnifying glass, but are only visible when combined
in anextended web. The silk is secreted froma minute nipple under-
neath the end of the abdomen. Beneath the web may often be
found a large colony of the mites, embracing both old and young,
in different stages of maturity, where, under this safe shelter, they
are actively engaged in feeding upon the leaf. After biting with the
mandibles with which they are provided through the surface of the
leaf, they insert the sucking apparatus and imbibe the juices. Small as
is each individual wound, the aggregation of the myriads soon tells
upon the leaf and plant, which discolors, droops, turns yellow and
perhaps dies under the attack.

It is unfortunate that this insect is so general in its food, for
scarcely any tender garden plant is free from liability to its attack.
In addition to the Calla, Spirea, violet, and Thunbergia above
named, it was also present upon the leaves of Mitella, Tropwolum,
Adlumia, and beans, sent with the inquiry. Their examination by
Prof. Herbert Osborn, to whom they were submitted, showed the
presence upon each of the same insect, in the egg, larval and perfect
stages.

This little mite, under favoring conditions, may multiply to an
incredible extent, and become very injurious. A notable instance
of this has lately been brought to my notice. Leaves of a quince
tree infested by this species were sent to me for name, under date of
August 11th, by Prof. Arthur of the New York Experiment Sta-
tion, at Geneva. He reports the attack as occurring in one of the
largest quince orchards in the State, about four miles from Geneva.
The leaves upon many of the trees were like those received by me,
which were nearly destroyed. The attack was rapidly spreading
throughout the orchard, and the fruit upon the most seriously in-
fested trees would be an entire loss.

Prof. Arthur was experimenting with the kerosene emulsion to
kall the insect, but with what success has not been learned. Properly
applied, it could not fail of accomplishing the purpose. A favorite
remedy, long used in green-houses, has been syringing with a soap
solution in which sulphur is mixed. Quassia has also been thought
serviceable when added to the mixture. It is quite important

120 [ AssEMBLY

that the liquid be so applied as to reach the under surface of the
leaves where the mites occur. Itis worthy of note that in the above
quince attack most of the mites were observable upon the upper
sides of the leaves.

The attack of this little mite is undoubtedly far more frequent than
is supposed, for the reason that the creature can hardly be seen with
the naked eye, and an ordinary pocket magnifier only shows it as an
animated speck. A nasturtium in my garden, which had been for
some time showing yellow leaves or yellow blotches upon the leaves
without any apparent cause, was found, upon examination for this
mite, to show its presence in considerable numbers, in the larval and
in the adult stages. As an experiment, one of the infested leaves
was dipped in water in which some soap had been stirred, with the
result of speedily killing all of the mites upon it.

Tae Buack-Knor or tHE Pxium-TREE AND ITs GUESTS.

A piece of a limb of a plum-tree having the well-known “black
knot” upon it was sent to me in July, with the inquiry of the kind
of insect that caused its growth, and if there was any remedy for the
attack. The tree from which the piece was taken was wholly free
from it in the spring.

It is a very common belief that the black-knot,so common on plum
and cherry trees, and which causes annually the death of thousands
of these trees throughout the United States, is produced by an insect
attack. There is some foundation for this popular belief in the fact
that insect larve are frequently found within it. These, however,
are not the cause of the obnoxious growth, but merely enter it for
food or shelter during its early formation.

The common cureculio, Conotrachelus nenuphar, which is so
destructive to the fruit of the plum-tree, has been bred by Dr. Fitch,
Mr. Walsh, and others from larve inhabiting the black-knot. Mr.
Walsh has also bred from it five other species of insects —two of
flies, viz.: Ceratopogon sp., and Diplosis septemmaculata Walsh,
and three species of small moths, probably of the genus Hedya
(Practical Entomologist, i, p. 50). Larvze have on different occa-
sions been taken by me from their cocoons made upon the margin
of the black-knot, where it was overgrowing an excision of the pre-
ceding year, and the empty pupa-cases of evidently the same moth
have been seen protruding from the knot. The moth, unfortunately,
was not obtained, but it was probably that of geria pictepes Grote—
Rob., which is known to infest plum-trees sometimes in great num-
bers (Worth American Entomologist, i, 1879, pp. 17-21, with plate).

Although it is not many years since the origin of the black-knot
was in doubt, for even in 1859, Dr. Fitch pronounced it not a fungus
(Trans. NV. ¥. State Agricultural Society for 1859, xix, p. 606), it is
now known to bea fungus growth of aspecies long ago described and
named as Spheria morbosa Schw, Quite recently it has been trans-

No. 104.] 121

ferred to the genus Plowrightia, and this later generic name will
probably ere long be generally accepted.

The specimen sent is of a brown color, for it is not until late in
July or about the Ist of August that it presents its well-known
black appearance, caused by ‘“‘numerous coal-black hemispherical
plates of about the size of the head of a pin, each of which is a dis-
tinct fungus.” )

Professor Riley has quoted Mr. Walsh as having shown that the
black-knot fungus infesting the cultivated cherry “ was quite dis-
tinct from that attacking the cultivated plums.” He has also indi-
eated another species occurring upon the “ Miner plum,” which,
may be seen ‘“‘at a single glance to be essentially distinct from the
common black-knot of the plum.” He writes: “ It would seem to
follow that there are three distinct black-knots, originating, respect-
ively, from choke-cherry, from the common wild plum and from
the Chickasaw plum ” (American Entomologist, ii, p. 231).

Those who have studied this fungus the most thoroughly believe
in the existence of but one species, which readily tranfers itself from
the plum to the cherry, and the reverse. According to Professor
Peck, State Botanist, “it is now known to occur on Prunus domes-
tica, P. Americana, P. cerasus, P. Virginiana, P. Pennsylvanica,
and 2. serotina. ‘Two of these are plum-trees— one introduced,
the other native —and the remaining four are cherry-trees, of
which the last three are indigenous” (31st Leport of the NV. Y.
State Museum of Natural History, 1879, p. 60).

ftemedy. — The only remedy, so far as known, of the black-knot
is the free use of the knife as early as possible after its discovery.
Mr. Walsh has emphasized the following as the remedy that may be
relied on: “Ifthe diseased twigs are cut off and destroyed early
in July in the latitude of New York, or a little earlier or later
according to the latitude, taking care to cut a few inches below the
affected part, the black-knot can be checked and probably entirely
eradicated ; but if this operation is delayed until August, it will be
of no benefit whatever.”

If the above remedy is resorted to in the early stage of growth,
the limb or twig need not be removed, but the fungus can be cut
out with a sharp knife while still confined to one side of the branch,
permitting, if properly done, the wound to heal in a short time.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 16

122 [ ASSEMBLY

NOTES ON VARIOUS INSECTS.

Nisontapves Prrstus Scudder. — Four examples of this very com-
mon Hesperian butterfly in the State of New York (two males and
two females) were identified by me among the collections made hy
Dr. H. A. Hagenin the Northern Trans-Continental Survey in 1880,
at Yakami river, La Chapples, Washington Territory, July 16;
Yakami city, July 2, and , July ilth. :

Spninx Canapensis Loisd — An example of this rare Sphinx
(the S. plota of Strecker) was captured at light, on a window, at
Tannersville, Catskill Mountains, on August 15th, and is now in
the collection of Mr. W. W. Hill, of Albany.

Mr. William Grey, of Kenwood, informs me that four examples
of the species (one of which is in the collection of Hon. Erastus
Corning, of Albany) were taken by Dr, James S. Bailey, upon the
skin of a deer hung up to dry in the Adirondack Mountains. The
species would seem, from the above collections, to favor high eleva-
. tions. ;

Meuirrta cucursir2 (//arris).— The following notes on the
squash-vine borer have been kindly furnished me by Mr. J. P.
Devol, of Petersburg, Va., in consideration of a published request
for information upon the life-history of the species :

June 24th, found two vines of Boston marrowfats dying, from
which the borers had escaped and entered the ground.

July 3d, dug up a larva from two and a half inches beneath the
surface of the ground, at about two inches from the root-stalk.

July 8th, a larva found in a leaf-stalk, two feet distant from
the stalk.

TINEA PELLIONELLA Linn. — This notorious pest — the common
clothes-moth, carpet-moth, fur-moth (different names for the same in-
sect), etc., was first observed in flight in my office, as early as February
13th. During March, and especially toward the latter part of the
month, the moths were not uncommon. On April 23d, note was
made of their being quite numerous. They were also reported to
me as flying in abundance, May 14th, from a bag with hops and
. pieces of flannel; the flannel was found almost entirely eaten.

The above early appearances of the insect are noted, as Professor
Fernald, in his excellent paper discussing the confused synonymy
of the species, states that “the moths emerge in June and July,
and some even as late as-August, yet there is but a single genera-
tion” (Canadian Entomologist, xiv, 1882, p. 167). Dr, Packard

No. 104.] 123

represents the moth as beginning to fly about our apartments in
May (Guzde to the Study of Insects, 1866, p. 346). Dr. Harris
states that they lay their eggs in May or June, and recommends
early June as the time in which the prudent housekeeper should
beat up their quarters and put. them to flight or destroy their eggs
and young (Jnsects Injurious to Vegetation, 1862, pp. 493, 494).
Probably the nearly uniform day and night temperature of my
office during the winter, maintained by the steam-heating arrange- _
ments of the Capitol, serve to shorten the period of pupation, when |
compared with its usual period in our dwellings.

Mattora sp. — Professor L. M. Underwood, of Syracuse Univer-
sity, sends Jan. 19th, larvee (3), puparium, and empty puparia (8),
taken in Western New York, from between the boards forming
the walls of an out-house. They may have been of J/allota barda,
to which they bore a resemblance, but they could not be positively
identified, for unfortunately the examples sent had been put in
alcohol, and none had been retained alive for rearing.

ANTHRENUS SCROPHULARLH (Linn.).— The carpet-beetle occurred
abundantly on flowers of Spirzea, in Washington Park, Albany, on
June2d. <Anthrenus varius was associated with it in about equal
numbers.

June 8th, numbers were taken by Mr. William Beuttenmiiller,
of New York city, on flowers of parsnip.

July 21st, twenty-five of the larvie, of different sizes, were re-
ceived from a residence in Schoharie, N. Y., where they abound.

Aug. 9th, Prof. H. M. Seely, of Middlebury College, Middlebury,
Vt., sends what he believes to be the carpet-beetle, as it was found
in large numbers associated with the A. scrophulariw larve when
searching for the latter in July. It proved, however, to be Otio-
rhynchus ligneus, which appears of late to have domesticated itself
within many dwellings.

Nov. 2d, half-grown larvee and an imago taken in my house, the
latter from a window curtain.

THANASIMUS DuBIUS (/abr.).— Numbers of this insect —one of
the Cleride — were observed upon cut pine timber, at Schoharie,
May 13th, dropping quickly to the ground when approached.
They had probably been feeding on some of the wood-eating larvee
under the bark. A species nearly allied to this, captured by me
upon the summit of Mt. Marcy, at an elevation of 5,300 feet, on
August 8th, 1877, has recently been identitied by Mr. E. M. Schwarz,
as Clerus ?analis Lee.

Macropacrytus supsprnosus (#wbr.).— Under date of July 4th,
Mr. H. J. Foster, of East Palmyra, N. Y., wrote that the rose-bug
had made his cherry-trees leafless the preceding year, and that this
year they were eating the leaves of the wild-grape, and the young
apples where they occur in clusters,

124 [A ssEMBLY

Curysocnus AurATos (/abr.),— Professor S. A. Forbes, State En-
tomologist of Illinois, has kindly communicated to me a new food-
plant for this beetle, discovered in the State of New York. He had
received under date of July 7th, from Mr. C. Fred Johnson, of
Bayport, Suffolk Co., some “ potato-bugs,” which he identified as this
species. It had ‘‘appeared only on a dozen or sv of plants, in a
field of two acres, but as many as thirty or forty were found ona
single plant.” It had never before been recorded as occurring in-
juriously upon any cultivated plant.

TRIRHABDA CANADENSIS (Atrby).—On the 22d of June, at Schoharie,
N. Y., found in one locality a large patch of the golden rod, Solidago
Canadensis, infested with numbers of a shining black larva, about
a half-inch in length, and tapering toward each end. Of a number
gathered and fed upon the golden rod, a half dozen had changed to
the pupa state, ten days thereafter. On the 15th July, the beetles
were disclosed, and proved to be one of the Chrysomelide, viz.,
Trirhabda Canadensis (Kirby). The ochre-yellow stripes of the
elytra, at first quite bright, gradually dulled in their drying.

Numbers of the beetles were observed, on September 8th, feeding
upon the leaves of the golden rod. When approached, they drop to
the ground and lie motionless. Several pairs were in copula, and all
of the females had the abdomen enormously distended with eggs.
Diabrotica vitiata (Fabr.) was also very abundant in the blossoms of
the plant, where it was feeding upon the pollen.

T. Canadensis has also been observed, abundantly, at Keene Val-
ley, Essex county, N. Y., on golden rods, late in July and early in
August.

Hyxesinus opacutus Lec.—- This little bark-boring beetle (deter-
mined by Dr. Horn) was found by Prof. C. H. Peck, State Botanist,
under the bark of living, and, to all appearance, healthy cedar trees
(Arbor vite). They occurred May 26th, within their main galleries,
with eggs laid at intervals, in niches on each side, from which, later,
would run the lateral galleries of the larvee. The beetle has hitherto
been recorded only on elm and ash ( Vlmus and Hraximus).

Puteorrises trumaris Harris.— Numbers of this beetle, desig-
nated by Saunders as the elm-bark beetle, although perhaps more
frequently occurring in the peach, were emerging in my office June
6th, from sections of the trunk of a young peach-tree, received from
Mr. G. W. Duvall, from near Annapolis, Md. The tree had, it was
believed, been killed by the insect the preceding year.

(Ecantuus ntveus Harris.— Peach twigs, badly scarred through
the oviposition of this insect, the white flower-cricket, were received,
in April, from Mr. O. Wilson, of Keuka, Chemung county, N. Y.

Epuemera nartata ( Walker).— Examples of this May-fly were
brought to me on June 6th, and reported as having occurred in im-
mense swarms in Middleburgh, N. Y.

No. 104.] 125

Other notices of insects and their attacks together with some
studies and observations of the entomologist made during the year,
which are, for reasons previously stated, omitted from this report,
will probably be given in the next (third) report to be communicated
to the Legislature.

Respectfully submitted,
J. A. LINTNER.

ANATOMY OF THE SNAIL.

HELIX THYROIDES.
By Gerorce B. Smpson.

I commenced the dissection of Helix thyroides with the intention
of writing a monograph similar to the one by myself on the Ano-
donta fluviatilis, but other work was so pressing that I have been
unable to continue my investigations. I have partially illustrated
the pulmonary cavity. Next season I shall continue the work accord-
ing to the original design.

The lungs consist of a simple cavity communicating with the
exterior by an orifice situated on the right side of the body, closed
by a sphincter muscle. The cavity is comparatively large and is
situated on the outside of the lower two whorls. The position and
extent of the cavity is shown on plate 3, figures 2, 3, 4.

In front is the collar, in the right side of which is the pulmonary
orifice. The bottom or foor consists of the muscular peritoneum.
On the right side is the rectum, and posteriorly the renal organ and
heart, which is composed of an auricle and ventricle. The interior
of the cavity is lined with a net-work of veins, which frequently
anastomose and receive numerous dendritic veins. The veins are
most abundant near the pulmonary orifice; they connect with a large
vein which, commencing near the orifice, continues backward on a
line with the rectum and opens into the auricle. The blood is con-
veyed to the lungs by aorta proceeding from the ventricle.

When the animal is living the blood vessels can frequently be
traced through the shell, presenting a beautiful golden appearance;
they might without a knowledge of their character be mistaken for
markings of the shell.

The pulsations of the heart can be very distinctly seen; they
usually number about fifty in one minute, though sometimes vary-
ing from as high as seventy to as low as thirty.

{Originally communicated to the Thirty-second Report of the State Museum of Natural
History, pp. 101-128,in 1879. |

ANNELIDA CHETOPGDA OF NEW JERSEY.
By H. HE. WEBstER.

The Annelida catalogued and described in the following pages,
were collected in June and the first half of July, 1878, by the writer
aud a number of students from Union College, forming the usual
summer zodlogical party, or ‘‘ Natural History School,” sent out by
the college.. The locality was Great Egg Harbor, N. J., our resi-
dence and point of departure being Beesley’s Point. The harbor is
quite shallow, with a narrow channel carrying from ten to fifteen
feet of water. Outside of the channel at low water, there is from
one to three feet of water, and the bottom is covered for the most '
part with a dense growth of grass and seaweed. As usual, by far
the greater number of species were obtained with the spade, between
tides. In collecting and taking care of the annelids, I was very
much aided by Mr. James E. Benedict. Mr. Benedict had general
charge of the shore work, giving especial attention to the birds, but
managed to find time for much good work on the annelids. Mr. C.
M. Culver relieved me of much care and responsibility by taking
general supervision of the marine invertebrate collecting and collec-
tions; while Mr. H. H. Dey Ermand, although acting as Mr. Bene-
dict’s assistant in shore work, did good service in marine collecting,
from time to time. We were very fortunate in our boatman, Mr.
Aaron Clark, of Beesley’s Point, and I can heartily recommend him
to hunting, fishing and collecting parties. During this winter
(1878-79), we have received from him a fine lot of birds in good
condition for mounfing. I mention this fact, because, in common
with others, I have found it very ditticult to find men competent to
collect and care for birds or other natural history objects, except
under direct supervision.

The results of the work on the cheetopod annelids may be sum-
marized as follows:

Genera trace ea roeaottatelcrels Tse latePaio gel ie cele ierey atts vo\le ie taalwee tele etenetfetetenete 50

{Assemsty, No. 104.] 129

It was found necessary to establish two new genera STREBLOSPIO
and ParaxtotHEA; of the species fourteen are believed to be new;
one genus, GrusBea, has not previously been reported from our
coast, although the species is probably not new. The specimens
upon which the work is based are in the Museum of Union College,
and a nearly complete series has also been deposited in the New York
State Museum of Natural History.

Fam. POLYNOID.

LEPIDONOTUS (Leach) Kinberg.

Fregatten Eugenies Resa; Zoélogi, ii, Annulata, p. 13.

Lepriponotcs squamatus Anbdg.

Aphrodita squamata LINN. Syst. Nat., ed. x, p. 655. 1758.
Polynoé squamata SAVIGNY. Syst. des Ann., p. 22. 1820.
< ce Aup. & M. Ep. Littoral de la France, vol. ii, p. 80, pl. i, figs.

10-16. 1834.
a ¢e GRUBE. Familien der Anneliden, p. 36. 1851.
0 43 QuaTR. Hist. Nat. des Ann., vol. i, p. 218. 1865.

‘< . dasypus QUATR. Hist. Nat. des Ann., vol. i, p. 226. 1865.
Aphrodita punctata ABLDG. Zo6l. Danica, vol. iii, p. 25 (non figs. pl. 96). 1789.
oe a O. Fapricius. Fauna Greenlandica, p. 311. 1780.
Lepidonote punctata CARstED. Ann. Dan. Consp., p. 12, figs. 2, 5, 39, 41, 47, 48.
1843. Grén. Ann. Dors., p. 16. 1848.
cs armadillo Lerpy. Marine Invert. Fauna, N. J. & R. 1., Ex. Jour, Phila.
Acad., series ii, vol. iii, p. 16, pl. xi, fig. 54. 1855.
Lepidonctus squamatus KNae. Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden. Vetens-
kapliga Jakttagelser. Zodlogi, Annulata, p. 13, pl. iv,
fig. 15. 1857.

op ay JOHNSTON. A Catalogue of the British Non-parasitical
Worms, p. 109, pl. viii, fig. 1. 1865.

$f ‘««. MaALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater; Ofvérs. at K. Vet.
Akad. Férh., p. 56. 1865. Annulata Polycheta, p. 130. -
1867.

* ae Barrp. Linn. Proc. Zodlogy, vol. viii, p. 182. 1865.

pee A Moéreius. Untersuchung der Ostsee, p. 112. 1873.

oe SS VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., in

Report of U. 8. Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries,
Part I, p. 581. 1874.

o* <¢ WepssTER. Annelida Chetopoda of the Virginian Coast, in
Trans. Albany Institute, vol. ix, p. 204, pl. i, figs, 1-5.
(Advance copies, Jan, 1879.)

we

LAGISCA Walmgren.

Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 65. 1865.
Annulata Polycheta, p. 133. 1867.

LaciscA IMPATIENS 7. sp.
PLATE (1) Iv, FiGs. 1-7.

_ Head (fig. 1) broader than long, sides convex, posterior margin
concave, slightly depressed along the median line.
Eyes large, lateral, remote from each other, black.
Antenne covered with minute, cylindrical papille, which are a
[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 17

130 [ AssEMBLY

little swollen and lobed at the end; median, cylindrical for inner
two-thirds, outer third conical, delicate; basal article large, swollen;
in length falling a little short of the palpi; lateral, about one-half as
long as the median, fusiform; basal articles cylindrical, a little
longer than that of the median antenna.

Palpi smooth, very changeable in form, at rest a little longer than
the median antenna, tapering uniformly to near the end, where the
diameter suddenly dimmishes.

Tentacular cirri with cylindrical basal articles; superior about the
length of median antenna; inferior but little shorter than superior;
these cirri, together with the dorsal and anal cirri, have the same
structure, in all respects, as the median antenna, but the dorsal cirri
are a trifle longer than the superior tentacular cirri, and the anal
are a little longer than the dorsal.

Elytra, first pair (fig. 5) nearly circular ; the rest (fig. 6) reniform ;
covering the body completely in front, but further back not quite
touching along the middle line, leaving a narrow, naked, median
space; when magnified, seen to be covered with minute granules,
around each of which is a circular depression ; outer margin fringed;
from two to seven rather stout, cylindrical papillee arising from the
surface, near the posterior margin; last seven segments without elytra.

Feet (fig. 2) of the usual form, margins of both dorsal and ven-
tral rami with flattened somewhat triangular prolongations; ventral
cirri arising at about the outer third and projecting a little beyond
the foot, sparsely covered with papillee similar to those found on the
superior cirri.

Setee of dorsal ramus quite stout (fig. 4), numerous, about half as
long as the ventral setz, although the longest dorsal are as long as
the shortest ventral; those of the ventral ramus (fig. 3) long,
numerous, énding ina single curved point. The dorsal sete are
usually more numerous than in fig. 2, very nearly concealing the
prolongation of the ramus.

Color. Head, flesh-color; palpi, brown, with white tips; an-
tennze and all superior cirri with one or two black rings at about the
outer third; elytra extremely variable ; they may be white, yellow or
flesh-color, with markings varying much both in form and extent,
and in color from light brown to very dark brown ; on one specimen
the elytra were light orange, with transverse linear markings of dark
brown, on the anterior segments; body usually white above, with-
out markings, or with transverse lines or spots of black or purple;
the last segments have usually black markings ; the ventral surface
may be white, or white tinged with red or purple.

This species is very fragile, readily breaking up and losing their
elytra when disturbed. Middle third widest; last third tapering
rapidly ; first third slightly tapering.

Length of adult specimens, 25"; width, 4—6™™.

Common, associated with Zepidonotus squamatus, and like that
species abundant on beds of Jytelus edulis.

No. 104.] 131

LEPIDAMETRIA Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 209. 1879.

LEPIDAMETRIA COMMENSALIS Webster.

Op. cit., p. 210, plate iii, figs. 23-31.

Not common ; only three specimens were collected.
Lives in the tube of Amphitrite ornata VERRILL.

Fam. SIGALIONID 2.
STHENELAIS KAinberg.
Annulata Nova., etc., Ofvers af Kongl. Vet-akad-Férh. 1855.

STHENELAIS PictaA Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 582. 1874.
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 213. 1879.

Not common. Dredged.

Fam. NEPHTHY DID.
NEPHTHYS Cuvier.
Neputuys iuncisa Jalmgren.
Nephthys incisa Merm. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 105, pl. xii, fig. 21. 1865.
Annulata Polych., p. 141. 1867.
fs ingens VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., pl. xii, figs. 59, 60. 1874.

ce ‘© WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 218. 1879.
oe incisa VERRILL. Check List. 1879.

Not common. Found in sand and mud; low water to fifteen feet.

Neputuys prota Lhlers.
EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 632, pl. xxiii, figs. 9, 35. 1868.

VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 583, pl. xii, fig. 57. 1874.
WEBSTER, Annel, Chet, of the Virginian Coast, p, 214, 1879,

Fam. PHYLLODOCID 4.
ANAITIS Malmgren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 94.
ANAiTIS SPECIOSA 7. Sp.
PLATE (I) Iv, Fries. 8, 9.

The outline of the head conforms perfectly to Malmgren’s generic
description ; the middle third of the posterior margin curves sud-

132 | AssEMBLY

denly backward, encroaching upon the anterior margin of the first
eee the sides and front are regularly rounded, forming a semi-
circle.

Antennee delicate, conical, length about one-half the width of the
head ; only the upper pair can be seen from above; both pairs arise
from the lower surface of the head, upper also external and pointing
outward, lower directed downward. .

Eyes large, circular, lateral, posterior; first segment prolonged
forward as far as the front of the eyes, embracing the sides of the
head.

Tentacuiar cirri arise from short, stout basal articles, are stout at
base, regularly and acutely conical; first and second equal, a little
shorter than the third, which reaches back to the front margin of
the fourth setigerous segment; the fourth cirrus, or cirrus of the
second segment, as long as the third.

Dorsal cirri (branchiz) broad heart-shaped (fig. 8), with long basal
attachment, retaining the same form throughout; feet (fig. 8)
cylindrical, bilabiate; ventral cirri with slightly convex lower
margin, nearly straight or slightly concave upper margin; apex
bluntly rounded, a little shorter than the feet; anal cirri circular, a
little thicker than the dorsal.

Setze (fig. 9) long, slender, with very long and delicate appendix ;
the stem ends in two sharp curved points, one mnch longer than the
other.

Color: head and first two segments white with brown specks;
dorsum generally dark green; between the segments a narrow
spindle-shaped band of umber-brown; eighth and ninth segments
umber-brown, giving a well-defined band of the width of these two
segments; dorsal cirri green, not quite so dark as the dorsum, with
a central brown spot, extending to their attachment on the segments
3-9 ; after the ninth segment this marking becomes obsolete. Ven-
tral surface light green, growing darker externally, and with reddish-
brown lateral markings along the posterior third; feet and ventral
cirri dark green at base, growing lighter further out. Anal segment
brown. ‘The general color of the body in one instance was reddish-

ellow; in another all the markings were very dark-brown, nearly
black, in place of the umber-brown. The transverse band on the
eighth and ninth segments is still visible, after six months’ preser-
vation in very strongalcohol. Body slightly convex above, flattened
below; the first segment is much wider than the second, but shorter ;
the second is narrower than the head; the middle third of the body
has a uniform width, about double that at either extremity.

Length of adult specimens, J0-12™ ; width, 1.5-2™".

Found occasionally at low water; quite common on beds of
Mytilus edulis.

No. 104.] 133

PHY LLODOCE (Sav.) Malmgren.

MALMGREN. Nord. Hafs-Ann., p. 94.
PHYLLODOCE ARENE 7. Sp.

PLATE (11), Vv, FI@s. 10-12.

Head bluntly rounded in front, diameter increasing backward to
the middle line, just back of the middle slightly constricted ; mar-
gins behind the constriction straight; posterior margin with a deep
triangular emargination ; lateral lobes broadly rounded.

Antenne short, conical, rather stout, their length about equal to
the anterior diameter of the head.

Eyes situated at posterior third of the head, latero-dorsal, large,
circular, dark brown to black.

Tentacular cirri; first and second equal, reaching some distance
beyond the head; second and third equal, about double the length
of the first, reaching back to the ninth or tenth segment, subulate.
On the first segment, in the triangular space between the posterior
lobes of the head, there is a small, blunt papilla, its length about
equal to the base of the triangle; this papilla is obvious in fresh
specimens, but is seen with difficulty in alcoholic specimens.

Dorsal cirri of the anterior segments (fig. 10), broad heart-shaped,
from the twenty-fifth segment somewhat quadrangular (fig. 11), and
with the inner margin abruptly turned up, presenting anarrow sur-
face nearly at right angles to the larger outer part of the cirrus; the
line of union of the two surfaces is thickened and densely covered
with long cilia.

Ventral cirri, lower margin convex, upper margin nearly straight
in front ; they are rounded externally, pointed behind.

Setee numerous, of one kind only (fig. 12), very long with a
flexible capillary termination ; the stem is roughened near the artic-
ulation by numerous projecting points; the appendix is joined to
the stem by a delicate membrane, and is minutely denticulated along
its thin margin.

Anal cirri short, conical.

Color: on the dorsum each segment has a dark brown crescent on
both its anterior and posterior margin, while the intervening part is
green ; thusthere are transverse, hour-glass shaped green markings,
alternating with spindle-shaped brown markings; on the first ten or
twelve segments the brown falls a little short of the outer margins
of the segments. The dorsal cirri are greenish-white with a large
patch of brown at base, not quite so dark as the brown of the dorsum.
Back of the middle of the body a second brown spot appears on the
outer central part of each cirrus. The ventral surface is light green
with a central brown spot on each segment, and a similar spot be-
tween the bases of the feet. The head, antenne and tentacular
cirri are white.

134 [ ASSEMBLY

Proboscis not seen in full extension, basal portion closely covered
with longitudinal series of conical papille, except a narrow, naked
space above.

Body tapers slightly along the posterior third, but is of nearly
uniform diameter throughout.

From the twenty-fifth segment the middle (green) part of each
segment is ciliated. Three specimens were found, two of which
were colored as described above, while the third had white every-
where replacing the green.

Length, 10" ; diameter, 1"; diameter including feet, 2.5™™.

Found near low-water mark, in sand.

EUMIDA Malmgren.

Nord. Hafs-Annulater, p. 97. 1865.

Evmipa macutosa Webster.
Annel. Chet of the Virginian Coast, p. 215, pl. iv, figs. 88-41. 1879.

Very common on shells, etc., from low-water to fifteen feet.

EULALIA (Sav.) Malmgren.

MauMGREN. Nord. Hafs-Annulater, p. 98. 1865.

Eviauia? annunata Verrill.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, ete., p. 291. 1874.

A single specimen, having the anterior portion only, was found,
which probably belongs to Verrill’s species.

ETEONE (Sav.) Girsted.

(@rstTED, Annulatorum Dan. Consp., p. 29. 1848.

ETEONE ALBA 7. Sp.
PLATE (It), V, FIGs. 13-16.

Head longer than broad, wide at base, apex bluntly rounded (fig.
18) ; a slight depression just above the bases of the lower antenne,
and another similar depression just back of the upper antenne.

Antenne small, conical ; the upper, about equal in length to the
width of the apex; the lower, a trifle longer. On the middle line
of the head, just back of the eyes, there is a small papilla, which can
be seen only with difficulty in living forms, and can hardly be
demonstrated in alcoholic specimens.

‘Eyes small, circular, widely separated, situated at about the pos-
terior fourth of the head; on young specimens, red; on adults,
black.

No. 104.] 135

Buecal segment nearly as long as the three following segments
taken together.

Tentacular cirri; upper nearly as long as superior antennz, but
more delicate ; lower, three times as long as upper, and stouter, but
still very delicate.

Dorsal cirri pretty evenly rounded, quite small on the anterior
_segments (fig. 14), growing larger behind (fig. 15).

‘Ventral cirri, in front larger than the dorsal, lower margin
strongly convex, upper margin straight, apex acute ; further back
they are larger than in front but smaller than the dorsal cirri, their
margins slightly convex, apex bluntly rounded.

Anal cirri short, subulate.

Setze (fig. 16) numerous, short, stem reaching but little beyond
the feet; appendix also short, rather wide at base, termination
capillary, one edge minutely denticulated.

Body elongated, in front flattened, further back rounded above,
flat below; tapering rapidly along the anterior third, gradually
along the posterior third.

Color white, or white with flake-white specks, sometimes with an
intestinal brown line showing through.

Length of largest specimens, 45"; width with feet, 1.5™™.

Rare ; low water to fifteen feet.

ETeoneE trutcota Verrill..
VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 294. 1874.

This species, reported by Verrill from Great Egg Harbor, we
failed to find.

Fam. HESIONIDA,
PODARKE Fillers.
Die Borstenwtirmer, p.190. 1864.

PoparKE opscurRA Verriil.

PLATE (11) V, Fies. 17, 18.

VERRILL. Invert. An. of Vin. Sound, etc., p. 589, pl. xii, fig. 61. 1874.
WeresterR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 216. 1879.

Rare; low water to fifteen feet.

PopARKE LUTEOLA 7. sp.

PLATE (II) V, FiGs. 19, 20.

Head very slightly convex in front, posterior margin slightly eon-
eave, and a little shorter than the front margin, the sides being
directed a little inward ; length to width as one to three; angles all
bluntly rounded.

136 [ ASSEMBLY

Antenne: Median lost ; those in pairs delicate, subulate, without
basal articles. Upper pair situated just above the lower, their length
about equal to the width of the head; lower pair a little shorter
than npper.

Eyes dark red; anterior pair large, circular, latero-posterior ; pos-
terior pair a little within the front pair, almost in contact with
them; crescentic, concavity directed outward and backward. :

Tentacular cirri six pairs, arising from short, cylindrical basal
articles, borne on the first three segments, two pairs to each seg-
ment; upper cirri as long as the dorsal cirri, or even a little longer ;
lower about one-half as long as the upper. The first four pairs on
each side seem to arise from the sides of the head ; this is due to
the fact that the first and second segments are not visible from
above, except as narrow lateral bands extending forward on the
head as far as the anterior eyes; these segments are well defined
below ; in alcoholic specimens they cannot be seen from above, and
even in living forms the line of division between the sides of the
head and the lateral prolongations of these segments is not easy to
demonstrate.

Dorsal cirri very long, delicate, tapering uniformly, basal articles
short, cylindrical (fig. 19).

Feet biramous; upper ramus a stout papilla arising just below
the base of the dorsal cirrus; Jower ramus stout, elongated, termi-
nating above in a conical process, below which the end of the
ramus is bluntly rounded, almost truncate.

Ventral cirri arise from lower outer margin of the ventral ramus,
delicate, conical, about one-sixth as long as the dorsal cirri.

Setze: dorsal very long, slender, capillary, forming a close-set
bundle, arising from the summit of the dorsal ramus; ventral (fig.
20) of the form usual in this genus, hardly to be distinguished from
the ventral setee of Podarke obscura VERRILL, except that they are
longer, and that the stem has transverse markings which I have never
been able to see in the sete of that species. The difference in
length between the setee of the two species is due almost entirely to
the elongation of the stem in the sete of P. duteola.

Body slightly convex above and below, widest in front, tapering
very gradually. The feet increase in length from the first pair to
the middie a little faster than the body narrows, so that the widest
part, including the feet, is in the middle.

Anal cirri in all respects similar to the dorsal.

Color: reddish-yellow dorsally; feet green or yellow above,
green laterally ; ventral surface a shade lighter than the dorsal ;
antennze and all cirri white.

Length, 11"; width, including feet, 2™™; number of seg-
ments, 45.

A single specimen was found on an oyster shell at low water.

This species is easily distinguished from Podarke obscura V ur-
RILL (the only species of this genus previously described from our
coast), by the form of the head—lack of basal articles for the antenna,
apparent origin of the tentacular cirri of the first two segments,
great length, and short basal articles of the dorsal cirri, ete.

No. 104.] 137
Fam. SYLLIDA.

SYLLIS (Sav.) Lhlers.

EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 222. 1864.
Sytuis Graciuis Grube.

Syllis gracilis GRUBE. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmer, p. 77. 1840.
es +s CAPAREDE. Glanures Zodtomiques parmi les Annélides de Port-
Vendres, p. 75, pl. v, fig. 3. 1864. Annélides Chétopodes du
Golfe de Naples, p. 503, pl. xv, fig. 3. 1868.
ce % MARION AND BOBRETZKY. Annélides du Golfe de Marseille; in An-
nales des Sciences Naturelles, 6th series, vol. ii, p. 28, pl. ii, fig.

6. 1875.
iy a PANCERI. Catalogo degli Annelide, etc. Atti. Soc. Ital., vol.
xviii, p. 520. 1875. |
ss fe WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 217. 1879.

Only a few examples of this species were taken, it being far less
common than in Virginia.

ODONTOSYLLIS Claparéde.

Glanures Zodtomiques, etc., p. 94. 1864.
Beobachtungen itiber Anatomie, etc. 1863.

OponTosyLLis ? FuLGuRANS Clpd.

Odontosyllis fulgurans CLAPAREDE. Glanures Zodtom., etc., p. 95, pl. viii, fig. 1.

864.

a OG QUATREFAGES, Hist. Nat. des Annel., vol. ii, p. 648.
1865.

Ue ee MARION AND BOBRETZKY, in Ann. des Sci. Nat., 6th se-
ries, vol. ii, p. 40, pl. iv, fig. 2. 1875.

se se WEBSTER. Annel, Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 220.
1879.

This species was not common. One very large adult male was
taken swimming on the surface. Its length was 22™™"; sexual setze
began on the 2Ist segment ; existed on forty-two segments, fol-
lowed by thirty-three with the ordinary sete only. Other speci-
mens were taken on sandy and shelly bottom, 10-15 ft. For fur-
ther notes on this form, see Webster, l. ¢., p. 220.

GRUBEA (Quatr.) Claparéde.

QUATREFAGES. Histoire Naturelle der Annéles, etc., vol. ii, p. 85. 1865.
CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Goltfe de Naples, p. 516. 1868.

GRUBEA TENUICIRRATA Clpd.
Spherosyllis tenuicirrata CLpp. Glanures Zodtom., etc., p. 87, pl. vi, fig. 2.

Grubea tenuicirrata CLpp. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 517. 1868.
6 ie MARENZELLER. Zur Kentniss der Adriatischen Anneliden.
Ausdem, lxix. Bande der Sitzb. der K. Akad. der Wis.
sench, p. 29. 1874.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104. ] 18

138 [ ASSEMBLY

In some respects my specimens agree better with @rubea dolich-
opoda MARENZELLER (1. ¢., p. 26) than with G. tenwicirrata Cupp.
This is especially the case in the form of the sete and of the
pharyngeal tooth. According to Claparede’s figure, the setee end
in a single point, and with the magnifying power used by him this
does seem to be the ease; in reality they are bidentate, the teeth
being very small, and requiring a high power to bring them ont
distinctly. On only two specimens was the first dorsal cirrus much
longer than the second.

The anal cirri, in the only case where they were seen, were as
long as the dorsal cirri, and somewhat swollen at base.

Body colorless; stomach white; intestine colorless; eyes very

dark reddish-brown.

The sexual setee begin on the ninth setigerous segment. All the.

males had lost the posterior part of the body, but on one specimen

the capillary (sexual) setee existed on nineteen segments. The eggs

and young in different stages of development agree very closely

with those described by Claparéde as belonging to Syllis pulligera

Kroun (Syllides pulligera Cirp.), Glanures, etc., p. 81, pl. vi, fig. 6.
Not common ; ten to fifteen feet, on shelly bottom.*

PADOPHYLAX Claparede.
Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 520. 1868.
PapopHyLax pispar Webster.

Annél. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 230, pl. iv, fig. 49; pl. v, figs. 50-55.
1879.

Male.

Capillary sete begin on the eleventh setigerous segment, and are
found on all following segments except the last 2-4. They are
delicate, longer than the wicth of the body, including the feet.

The body from the eleventh, or sometimes from the sixth, seg-
ment, is pure white and much swollen.

Female.

Capillary setz as in the males, only a little shorter.

Eggs attached to the ventral surface by a peduncle, two to each
segment ; at first spherical, then becoming elongated ; purple with
many black specks.

, The constriction dividing the head from the body appears first ;
~ at this time the eyes are apparent, the antenne are mere buds, equal
in length, the palpi are not united along their outer two-thirds.

The young, when detached from the body of the mother, have a

* Since writing the above I have had further opportunity of studying this species. Iam
now satisfied that our specimens belong to @rubea dolichopoda MARENZELLER. Langer-
haus, however, identifies this with Grubea clavata Cupp. (Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaft-
diche Zoologie, p. 564. 1879.)

|

No. 104.] 139

well-formed head with appendages, buecal segment with tentacular
cirri, five setigerous segments with feet and cirri, and anal segment
with anal cirri which are relatively longer than in the adult ; other-
wise they do not differ from the adult except, of course, in size and
number of segments.

Common on shelly bottom, 10-15 feet.

AUTOLYTUS (Grube) Murenzeller.

MARENZELLER. Zur Kentniss der Adriatischen Anneliden, etc., Zweiter Beitrag,
p. 37. 1875.

AUTOLYTUS HESPERIDUM Clapuréde.

CLAPAREDE. Annél. Chét. du Golfe de Naples, p. 520, pl. xiv, fig. 1. 1868.
WessterR. Annel, Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p, 225. 1879.

Male.

No adult males were found, but in one specimen, though not de-
tached, the following modifications of structure had occurred :

Head slightly convex in front ; eyes very large, but not quite in
contact ; lateral antenne arising from the front margin of the head,
just before the anterior eyes, bifurcate at their outer third, swollen
at base, three times as long as the head; median antenne arising
back of the eyes, near the posterior margin of the head, one-third
longer than the head; buccal segment hardly distinct from head,
bearing two pairs of tentacular cirri, of which the upper had about
the Jength of the lateral antennz, the lower, of the median ; second
segment with ordinary dorsal cirrus ; no sexual sete.

This species was very common from just below water mark to
fifteen feet, living on certain forms of sea-weed. In number of
individuals it probably surpassed any other species of Annelid found
in the harbor.*

Fam. NEREID A.

NEREIS (Z.) Cuvier.
Nerets timpata Lhlers.

PLATE (IIL), VI, FIGS. 21, 22.

EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 567. 1868.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 318, 590, pl. xi, fig. 51.
1874.

WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 235, pl. vi, figs. 70-75. 1879.

Male.

The dorsal cirri ot the first seven segments have a peculiar form,
which seems to have escaped notice. Near the end they are shightly

* Regarded by Prof. Langerhaus as identical with Autolytus prolifer Gruss, (See
LZerischrift filr Wissenschaftliche Zoologve. p. 574. 1879.)

140 | ASSEMBLY

enlarged (fig. 21), then suddenly become smaller, ending in a deli-
cate, almost filiformappendix. The dorsal cirri of the middle region
have one margin crenulated for nearly their entire length (fig. 22) ;
the ventral cirri have a few crenulations near their outer end.

Found living very near high-water mark, and common every-
where in the harbor, except in pure sand.

Nerets CuLvEr! 2. sp.
PLATE (III), Vi, FIGS. 23-30. PLATE (IV), VII, Fras. 31, 32.

Head (fig. 23) emarginate in front; anterior half of lateral mar-
gins concave, posterior half slightly convex; posterior margin
straight ; from the anterior emargination, a deep, triangular depres-
sion runs backward to the middle line, so that the front half of the
head seems to be divided into two lobes, broadly rounded in front ;
length to width as two to three.

Eyes: anterior pair elliptical or elongate-oval, on the middle line,
lateral; posterior pair circular, a little within the front pair, close to
the posterior margin.

Antenne remote from each other at base, conical, length to length
of head as three to four.

Palpi very stout with long terminal arches, in extension reaching
beyond the antennee, in contraction falling much short of them.
Proboscis (fig. 24): itis in the structure of this organ that the
chief peculiarities of this species are to be found. There are no
paragnathi. At the summit of the maxillary ring are bunches of
short, conical, pointed papille, arising from low, marginal eleva-
tions, with the arrangement as follows: on the middle line above, a
small bunch of four or five papillae; on the latero-dorsal margin a
bunch of ten or twelve arrangedin a double series; on the latero-
ventral margin a bunch composed of the same number of papillee,
but not arranged in series; a median ventral bunch, six papillee in
double series; half way between the last and the latero-ventral, a
small bunch, three to five papille. The lateral papille, above and
below, are about one-third as long as the antenne, the others a little
shorter. Aside from these papillee, the surface of the maxillary ring
is quite smooth. On the ventral surface of the basal ring, near the
posterior margin, are five small elliptical elevations or calluses, a
median and two lateral, equally distant from each other. The notes
made on the living forms make mention of a small, median, trian-
gular papille, just in front of the antennze. It cannot be demon-

strated in alcoholic specimens.

Jaws (tig. 25): in color varying from light to dark horn-color ;
about fourteen strong, sharp teeth.

Buccal segment double the length of the second segment, equal
to the fourth.

Tentacular cirr (fig. 23) arise from stout and long basal articles ;
upper posterior cirrus longest, reaching back to the middle of the _

No. 104.] 141

third segment, or sometimes to its posterior margin; the lower
posterior cirrus and the upper anterior equal, from one-fourth to
one-third shorter than tbe longest; lower anterior cirrus shortest ;
viewed irom below, this cirrusis seen to arise much below the others.

The first two- setigerous segments have no dorsal rami (fig. 26),
but the cirri lingule and ventral ramus have nearly the same form
as on the segments following. From the fourth to twentieth-
twenty-fifth segment (fig. 27), the dorsal ramus, is small, conical,
distinct from its lingula; the lingula is longer than the dorsal ramus,
broad at base, tapering gradually, apex bluntly rounded, somewhat
compressed ; the dorsal ramus has two lips, anterior and posterior ;
anterior small, of uniform diameter, directed upward ; posterior
larger than anterior, shaped much like upper lingula, but smaller,
directed outward ; the lower ramus has also two lips, placed one be-
hind the other, stout, bluntly conical, anterior turned outward, pos-
terior a little downward ; the inferior lingula is a little stouter at
base than the lips of the ventral ramus, otherwise about the same
form and size; the ventral cirrus is longer than the dorsal, fusiform,
reaches to the middle of its lingula, arising some distance below it.

Further back the basal part of the feet gains in length (fig. 28) ;
the dorsal cirrus becomes shorter; the upper lingula longer, conical,
with less diameter ; the anterior lip of each ramus becomes gradu-
ally smaller, and finally disappears; the lower lingula is greatly
reduced in size ; the ventral cirrus recedes from its lingula, becoming
minute, conical.

On the posterior feet (fig. 29), the dorsal cirrus arises from the
base of the upper lingula; the remaining (posterior) lip of the upper
ramus becomes delicate, conical, reaching beyond the lingula.

The anal segment (fig. 30) has a slightly crenulated margin; its
cirri are delicate, their length more than double that of the longest
tentacular cirrus.

Setze of two kinds ; one, with long narrow appendix (fig. 31), one
edge minutely denticulated ; the other (fig. 32) with short appendix,
one margin thickened and rounded, the opposite margin very thin,
somewhat coarsely denticulated ; those of the second form are found
only in the lower bundle of the ventral rami, after the first twenty
to thirty segments, from four to six in each bundle, always accom-
panied by some of the first form.

Color, light flesh-color to reddish-brown ; dorsal cirri and superior
lingulee pure gleaming white, other parts of the feet also white;
head, especially its posterior half, usually darker than the body.

Body elongate, widest at the eighth segment, diminishing rapidly
forward, uniformly but very gradually backward.

This species forms a tough membraneous tube, in color dark red-
dish-brown, fitting the body very closely.

Length of one specimen (140 segments) 60"; width with feet
4mm; without feet, 2™™; length of a larger specimen, 75™™; width
* with feet, 5™™,

Two specimens kept in well-water, not at all brackish, for forty-

142 [ ASSEMBLY

eight hours, seemed to be in good condition; while specimens of
Nereis limbata Enuxrs treated in the same way stopped all move-
ments in thirty minutes, and in an hour the blood ceased to circu-
late; the latter were taken at a higher station than that in which
the former lived, and where they must often have been exposed to
the action of brackish water.

The only place in which this species was found was a few rods
above the old wharf, in front of the hotel at Beesley’s Point, in
coarse sand and gravel, at about half-tide. We looked for them care-
fully in many other places, where the conditions seemed to be the
same, but without success.

Sexual Forms.

Many males and females, apparently adults, were taken, in which —
no structural changes had occurred except that the eyes had become
a little larger ; the anterior pair crescentic ; the posterior oval; the
body and feet being swollen by the contained sexual products.

The color of the female was unchanged; immature males were
bright green ; adult males greenish white.

This species was first found by Mr. C. L. Culver, at Beaufort,
N. C., in the summer of 1877. Mr. Culver was at that time a stu-
dent in Union College, and attached to the usual summer zodlogical
expedition of the college. He brought in two specimens with a lot of.
Nereis imbata Euvers, taken at low water. The exact station was:
not known, and though we searched diligently and frequently for
additional specimens, none were found.

NEREIS TRIDENTATA 7. Sp.

PLATE (IV), Vil, FIGS. 33-40.

Head (fig. 33) deeply emarginate in front, and with a well de-
fined depression carried back to the middle line; behind the middle
line the sides are convex; in front of it, strongly concave ; poste-
rior margin slightly convex; anterior margin interrupted by the
emargination which divides the apex into twe bluntly rounded lobes;
length to width as two to three.

Autenne widely separated at origin, conical, length to length of
head as two to three.

Palpi very stout, with long terminal articles. Eyes circular, lateral;
anterior pair quite large, situated just back of the middle line ; pos-
terior about one-half as large as the anterior, and a little within them,
very near the posterior margin.

Buccal segment equal in length to the three following segments
taken together ; much wider than the head.

Tentacular cirri short, tapering but little, arising from stout cylin-
drical basal articles; upper posterior cirrus reaches to the middle
of the third segment, or to the front margin of the fourth ; the lower
posterior and upper anterior cirri equal, about two-thirds as long as.

No. 104.] 143

the longest; lower anterior shortest, one-half as long as the
longest.

Proboscis (fig. 33) without denticles (paragnathi) on the dorsal
surface ; my notes make mention of two minute fleshy papille situ-
ated one on either side of the middle line of the basal ring, but I
cannot find them on the alcoholic specimens; ventral surface of
maxillary ring also without denticles (fig. 34), while on the basal
ring are three small paragnathi, circular or elliptical, flat, corneous,
brown.

The jaws are light horn-color with numerous long sharp teeth.

Feet of the first two setigeroussegments without dorsal rami, and
with the ventral cirrus much swollen at base (fig. 35), in other re-
spects similar to the feet immediately following them.

Anterior feet (fig. 36), dorsal cirrus finger-shaped, longer than its
lingula ; lingulze and lips of the two rami tapering but little, nearly
cylindrical, very bluntly rounded externally; upper lingula longer
than dorsal ramus; dorsal ramus with anterior and posterior lips,
anterior shorter than posterior and above it; lower ramus with a
long posterior, short anterior lip ; lower lingula long, reaching nearly
to the outer end of the lower ramus; ventral cirrus delicate, conical,
about one-half as long as its lingula.

After the first third the structure of the feet changes gradually
(fig. 87); the upper lingula becomes conical, and further removed
from the upper ramus; the anterior lips of both rami become much
smaller; the lower lingula and the ventral cirrus do not change
‘much ; on the extreme posterior feet the dorsal cirrus is longer than
elsewhere.

Anal segment simple ; anal cirri as long as the last eight segments;
filiform.

Setze of three forms: those of the first form (fig. 38) have the ter-
minal points of the stem in the same plane, appendix very narrow ;
this is the only kind found in the dorsal. rami; they also form the
greater part of the upper bundle of the ventral rami, but are not
found in the lower bundles; those of the second form have the ter-
minal points of the stem not in the same plane (fig. 39), appendix
short, in other respects like the first form ; found in both bundles of
the ventral rami, but not numerous ; those of the third kind (faleate
sete) are short (fig. 40), with a very short appendix, one mar-
gin of which is thickened and rounded, the opposite edge thin, and
deficient near the apex; a few of this form are found in the upper
bundle of the ventral rami, and they form the greater part of the
lower bundle.

Body of uniform width along the anterior half, then tapering very
slowly.

Color: body light flesh-color; sides of head and bases of antennze
and tentacular cirri dark reddish-brown ; one specimen was hght
orange,

Length of largest specimen, 26™™; greatest width with feet,
3.5™™ ; number of segments, 105. Length of a specimen with 70
segments, 12™™, ;

Very rare: 10 to 15 teet, shelly bottom.

144 [ AssEMBLY

Fam. EUNICID.
DIOPATRA Aud. and M. Edw.

AUDOUINE AND M. Epwarps. — Littoral de la France, vol. ii, Annelides, p. 155.
1834.

Diopatra cuprea Claparede.

Nereis cuprea Bosc. Hist. Nat. des Vers., vol. i, p. 143. 1802(teste Claparede).
Hunice cuprea QUATREFAGES. Hist. Nat. des Annelés, vol. i, p. 331. 1865.
Diopatra cuprea CUAPAREDE. Annél Chet. du Golfe de Naples, p. 482. 1868.
- «* VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vin. Sound, etce., p. 593, pl. xiii,
figs. 67, 68. 1874.
fs ; WessreR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 236. 1879.

Quite common on the sand flats at low water, and occasionally
dredged at from ten to fifteen feet.

MARPHYSA Quaterfages.
Histoire Nat. des Annelés, vol. i, p. 881. 1865.

MARPHYSA SANGUINEA Quatr

Nereis sanguinea MonTAGUE. Linn. Trans., vol. xi, p. 20, pl iii, fig. 1. 1815.

Leodice opalina SAVIGNY. Systeme des Annélides, p. 51.

Nereidonta sanguinea BLAINVILLE. Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. lvii, p.447. 1828.

Hunice sanguinea AUD. AND M. Epw. Littoral de la France, vol. ii, Annélides,
p. 147. 1884.

fs i GRUBE. Familien der Anneliden, pp. 44, 128. 1851.

at se He Die Insel Lussin, p. 79. 1864.

of se e St. Malo and Roscoff, pp. 87, 91, 106, 114, 140. 1870.
Wy a Lerpy. Marine Invert. Fauna, R. I. and N. J., p.15. 1850.

Ay «« . JOHNSTON. Catalogue of British Worms, p. 1384. 1865.
Marphysa sanguinea QUATR. Hist. Nat. des Annel. vol. i, p. 332, pl. x, fig. 1.

1865.

< se Euuers. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 360, pl. xvi, figs. 8-11.
1868.

MC oe BairpD. Linn. Proc. Zodlogy, vol. x, p. 352.

a6 GG MAR. AND BoBr. Ann. des Sci. Nat., vol. ii, p. 12. 1875.

He Leidit QuATR. Histoire Nat. des Annel. vol. i, p. 837. 1865.
s Leidyi VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., pp. 319, 593, pl. xii,
fic. 64. 1874,
Hf sanguinea WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 236, pl.
vi, figs. 76-80; pl. vii, figs. 81-88. 1879.
This ‘species is by no means common. Some young specimens
taken had one antenna, others three antennz; eyes, four; branchie,
from tenth segment; palpi hardly apparent.

DRILONEREIS (Clpd.) Webster.

CLAPAREDE. Annel Chet. du Golfe de Naples. Supplément, p. 25. 1870.
WesstTER. Annel Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 240. 1879.

DRILONEREIS LONGA Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 240, pl. vii, figs. 84-88. 1879.

Common 1n sand at low water.

No. 104.] 145,

LUMBRICONEREIS (Biv ) Eilers
EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 377. 1868.
LUMBRICONEREIS TENUIS Vervrill.

~

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 342, 594. 1874.
WepssterR, Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 241. 1879.

Not common ; sand, low water.

ARABELLA (@rube) Ehlers.

GRUBE. Die Familien der Anneliden, p. 45. 1851.
EHLERS. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 398. 1868.

ARABELLA OPALINA Vervill.
Lumbriconereis splendida LerDy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 10.
1855.
#6 opalina VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp.
342, 594, pl. xiii, figs. 69, 70. 1874.
Arabella opalina VERRILL Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Phila. for 1878, p. 299.
By s WessTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 242. 1879.

Common at low water in sand and mud, and occasionally dredged,
ten to fifteen feet.

STAUROCEPHALUS (Grube) Ehlers.

GRuBE. Archiv fiir Naturgesh., p. 97. 1855.
EuLeRs. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 422. 1868.

STAUROCEPHALUS PALLIDUS Verrill.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., pp. 348, 595. 1874,
WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 242. 1879.

Only one specimen was found — fifteen feet, sand and shells.

Fam. GLYCERIDZ..

RHYNCHOBOLUS Claparéde.
Annélides Chétopodes du Golfe de Naples, p. 492. 1868.
RHYNCHOBOLUS AMERICANUS Verriil

Glycera Americana LerDy. Marine Invert. Fauna R.I. and N.J., p. 15, pl. xi,
figs. 49, 50. 1855.

ot oe Eqs ers. Die Borstenwiirmer, p. 668, pl. xxiii, figs. 48-46.
1868.
<¢ ce GRUBE. Jahres-Bericht der Schles. Gessell. fiir Vaterliin.

Cultur, p. 64. 1869.
Rhynchobolus Americanus VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 596, pl. x,
figs 45, 46. 1874.

<§ ee “c Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci Phila. for 1878, p. 300.
59 AS WesstER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p.245.
1879.

Common ; low water to fifteen feet.
{Assem. Doc. No 104.] 19

146 [ ASSEMBLY

RHYNCHOBOLUS DIBRANCHIATUS Verr7ll.

Glycera dibranchiata EuLERS. Op. cit., p. 670, pl. xxiv, figs. 1, 10-28. 1868.
BF cs GRUBE. Op. cit., p. 64. 1869.
Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus VERRILL, Op. cit., p. 596, pl. x, figs. 43, 44. 1874.
oF at WEBSTER. Op. cit., p. 245. 1879.

Common; low water to fifteen feet.
GONIADA Aud and M. Edw.
Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxix, p. 266. 1838.

GONIADA SOLITARIA 2. Sp.

PLATE (IV) VU, Fi@s. 41, 42. PLATE (V) VIII, FI@s. 43, 44.

Head as long as the first seven segments taken together, acutely
conical, with minute antenne.

Eyes small, black, circular, lateral, posterior.

Proboscis not seen in complete extension, covered with numerous
longitudinal series of stout hooks; on the dorsal surface three rows
of hooks on either side of a naked median space; on the ventral
surface four rows, two on either side of the median line; one lateral
series ; ventral and lateral hooks smaller than the dorsal; at the
base, on the ventral surface, numerous, quite small hooks scattered
about irregularly.

The first twenty-five segments are uniramous; the ramus has two
lips (fig. 41), anterior long and narrow; posterior short and _ broad ;
dorsal and ventral cirri widely divergent, bluntly conical, dorsal a
little shorter than ventral. After the twenty-fifth foot a dorsal
ramus appears (fig. 42), composed at first of a broad, thick, squarish
plate, with a slight emargination near its upper margin, indicating
its future division into lips; it contains from three to six straight
acicule or setze, usually concealed, sometimes projecting slightl~ ;
the dorsal cirrus becomes smaller; the other parts of the foot do not
change much ; further back the -dorsal ramus is divided into two
bluntly rounded lobes (fig. 43). :

Anal cirri long, filiform.

Setze of one kind only ; in two bundles, upper and lower; upper
most numerous; very long and slender; the appendix nearly as
long as the stem (fig. 44).

Body slightly convex above, flat below, anterior two-thirds of
uniform width, tapering a little along the posterior third.

Color gray, slightly tinged with green.

Length, 25™"; width, 1.3™™.

The only specimen taken was a female filled with eggs; low
water, mud.

Fam. THELETHUSIDA.
ARENICOLA Lamarck.
ARENICOLA ? cristata Stimpson.

Strmpson. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. v, p. 114.
QUATREFAGES. Histoire Naturelle des Annelés, vol. iii, p. 678. 1865.

=

No. 104.] 147

Only the anterior part of asingle specimen was found. Probably
belongs to Stimpson’s species.

Fam. CHLORA MIDE.

TROPHONIA (Aud. and M. Edw.) Claparéde.
CLAPAREDE. Annél, Chet. du Golfe de Naples, p. 105. 1868.

TROPHONIA AFFINIS Verrill.

Siphonostomum affine LetpyY. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N.J., p. 16. 1855.
Trophont afinia VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 605, pl. xiv, fig.
jo. 1874.

This species is reported from Great Egg Harbor by Leidy, from
Block Island and Buzzard’s Bay by Verrill. We failed to find it.

Fam. CHATOPTERID &.
SPIOCHZTOPTERUS (Sars) Webster.

Sars. Fauna Littoralis Norvegiz. Seconde Livraison, p.7. 1856.
WEBSTER. Annel Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 246. 1879.
SprlocH#ToPTERUS ocuLatus Webster.
Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p.. 247, pl. viii, figs. 98-102. 1879.
Low water, sand; only a few specimens were taken.

Fam. SPIONID.£.

NERINE (Johnston) Sars.

NerineE aqciuis Verrill.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 600. 1874.

Prof. Verrill reports this species from the outer beach, burrowing
in sand at low-water mark. We failed to find it.

. SCOLECOLEPIS Biv, 1828 (teste Malmgrem)

ScoLEcouEpis viripis Verrill,
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 600. 1874.

Our specimens do not agree in all respects with Verrill’s descrip-
tion, and at first it seemed necessary to refer them to a new species ;
comparison with specimens received from him has established their
identity. Verrill ascribes four eyes to S. virzdis ; our specimens
have no eyes, as they were examined in this respect in the frésh
state; the alcoholic specimens received from Prof. Verrill have no
trace of eyes remaining, whatever their condition may have been
while living. We found but one green specimen; the others were
dark brown, or dark brown witha reddish or greenish tinge. There
are from eight to ten anal papillz (cirri), subulate, three to four
times as long as the anal segment.

148 | ASSEMBLY

On one specimen the head and'a few of the anterior segments had
been lost and renewed, but the branchiz were still wanting.
Common in sand at low water.

ScoLEcoLEPIs TENUIS Verrill.

Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 601. 1874.

Reported by Verrill from Great Egg Harbor, in sand at low
water. We failed to find it. ,

SPIO (0. Fabr.) Grsted.

CERSTED, Annulatorum Danicorum Conspectus, p. 39. 1843.

Spiro serosa Verrill.

Nerine coniocephala? A. AGasstz. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist. of N. Y., vol. viii,
p. 333, pl. x, figs. 839-45. 1866. (See Verrill, op. cit.)
Spio setosa VERRILL. Inyert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 602, pl. xiv,

fig. 77 (copied from Agassiz).

Verrill says of this species that the lateral lobes of the head are
shorter than the median ; this is true in alcoholic specimens; the
reverse is the case in living forms. Common in sand at low water.

POLYDORA Bosc.

Histoire Naturelle des Vers, vol. i. 1802.

Potypora HAMATA Webster.

Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 251, pl. viii, figs. 111-116, pl. ix, figs.
LAY ASS) AST!

Common, living in galleries in shells. From low water to fifteen
feet.
PoLyDoRA LIGNI 7. sp.

PLATE (vj, viii, FIGS. 45-47.

Head deeply emarginate in front, lateral lobes bluntly rounded
(fig. 45), pointing forward and outward ; lateral margins, in front
and back of the eyes, concave ; opposite the eyes (middle third)
convex; a rounded carina runs back to the middle of the fourth
segment; at the front margin of the third segment this carina bears
a small conical papilla, always distinct, even on the smallest speci-
mens.

Eyes four, black, circular, placed at the angles of a trapezoid ;
anterior pair larger than posterior.

Tentacles short, with the usual structure, colorless, without mark-
ings. :
Dota cirri, long and stout on the anterior segments, smaller on
those having branchie.

No. 104.] 149

Branchie begin on seventh segment, long, finger-shaped, color-
less, with red center ; they are found on all segments after the sixth,
except a small but variable number of posterior segments.

Setee of the fifth segment (fig. 46) eight to twelve in number,
stout, apex bluntly rounded and slightly curved; a little below the
apex is a small tooth on the side of the seta, forming a very small
angle with the seta; dorsal sete long, capillary, longer behind than
in “front ; ventral sete (fig. 47) short, bidentate ; inner tooth very
long, sharp, given off at right angles to the body of the seta; outer
half covered by a membrane.

Terminal sucker broad, shallow, white; anal opening surrounded
by low papille.

Body colorless, except as colored red or brownish-red by the blood
and contents of the intestine; on either side of the carina a brown
line, diverging in front, and passing to the outer base of the tentacles.

Length, 1-4"™"; segments numerous.

Found on water-soaked wood, living in crevices, ete.

Tubes made of dirt, fragile, constructed with great rapidity.

STREBLOSPIO n. gen.

Head conical; proboscis incomplete above, divided below into
two lobes along its anterior part. First segment prolonged laterally
and below nearly to the front of the head; above carrying one pair
of tentacles and one pair of branchiz. Second segment with raised
dorsal membrane, forming a pouch. Dorsal setze capillary. Ven-
tral setee of first six segments like the dorsal, afterward both un-
cinate and capillary. Anal segment simple, without appendages.

Srresiospio BeNEDICTI 7. sp.
PLATE (v), vill, FIGs. 48-50.

Head, in extension, pointed, conical; posterior half somewhat
compressed, sharply convex ; anterior half slightly depressed.

Proboscis deficient above, below divided into two lobes for about
one-half its length; these lobes are triangular at base, but (in ex-
tension) terminate, each in a short, finger- shaped process, covered
with nnmerous long cilia. The first segment is about the length of
the following seements, dorsally ; at the sides and below it is pro-
longed, forming : a kind of hood for the head. This hood or sheath
originates as a thin, almost membraneous elevation of the sides of
the segment, just within the dorsal setze, passes forward external to
the bases of the tentacular cirri and branchia, is prolonged to near
the apex of the head, then curves suddenly downward, presenting a
thin, free, anterior margin ; laterally it is closely applied to the
head, but rises above it, “presenting a free, upper margin on each
side; the head projects but very little beyond its hood. Dorsally
the anterior margin of the first segment is concave, and carries a
minute, conical, median papilla or cirrus.

Tentacular cirri (tentacles) have the same structure as in Poty-
porA; turned backward they reach to the eighth or ninth segment.

150 [ ASSEMBLY

Branchize behind and a little within the tentacles; reach back to
the seventh or eight segment ; widest in the middle, tapering uni-
formly in both directions, except that near the top they are suddenly
constricted, ending in a short cylindrical process ; they are flattened
below, carinate above, giving a triangular cross section for most of
their length ; edges thin, and thrown into deep, rounded folds or
scollops. Both tentacles and branchiz are densely covered with
Jong cilia; turned forward they completely cover the head; the
setee of the first segment, both dorsal and ventral, are similar to
those of the next five, but are a little shorter.

Second segment, covered dorsally by a raised membrane, forming
a pouch; the free anterior margin of this pouch is deeply concave ;
its elevation above the dorsum equal to the thickness of the body ;
at the sides it passes into the dorsal cirri (lobes).

Dorsal cirri: back of each fascicle of dorsal setze, on the first ten
segments, is a broad, rounded plate or lobe; back of the tenth seg-
ment this plate gradually becomes narrower, until it is changed into
a short, conical cirrus, which remains to the end.

Ventral cirri: on the first six segments behind each bunch of
ventral setee is a lobe similar to the dorsal lobe, but smaller; at the
seventh segment it disappears.

Dorsal setze, capillary ; those on the anterior segments (fig. 48)
wider and shorter than those further back (fig. 49); ten to fifteen
in each fascicle in front, gradually decreasing in number till only
four or five are found on the posterior segments ; they are arranged
along the Jateral line of the dorsum, and point upward; the ventral
sete of the first six segmentsare similar to the dorsal, but less nu-
merous, and a little shorter; back of the sixth segment the capillary
setee are nearly replaced by uncinate setae — a few, however, remain-
ing in the lower part of each series, even to the end: the uncini
(fig. 50) are arranged in a single, transverse series, three to five
in number, quite short, hardly projecting beyond the surface; they
become gradually more numerous, each series having from eight to
twelve on the posterior segments, at the same time growing a little
longer; they have four terminal teeth, the outer one being shortest
(fig. 50), and are covered by a delicate membrane.

Anal segment with slightly thickened, rounded margin ; no appen-
dages.

Body slightly convex above, flattened below.

Color: tentacles colorless; branchize dark green, with transverse
bands of light green or yellowish-green; body colorless or light
flesh-color ; a few specimens with the first eight segments dark green.

Length of adult, 6™"; width, 0.6™ ; number of segments, 70.

Found in great numbers on beds of J/ytelis edulis ; also in ditches
to which the tide water had access, very near high-water mark; the
only other annelid found under the same circumstances being Vereis
limbata Enucrrs ; the first specimen taken was on a shell, dredged.
This species lives in dirt tubes, which they leave very readily when
disturbed, and move about rapidly with quick, jerking motions of

No. 104.] slat

the body ; they soon settle to the bottom, and immediately construct
a new tube of any loose dirt that may be at hand.

The first part of the generic name is intended to recall their
peculiar method of locomotion. The specific name is given in rec-
ognition of Mr. James E. Benedict, a sound and _ enthusiastic
naturalist — my associate for the past two years in zoélogical work,
who not only discovered the species in New Jersey, but has since
found it in South Norwalk, Conn.

Female.

On one specimen the middle third of the dorsum was covered by
a very thin, transparent, raised membrane. Unfortunately no
figures of the young were made, and the notes are not full. They
were broadly rounded in front and behind; sides convex; two small
red eyes on the anterior margin of the head ; lateral depressions in-
dicating three’segments; two circles of cilia, one just back of the
head, the other near the posterior end. .

Fam. ARICIID.
ANTHOSTOMA Schmarda.
Neue Wirbellose Thiere, vol. 1, part ii, p.61. 1861.
ANTHOSTOMA FRAGILE Verrill,

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 598. 1874.
WEssTER. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 258. 1879.

The branchize may begin on any segment from the thirteenth to

the twenty-first, according to the size of the specimen.

Common in sand at low water.

Fam. CIRRATULID.
CIRRATULUS Lamarck.
Hist. Nat. des-Animaux sans Vertebres, vol. v, p. 300. 1838.
CirrATuLus GRANDIS Verrill.

VERRILL, Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 606, pl. xv, figs. 80, 81. 1874.
WessTerR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 258. 1879.

Rare; only one specimen was taken.
>

CIRRHINEREIS Quatrefages.
Histoire Naturelle des Annelés, vol. i, p. 462. 165.

CrrRHINEREIS FRAGILIS (Virfg.

Cirrhatulus fragilis LEtDy. Marine Invert. Fauna R.I.and N.J., p. 15, pl. xi,
figs. 89-43. 1555.
Cirrhinereis fragilis QUATREFAGES. Op. cit., vol. i, p. 464. 1865.
2 a VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 607. 1874.
Rare ; a single injured specimen was found which probably be-
longs to this species.

152 [ ASSEMBLY

Fam. CAPITELLID 2.
_ NOTOMASTUS Sars.

Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken, p.199. 1850
Fauna Littoralis Norwegie, p. 12. 1856.

I have referred the following species to Noromastus Sars, al-
theugh somewhat in doubt as to what constitutes a Noromastus.
The following species of this genus and of the allied or identical
genus Ancisrrta have been reported from our coast: MVotomastus
luridus Verriti, Votomastus filiformis Verriti, Ancistria acuta
Verritt, Ancistria capillans Verritt and Ancistria minima
QvuatTrEFAGss (reported by Webster). It is quite certain that these
five species belong to thesame genus, but to what genus? Certainly
to ANcISTRIA Quatr., if it is a good genus. But Claparéde says
that Ancisrrta is a synonym of Caprretta. But so far no-one has
seen the peculiar male sexual organs and setee upon which so much
stress is laid as characteristic of Cariretua. Prof. Verrill writes
that he has never found them; I have never let a specimen pass
without looking for these organs, but to no purpose. Accordingly,
while our specimens belong to Awctstrra, they do not belong to
Capriretta. It will be noticed that two of our species have been re-
ferred to Noromasrus ; and in fact they cannot be said to differ
from Noromastvs except in the length, and number of setze, of the
ventral rami. But Claparéde speaking of the “ tores hamiféres ven-
traux,” says (Glanures, p. 58): “Le développement extraordinaire
des tores ventraux du cété dorsal est méme le caractére essentiel des
Notomastus,” according to which dictum not one of our species is a
Nortomastus, as they have not the elongated ventral rami and nu-
merous setze of the type species, Votomastus latericeus Sars. In re-
gard to Argenta Quatr., Claparéde(Annel. Chét.du Golfe de N., p-
18) claims thatisa Noromasrvs, and that the type species, A. crwenta
Quatr., is Capitella (Notomastus) rubicunda Kerersrem. In this
case one must believe that Quatrefages entirely mistook the char-
acter of the posterior dorsal seta, since he describes and figures them
as capillary.

Noromastus Fittrormis Verrzdl.*
PLATE (V), VIM, FIGS. 51-04.
Invert. An. Vin. Sound, etc., p. 611. 1874.

Head very small, pointed, conical.

Proboscis apparently smooth ; when magnified seen to be covered
with minute papille.

First five setigerous segments with capillary setee in both rami,
not differing from each other, arranged in each ramus in a single
transverse series, containing from eight to twelve sete. After the
fifth segment uncini only are found. At first the uncini are quite

*] regarded this as a new species, and gave it the specific name of levis; but on sub-
mitting specimens of the same form, taken at Provincetown, Mass., to Prof. Verrill, he
referred them to his N. jiliformis.

No. 104.] 153

long (fig. 51), but few in the dorsal rami, from eight to twelve in
the ventral; they grow progressively shorter backward (figs. 52, 53),
and along the posterior third their number is much reduced, there
being one to three in the dorsal rami, three to five in the ventral ;
a few of the posterior segments may be without setee. The form of
the uncini changes, as shown in the figures.

The anterior segments are biannulate, afterward crossed by from
three to tive deeply impressed lines.

The anal segment is obliquely truncated ; margin thickened and
rounded (fig. 54); from its lower border projects a finger-shaped
eirrus, which is distinctly annulated. (A similar cirrus exists on
LV. luridus Verr., Ancistria minima Quatr., and on several as
yet unpublished species from Beaufort, N. C. I do not know that
this cirrus has been previously described as belonging to this genus,
or to any in the family.)

Color: red to purplish-red in front; flesh-color to bright red
behind.

Length very variable ; greatest diameter of largest specimen 1.2"™.

Common; low water to fifteen feet.

Noromastus turiwus Verriill. -
Invert. An. of. Vin. Sound, ete., p. 610. 1874.
Rare; only one specimen was taken.

Young forms of Notomastus ?

oi One specimen, evidently immature, had capillary sete only
on the first four segments, then uncini only; but about the middle
of the body the dorsal uncini were replaced by capillary sete. Pos-
terior segments lost.

(b). Another form, of which several specimens were found, had
capillary setze in all the dorsal rami, uncini in all the ventral.
Length of (a) and (b) 10-20™",

Found in shells bored by sponge; low water to fifteen feet.

Fam. MALDANID 4.
CLYMENELLA Verrili.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, p. 607. 1874.
| CLYMENELLA ToRQUATA Verrzll.
Clymene torquata LeEiDY. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 14. 1855.
Clymenella torquata VERRILL. Op. Cit., p. 608, pl. xiv, figs. 71-73. 1874.
“6 ot WeEssTER. Annel. Chet. of the Vir. Coast, p. 258. 1879.
Very common in sand at low water.
MALDANE (Grube) Malmgren.

GRUBE. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 1860.
MALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 186. 1865.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 20

154 [ ASSEMBLY

Ma.Lpank EvONGATA Verrzll.

VERRILL. Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 609. 1874.
WesstEeR. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 259. 1879.

Rare; only oue specimen was taken.

PRAXILLA Malmgren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 191. 1865.

In characterizing the genus Praxitta Malmgren assigns to it
twenty-six segments, of which nineteen are setigerous, and five ante-
anal without sete. The following species belongs to Praxilla in all
other respects, but has more than twenty-six segments, and Jess than
five nude ante-anal segments.

PRAXILLA ELONGATA 7. 8p,

PLATE (VI), IX, FIGS. 55-59.

Buccal segment (fig. 55) with a projecting margin, slightly emar-
ginate in the middle line above, aud with a very narrow, hard]
perceptible incision on each side, a little back of the middle. The
cephalic plate has a well-defined, median carina, widest in front, and
with a battened, slightly projecting portion, broadly rounded at the
apex.

Pitter the fifth segment the diameter increases gradually to the
tenth; remains unchanged to the thirteenth; decreases gradually to
the sixteenth; then falls off suddenly to about one-half the previous
diameter, after which it remains unchanged.

Segments one, two, four, five and six have about the same length ;
three, seven, eight and nine area little longer than the preceding ;
ten to fifteen about double the ninth; sixteen to thirty-six a little
shorter than the fifteenth; last three equal to each other—together
equal to the thirty-sixth (fig. 56).

The anterior margin of the fifth segment is raised and rounded,
embracing the posterior end of the fourth. The first fifteen seg-
ments are nearly cylindrical, segmentation distinct, and crossed by
numerous impressed lines; after the fifteenth the form suddenly
changes, the anterior end being narrow, diameter increasing regu-
larly to near the posterior end, then somewhat suddenly decreasing ;
the posterior margin of the ante-anal segment is raised, rounded,
forming a sheath for the anterior end of the anal segment.

The anal segment is funnel-shaped; margin surrounded by a
circle of conical or finger-shaped papille ; very similar to the anal
- segment of Clymenella torquata V ERRILL.

Setz ; dorsal (capillary) numerous, long, delicate, bilimbate (fig.
57); after the fifth segment there is a distinct, rounded papilla, or
dorsal ramus, from which the setee arise; ventral (uncini), on the
first three setigerous seyments only one, or occasionally two, to each
ramus; these end in three sharp teeth (fig. 58), of which two are
very small; along the inner two-thirds are numerous longitudinal

Mo. 104.] 155

stric, interrupted by transverse striz, unequally distant from each
other; at the fourth setigerous segment the number of uncini in-
creases suddenly to ten or fifteen in each series, and the form also
changes (fig. 59); they have now five terminal teeth, a short, ex-
ternal part is quite narrow, and divided from the stouter, internal
part by a deep constriction, simulating a compound seta; the thirty-
seventh segment has only the dorsal setze ; to the tenth segment the
setee are found in the middle of each segment; after the tenth they
suddenly recede to near the posterior end.

Three specimens were collected — one perfect, the others with
anterior part only; and of these only one, having the ten anterior
segments, was observed while living; its general color was yellowish-
white, with narrow, red bands on the posterior part of each seg-
ment after the fourth, increasing gradually in width so as to occupy
one-half the length of the tenth segment; indications of similar
bands can be traced on the entire specimen, in alcohol, but not after
the tenth segment.

Length of entire specimen, 95"™; greatest diameter, 3™™; diam-
eter of buccal segment, 2"™.

Number of segments, 39; buccal (coalesced with the cephalic),
1; setigerous, 36; ante-anal, nude, 1; anal, 1.

Rare ; found in sand at low water, associated with Clymenella
torquata V ERRILL.

PRAXILLA ELONGATA var. Benepict1 Webs.
PLATE (VI), Ix, Fies. 60, 61.

Mr. J. E. Benedict found at South Norwalk, Conn., a variety of
this species, differing from the form just described in the following
particulars :

First two segments short (fig. 60), together about equal to the
third; after the fifteenth segment the diameter suddenly becomes
less, segments short, and, except the last four, equal. (Compare
the first segment of fig. 61 with the first of fig. 56.) The ante-anal
segments (fig 61), quite short, together equal to the anal; anal cirri
longer than in the New Jersey form.

Length of an entire specimen, 20™™; number of segments, 37.

A young specimen had twenty-six segments, with a length of 3™™.

PARAXIOTHEA n.- gen.
No cephalic plate.

Anterior margin of first segment prolonged as a thin membrane,
emarginate above, and with a slightly projecting conical process in
the middle line below.

Mouth situated on the lower surface of a conical process, arising
from the bottom of the cylindrical cavity inclosed by the frontal
membrane, not reaching to the front margin of the membrane.
First segment with capillary and uncinate sete, similar to those on
the remaining segments.

Anal segment funnel-shaped; margin digitate.

156 [ AssEMBLY

PARAXIOTHEA LATENS 7. SD.
LATE (V1), X, FIGS. 62-66.

Frontal membrane (figs. 62, 63) forming one-half the length of
the first segment; anterior margin slightly reflexed, lobed or scol-
loped by shallow incisions, which are continued as impressed lines
for some distance, on both the outer and inner surface of the mem-
brane; superior emargination broad but shallow.

First segment a little longer than the second, about equal to the
sixth; second, third and fourth equal; fifth a little shorter; seg-
ments six to ten grow progressively longer, but so gradually that
the change is hardly perceptible; eleven to thirteen also gain in
length progressively, but rapidly, the thirteenth having double the
length of the tenth; fourteenth, fifteenth and sixteenth about equal
to the tenth; seventeenth and eighteenth short, equal, together
about equal to the sixteenth, a trifle longer than the anal.

Diameter of first segment a little less than that of the second;
uniform from second to tenth inclusive ; falling off about one-third at
the eleventh, after which the decrease is very slight.

One ante-anal nude segment (fig. 64) with thickened, rounded,
posterior margin, forming a collar around the front end of the anal
segment.

Anal segment with numerous, short, unequal cirri or digitations,
quite similar to Clymenella torquata Verrity, or Praxilla elongata
WEBSTER.

The dorsal (capillary) setee (fig. 65) are long, delicate, numerous,
with a single thin margin. The uncini have the same form on all
the segments (fig. 66); they have five sharp terminal teeth, of which
- three are small and equal; the fourth longer and larger than the
third ; the fifth double the size of the fourth. On the first three
segments there are from fifteen to twenty uncini in each series;
after the third, from twenty to twenty-five, except on a few of the
posterior segments, where there is a smallér number. The first five
segments have the sete on the middle line, and a deeply impressed
ventral line connects the series of uncini on each segment. After
the fifth segment the setee are near the posterior end, and after the
tenth the dorsal rami (¢orz uncinigert) are quite large, making the
segments somewhat club-shaped. _

Number of segments, 19; of these 17 are setigerous; one ante-
anal, nude; one anal.

Color (in alcohol) yellowish-white; on one specimen broad bands
of umber-brown cross the ventral surface, dividing at the uncini,
giving a narrow band on each side of each series of uncini after
the fifth.

At Great Egg Harbor we obtained two specimens, both of which
had lost their posterior segments. The longest has fifteen segments,
with a length of 65™"; greatest diameter, 3"™. The description
was completed from a single perfect specimen, collected by Mr.
James E. Benedict of South Norwalk, Conn., during the same
summer.

No. 104.] 157

Length of entire specimen, 46"; greatest diameter, 8™™.
Found at low water, in sand, associated with Clymenella torquata
VERRILL.

Fam. HERMELLID.
SABELLARIA Lamarck.

SABELLARIA VARIANS Webster.

Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 259, pl. ix, figs. 133-136; pl. x, figs.
137-139. 1879.

Prof. Verrill has described a species of Sapeiiarta (S. vulgaris)
from Great Egg Harbor, and in the proceedings of the Academy
Natural Sciences of Phila., for 1878,-p. 300, mentions that he has
also received the same form from Beaufort, N. C. After care-
ful comparison of numerous specimens from New Jersey, Virginia,
and North Carolina, I have found it impossible to refer any of
them to his species. It will be necessary to compare type speci-
mens of the two forms.

Fam. AMPHICTENID.
CISTENIDES Malmgren.
Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 358. 1865.

CisrzentpEs Goutpi Verrzli,

Pectinaria Belgica Goutp. Invertebrata of Mass., 1st ed., p. 7, pl. i, fig. 1. 1841.

Pectinaria owricoma Lewy. Marine Invert. Fauna R. I. and N. J., p. 14. 1855.

Cistenides Gouldit VERRILL. Invert. An. of Vineyard Sound, etc., p. 612, pl.
xvii, figs. 87, 87a. 1874.

Common at low water, One very large specimen was taken;
length, 50"; diameter, 9™™; length of tube, 80™. The color of
all our specimens was yellowish-white, save as colored red by the
blood showing through.

Fam. AMPHARETID A.
SABELLIDES (M. Hdw.) Malmgren.

The following species agree with Sanretiipes grn., except that
the uncini begin on the third setigerous segment instead of the
fourth, and that the first ramus, though smaller than the second, is
not very small.

SABELLIDES OCULATA 2. sp.

PLATE (VII), X, FIGS. 67-69.

On the middle line of the head two minute eye specks, black,
ateral.

Cirri numerous, light flesh-color.

Anal cirri short, obtuse.

158 [ ASSEMBLY

Branchis delicate, reaching back to the ninth or tenth segment.

Capillary sete, some (fig. 67), with a single, narrow margin ;
others (fig. 68) bilimbate. Uncini begin on the third setigerous seg-
ment; fourteen posterior segments with uncini only; they have
five sharp teeth (fig. 69).

Branchiz green with dark green center ; head white; body flesh-

color.
Length, 18-20™.
Dredged, fifteen feet, shelly bottom.

Fam. TEREBELLID 4.
AMPHITRITE (Miller) Malmgren.
MALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 364. 1865.

AMPHITRITE ORNATA Verrdll.
Terebella ornata LEIDY. Marine Inveri. Fauna, R. I. and N. J., p. 14, pl. xi, figs.
44, 45. 1855.
Amphitrite ornata VerRiiL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, p. 613, pl. xvi, fig. 82. 1874.
4g «< Wesster. Annel. Chet. of the Virginian Coast, p. 262. 1879.

Very abundant at low water; sand and mud.

SCIONOPSIS Verrw.
Invert. Animals of Vineyard Sound, p. 614. 1874.

Scronopsis PALMATA Verrdil.

VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 614. 1874.
WEBSTER. Op. cit., p. 262. 1879.

Common; dredged ten to fifteen feet.

POLYCIRRUS (Grube) Malmgren.
MALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 393. 1865.

Poxycirrrus Extmius Verrail.

Torquea eximea LErDY. Marine Invert. Fauna of R. 1, and N.J., p. 14, pl-
xi, figs. 51, 52. 1855.
Polycirrus eximius VERRILL. Invert. An. Vin. Sound, p. 616, pl. xvi, fig. 85. 1874.
ae <s WEBSTER. Annel. Chet. of the Vir. Coast, p. 263. 1879.

Common on shells, etce.; dredged.

Fam. SABELLID 2.
SABELLA (ZL.) Malmgren.
MALMGREN. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater, p. 398. 1865.

SABELLA MICROPHTHALMA Ver77l.

VERRILL. Op. cit., p. 618. 1874.
WEBSTER. Op. cit., p. 265. 1879.

Quite common.

No. 104] . 159

Fam. SERPULIDZ.
HYDROIDES Gunnerus. (1768.)

Hyproirs piantuvs Verrill.

Serpula dianthus VERRILL, Op. cit., p. 620. 1874.
Hydroides dianthus VERRILL. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. for 1878, p. 300.

WEBSTER, Annel, Chet. of the Vir. Coast, p. 266. 1879. é

Common on rocks and shells, from low water to fifteen feet.

Union Cottecr, Scuenecrapy, N. Y.,
December, 1878.

NOTE ON SOME OBSCURE ORGANISMS IN THE ROOFING SLATES
OF WASHINGTON COUNTY, NEW YORK.

By James HALL.

For some years there has been in the State Museum several speci-
mens of roofing slate from Middle Granville, Washington county, N.
Y., showing what have been considered as obscure plant or graptolitic

markings. ” They were presented by Rev. J. E. Baker, of Rochester,
and were placed upon exhibition among the fossils ‘of the Quebec
group. ‘Two of the specimens are of such remarkable form, and since
organic remains are so unusual in the slates of this locality, it seems
desirable to make some published record of them.

The smallest specimen measures 70™™ across, and shows six ovate
peripheral expansions, with short stalks, radiating from a small. cen-
tral disc. ‘The larger specimen has a diameter of nearly 130™™ and
differs from the preceding not only in size, but in the length of the
foot stalks of the leaf-like expansions, which are from 10 to 20™™ long.

The peripheral expansions or bodies, preserve more carbonaceous
matter than the stalks or the central disc, and would appear to indi-
cate that they were of firmer (possibly chitinous) texture and con-
tained more organic matter.

The distal ends of the expansions show a dark spot surrounded by
light and dark concentric bands, such as would be preserved if the
body had been a bulb open at the end, or contained a large vesicle.

Ié is difficult to determine the true biological position of these
obscure specimens. They differ in their mode of growth from the
compound fronds of graptolites, such as Graptolithus, Retiograptus,
Loganograptus or Phyllograptus, in having six rays to the frond,
while in those genera the multiplication of the branches is by regular
dichotomy or is four rayed as in Phyllograptus.

Associated with these organisms are fragments of other organisms
which have all the appearance of undoubted plant remains (described
as Facoides flecuosa, by Emmons) and from the absence of character-
istic graptolites in the shales, it would seem to warrant the conclusion
that these radiate specimens are not of graptolitic origin, but are refer-
able to the spenges or possibly the marine algae.

The name Dactyloidites bulbosus is proposed for these fossils. See
plate 11, figs. 1, 2

A SPIRAL BIVALVE SHELL FROM THE WAVERLY
GROUP OF PENNSYLVANIA.

By CuHarLes EH. BEECHER.

The eastern development of the Waverly group, has not been as
extensively examined by paleontologists, as its importance would seem
to warrant, from its being the lowest member of the Carboniferous
series. This has arisen principally from the fact, that the rocks of the
group become much attenuated east of the State of Ohio, and are also
coyered and obscured by the mass of overlying strata of the lower coal
measures. Their close lithological resemblance to the underlying and
greatly developed Chemung series, has, in addition, rendered the group
comparatively inconspicuous.

The fauna of this attenuated Waverly series in north-western Penn-
sylvania is, however, not commensurable with the thickness of the
strata. In the section of the rocks at Warren, and the list of Waverly
fossils at that locality, published in Proc. Am. Ass. Ad. Sci., vol. 33,
pp. 2-4, this disparagement is very evident. And it will be noticed
that the number of species is as large as from any locality where the
Waverly group forms a conspicuous physical feature ot the country.

The Waverly deposits in Warren county, Pennsylvania, show many
evidences of having been formed not far from the shore-line. This
condition is indicated by the numerous mud furrows, land plants and
the drifted and worn shells. The interpolation of an extensive bed of
conglomerate, further shows that the sea-bottom was not in a condition
of repose. After the deposition of the conglomerate and the return of
the previous physical conditions, nearly the same fauna returned and
persisted to the base of the great Carboniferous conglomerate. A
region subject to these profound changes in the nature of the sedi-
ments, and to various oscillations of the sea-bottom, would be expected
_ to furnish many interesting faunal forms. The same varying con-
ditions are also present in the Chemung group of this region; and
these two series of strata, the Chemung and Waverly groups, present
the palzontologist with many species not yet observed elsewhere, and
also with several truly remarkable forms of life, among which may be
mentioned the Spirazis Randalli of Newberry. But few of these have

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 21

162 | ASSEMBLY

as yet received descriptive and illustrative notice, and others remain
ag yet undescribed.

The subject of the present paper may well be included in the list of
mirable forms from this region. Failing to find any publication of
allied species in the literature on the lamellibranchiata, I am induced
to present the only species known to me, and to refer it to a new genus.

SPIRODOMUS, yn. ¢.
[ozeipa, spira; déu@, domus.]
SPIRODOMUS INSIGNIS, 7. sp.
Plate 12, figs. 1-5.

Description.— Shell cylindrical, longitudinally spiral or twisted, the
margins making nearly a complete volution; length nearly three
times the breadth. Ventral margin entire, curved. Dorsal margin
of the same curvature as the ventral border. Hinge-line extremely
short or obsolete.

Valves compressed posteriorly, gibbous along the middle and ante-
rior portions. The transverse section of the two valves in position, in
the middle of their length, is broadly elliptical. The greatest depth
of both valves is in the anterior third.

Beaks terminal, small and appressed, situated in the middle of the
anterior end. Umbo not prominent.

Test thin. Surface marked by very fine strie of growth. Ventral
and dorsal margins strongly crenulate, produced into a thin reflexed
expansion. Posterior margin simple, slightly bent.

The cast of the interior is marked by a small, distinct pit or depres-
sion at the anterior extremity, and just below is, apparently, a small
muscular sear (vide fig. 4). At this point the pallial line originates
and extends parallel to the ventral margin, to the lower third of the
posterior extremity, terminating in a small muscular scar. The upper
part of the posterior muscular impression, in the cast, is marked by
two or three nodes, from which a low rounded ridge extends anteriorly
about one-third the length of the shell and then becomes merged into
the general convexity of the valve. This ridge was probably produced
in the recession of the muscular scar consequent on the growth of the
shell.

A specimen of medium size has a length of about 82™™; greatest
breadth of the cast 30™™; breadth of posterior end 21™™; greatest
, depth of both valves as conjoined 19™™; and the width at this point
is 2470,

Having but a single species at this time, the generic characters are
necessarily included in the specific description. The features of the
most general importance are: The equivalve, elongate spiral form;
the terminal beaks; the absence of a proper hinge-line, and the mus-
cular impressions situated at the two extremities of the valves.

I know of no recent or fossil genus with which this shell may be
satisfactorily compared. A somewhat similar form could be produced,

No. 104.] 163

in imagination, by twisting a solen, so that the ventral and dorsal
margins formed a complete turn of a spiral; but the beaks are in the
middle of the anterior extremity, and other characters are incompat-
ible with a solenoid shell. Its form suggests Parallelopipedum, but it
is evidently not an Arca. In its reflexed and minutely plicate margins
and absence of proper hinge, it resembles some forms of Pholas, and,
in addition, its spiral form is strongly indicative of a burrowing habit.
Further, the small mass of rock containing the specimens of S. insignis,
preserves the remains of several individuals, showing that they were
gregarious after the manner of other burrowing shells.

The twisted form of the shell and the position of the muscular scars
precluded any considerable opening of the valves by the animal; and
the shape of the anterior end shows that there could have been no well-
developed foot for locomotion. Taking all these features into con-
sideration, it seems evident that in this genus, we have a farther addi-
tion to the interesting group of boring mollusca.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12.

SPIRODOMUS INSIGNIS, Beecher.

Page 162.

.1. A transverse section, taken from about 45™™ from the anterior end of
a specimen.

Fig. 3. Id.

way ClO.

ig. 5. Id.

ig. 2. A transverse section, posterior to the middle of the specimen fig. 4.

Section of the conjoined valves, at about the posterior quarter of
their length.

Ventral aspect of a specimen, which is a partial cast of the interior,
showing the form of the shell, the muscular scars, pallial line and
crenulated margins.

The left side of the embedded specimen in the rock, showing the
expanded crenulate margins of the valves and the pallial line.
‘Waverly group. Warren, Pennsylvania,

REPORT ON GEOLOGY.

Prof. JAMES HAtu, Director of the State Museum of Natural History
and State Geologist of New York:

Str —In conformity with your letter of instructions to me, of date
August 4, 1885, respecting the field work of the year, | began work in
Dutchess county August 19th. It was continued with some interrup-
tions (amounting in the aggregate to one month) to December 5,
1885.

The first part of my survey was a hurried reconnaissance across
Westchester and in the eastern part of Dutchess county; and a section
across the Mount Washington range, Massachusetts and eastward into
northern Connecticut as far as Norfolk in that State.

The work of tracing the outlines of what were recognized as
Archean rocks was then taken up and the geological boundaries of the
Stissing mountain range; of the East or Dover mountain range; and
then, of the Highlands east of the Hudson were followed and located.

The relations of the bordering or over-lapping formations of Potsdam
sandstone, of blue, magnesian limestone, of Hudson river slate, and of
the mica schists and quartzytes on the east and south-east of the High-
lands were ascertained, as far as could be done from their respective
outcrops.

A few sections across the Archean outcrop were traversed and the
position of the strata noted.

Collections of the crystalline rocks and from the newer adjacent, sed-
imentary strata were made incidentally while at work on the geological
map. About 500 specimens (many very small, however, and not cab-
inet specimens) were collected from 580 localities.

The general results of this reconnaissance are presented in the fol-

lowing report.
e JOHN C. SMOCK.
New York State Museum, ALBANY, N. Y., Jan. 13, 1886,

REPORT.

A GEOLOGICAL RECONNAISSANCE IN THE CRYSTAL-
LINE ROCK REGION, DUTCHESS, PUTNAM AND WEST-
CHESTER COUNTIES, NEW YORK.

The country covered by the reconnaissance described in this report
occupies the eastern and south-eastern portions of Dutchess county, the
whole of Putnam county and the northern and middle parts of West-
chester county. The territory is very naturally divided into the fol-
lowing four parts or belts:

1. Stisstinc MouNTAIN.

2. East oR Dover MOUNTAIN.

3. HIGHLANDS EAST OF THE HUDSON RIVER.
4, WESTCHESTER COUNTY.

The report consists of general and detailed descriptions of the limits
of the Archean rocks in the first, second and third of these divisions;
secondly, of notes on the geological structure, so far as the data col-
lected lead us to infer it; and, thirdly, descriptions of the character-
istic rocks of the several belts. Following these descriptions are refer-
ences to published articles on the geology of each belt; and, lastly, a
brief statement about the geological age of these crystalline rocks.

The analysis shows:

I. Stissing mountain.

1. Geographical location and height.
2. Geological boundaries.

3. Structure.

4. Descriptions of rocks.

II. East or Dover mountain.

1. Geographical situation and height.
2. Outlines of gneissic rocks.

3. Structure.

4, Rocks.

III. Highlands of the Hudson.
. Geography and topography [notes].
. Limits of the Archean rocks.
Notes on geological structure.
Structure.
Notes on typical rocks.
. References to literature on Highlands.
. Geological horizon — Archean.

IV. Westchester county.

> OTH Co 20

J

[AssemBLy, No. 104.] 167 .

I. Stisstine MOUNTAIN.

The isolated and prominent ridge, known as Stissing mountain, is in
the towns of Pine Plains and Stanford, Dutchess county. A depression
near the north end separates it into what are termed locally as ‘‘ Big
Stissing ” and ‘‘ Little Stissing.” The whole length is four and a half
miles, and the trend of the ridge is north 20° east. The northern
point of the ridge is near the Pine Plains and Mount Ross road; the
southern end is about a half a mile north-east of old Attlebury, and
not quite one mile west-north-west of Stissing Junction. The
eastern side is steep, with vertical cliffs in places; the western slope 1s
more gentle and having a more nearly uniform angle of descent. On
the east the mountain is bordered by the Pine Plains; on the west
and north is the gently-rolling slate and blue limestone country, but
largely drift-covered. The average breadth of the mountain varies
between one-half and three-quarters of a mile, that is from the border
of the plains to the newer rocks at the west foot.

According to repeated observations with an aneroid barometer the
highest point of the range, near the depression and west of Stissing
lake or Thompson’s pond, is 200 feet above the general level of Pine
Plains and 1,400 feet above tide. Little Stissing rises to a height of
550 feet above the plains. To the south-south-west the ridge lowers
gradually and east of Miller pond it is only 950 feet high. The most
southern outcrops of the gneissic rock are not more than 100 feet
above the plains’ level, equivalent toa descent of 800 feet in three
miles.

The surface of this mountain range is so rocky that its cultivation
in farms has scarcely been attempted, excepting a very limited area
on the western slope, in the gap between Big Stissing and Little Stis-
sing. And the limits of the cleared farm lands follow very closely
the foot of the mountain and the geological boundaries.

The extent of the gneissic or crystalline rock outcrops, which make
up this mountain mass, outlined above in general, may be described
in detail, as follows: Beginning on the north about a half a mile
south of Keller’s Corner, on the Pine plains and Mount Ross road,
the eastern boundary line runs a south-south-west course, to the west
of Mud pond, separating the gneiss from the argillyte, nearly to the
depression or gap. Thence on the same general course it runs at the
foot of the mountain and at the border of the Plains, from an eighth
to a quarter of a mile west of the lakes. Here the drift formation of
the plains lies upon the foot of the mountain. South of the lakes a
greyish white quartzite makes its appearance and borders the gneiss
in low lying ledges nearly the whole distance to the south-west end of
the Stissing mountain belt or range of crystalline rocks. These out-
crops of quartzite were seen in close proximity to gneisses at several
points along this south-eastern part of the range. ‘Their diverse dips
indicate unconformability.* From the southern point of the gneissic

* Mather refers to the quartzite at the south-west side of Mount Stissing in his chapter
on §‘‘Taconic System” and calls it a ‘‘granular quartz’? and Potsdam sandstoue.
Natural History of New York, Geology of First District, pp. 418, 423, 436-437.

_Phis quartzite has been examined by Prof. Wm. B. Dwight of Poughkeepsie, who says
(in a letter recently received), that he has failed to discover any organisms in it.

Lithologically it resembles the Fishkill and Poughquag quartzites, which have been

called Potsdam.

° 168 [ ASSEMBLY

rocks the bounding line between them and the quartzite beds on the
south-west and west follows a quite marked hollow in the surface first
in a north-west and then in a more northerly direction to Miller pond.
This depression is, in places, a few rods only in width, bordered on the
one side by the gneiss, and on the other by the quartzite. Miller pond
occupies the depression between the mountain and the blue limestone
and slate hills. North of it the quartzite was not observed, the ad-
jacent formation being blue limestone near the pond and slate to the
north. The outcrops of the limestone are comparatively small; the
slate forms a bold and rocky ridge on the west and north-west of the
Little Stissing part of the range. From Miller pond to the north end
of the mountain the limit of the gneissic outcrop may be said to be
about three-quarters of a mile east of the main road from Old Attle-
bury to Mount Ross. At the north there is a rather deep depression
between the two formations and it is traceable around to the north-
east end of the gneiss. A wood road follows it for some distance north
from the gap, east of the Simmons farm-house. Excepting near Mil-
ler pond the newer formations of slate and limestone are not seen on
this western side of the mountain close enough to the gneisses to en-
able us to make out their relative position. South of the Simmons
place and north of Miller pond there is a narrow outcrop of the blue ~
limestone whose beds dip steeply to the north-west and within sixty
feet of gneissic strata, having a steep dip also, but more to the west-
north-west. Nearer the pond and to the south of this locality the
blue limestone forms low ridges at the foot of the mountain and all
the strata stund nearly on edge, dipping in a general north-west direc-
tion. Amore interesting locality, and where there is an approximation
to contact phenomena, i3 a half a mile south of Miller pond. At this
place the gneiss (a feldspathic variety) crops out within ten feet of the
grey quartzite and conglomerate. The dip of the former is 80° north
80° west (mag.) and that of the latter is the same, showing conforma-
bility. But one mile to the south and near the south end of the
mountain the quartzitic rocks and the siliceous conglomerate crop out
near the gneiss and their beds dip only about 10° westerly, whereas
the gneiss stands vertically and with a nearly due north strike. The
quartzite outcrop on the south-east and toward Stissing Junction is
marked by a more nearly horizontal position of its beds. The quart-
zite outcrops on the east, near J. A. Thompson’s place, have a gentle
west-north-west dip, the strata passing under a blue limestone and a
red shaly rock lying between them and the gneiss of the mountain
slope. The observed phenomena of the closer outcrops of gneiss and
these limestones and quartzites appear to prove a want of conforma-
bility between them.

From the observations made of dips near the foot of the mountain
and on three cross-section lines, the inference is drawn that there are
close folds whose axes have a general north-east and south-west direc-
tion, and are oblique to the trend of the mountain. The northern
point of one of these anticlinal folds was seen one-quarter of a mile
south-south-west of J. A. Thompson’s residence, and at the eastern
base of the mountain. The pitch or angle of inclination was 40° to
the north-east, or a little north of north-east. The observed dips
ranged from 50° to the east-south-east to 80° north 80° west. In
Little Stissing the structure, as indicated by the dips observed, is

No. 104.] 169

anticlinal, the strata on the north-west slope and on the crest dipping
steeply to the north-west ; on the south, to the east-south-east. On the
section over Big Stissing the dips are to the north-west from the crest
down the western slope, and to the east-south-east on the east and
steeper slope. ‘The same change in the direction is to be seen crossing
the mountain on a west-south-west course from J. A. Thompson’s place,
one mile south of Stissing lake. The predominant strike is to the north-
north-east and the average inclination is 70° to 75° — ranging, in the
observed cases, from 60° to vertical But a much more detailed
survey of the surface is needed to ascertain the position of the out-
cropping strata and to bring out the lines of folding and faulting and
the general structure of this isolated range of crystalline rocks.

The prevailing types of crystalline rocks in Stissing mountain are
gneisses, granites, granulyte and syenite. The most common variety of
gneiss is a moderately fine crystalline aggregate of orthoclase, translu-
cent quartz and muscovite. The feldspar is white to flesh-colored, and
with facets up to +5 inch ; the quartz is glassy to milk-white and appar-
ently filling in the spaces between the feldspar; the mica is in fine
white to brown scales, which are disposed generally in lines or thin
laminz through the rock mass. A black mica (biotite?) is found
accompanying the muscovite in nearly all of the gneisses. And it
might be termed a biotite-muscovite gneiss. The varying propor-
tions of these constituents make up an almost endless gradation —
from feldspathic to quartzose and micaceous gneisses. So far as macro-
scopic observations go there appears to be a predominance of mono-
clinic feldspars, although the triclinic were detected in some of the
specimens studied.

Granulyte and pegmatyte occur, but are much less common than
the gneisses. The former has generally a very slight percentage of
mica init. Granite and syenite also are to be seen, but confined to
small outcrops, some of which are, probably, intrusive, cutting across
the bedded gneisses.

In places the presence of a large percentage of mica gives the rock a
schistose appearance. And these micaceous gneisses alternate irregu-
larly, and are interbedded with the more feldspathic and granulyte
strata; or, they are confined to narrow belts or bands in the more com-
mon gneiss. ‘They are thinner bedded also, and the stratification is
more distinctly marked in them by both the arrangement of their con-
stituent minerals and the planes of bedding. The grey, feldspathic
gneiss occurs usually in thick beds, and often the stratification is recog-
nized by the lines of minerals only. But there are comparatively
limited areas of the unstratified or massive rocks, or those in which the
bedding cannot be seen. No attempt was made in this survey of the
range to define the limits of these areas of indistinctly-bedded and
massive rocks.

The Stissing mountain gneisses and associated crystalline rocks
resemble closely those of the Highlands of the Hudson. Although
identification of age based upon lithological resemblances is not as
satisfactory evidence as that from paleontological characters, still the
relation to the overlying quartzite, the similar structure and the gen-
eral facies of the whole appear to justify us in assigning them to the
same geological age. Stissing mountain may, therefore, be considered

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 22

-_

170 | ASSEMBLY

as the most northern outcrop of Archean rocks in the south-eastern
part of the State and as an island in the newer and Paleozoic rock
formations. *

II. Hast or [Dover] Movuntarn.

The mountain bordering the valley of Amenia and Dover Plains,
in Dutchess county on the east, is generally known as the East moun-
tain. Hast and south-east of South Amenia the more prominent
peaks are known as ‘‘ Peaked hill,” and the ‘‘ Cobble,” the latter of
which is just over the line'in Connecticut. The designation of Dover
mountain would appear to be more appropriate and definite, as this
range is the highest and most characteristic of the ridges in the town
of Dover. The north-eastern part is in Amenia, and it is a continua-
tion of the Sharon-Cornwall range.+ The south-western end is
marked by the valley of the Webotuck. The part of the range
embraced within the State is only about nine miles long, from the
Connecticut line, east-north-east of South Amenia to the Webotuck,
east of South Dover. In the town of Dover the top is moderately
rolling and the whole mountain is a small table-land rather than a
single ridge or mountain range.

The highest point of this mountain is near the Connecticut line
about a half a mile east of the Patchin neighborhood, and its altitude
above the level of tide water is reported to be 1,500 feet. The bar-
ometric observations on section lines which were followed during the
survey last autumn show the highest point observed to be near the
school-house in the ‘ mountain district,” and its height as 1,350 feet.
The ‘* Cobble,” which is a prominent peak in the landscape from the
Sharon and Amenia valley, was found to be about 1,400 feet high.
There are no deep gaps in the range and the surface inequalities are,
on the average, only about 200 feet, that is, from the ridges to bottoms
of the adjacent valleys. But looking off into the Dover Plains on the
west, and Kent Plains on the east, the boldness of the mountain and
the depth of these bounding valleys are at once conspicuous features
of the surface configuration. These valleys have an average height of
400 feet above tide, or are from 600 to 900 feet deep, as compared with
the mountain. ‘The outer slopes, descending to these valleys, are very
steep in places, precipitous, and hence they are in forest. On the top
of the mountain the less rocky and level or gently-rolling portions
near the road which cross the mountain from Dover Plains and South
Amenia to Kent Plains, Connecticut, have been cleared and inclosed
in farms. But this deforested areais comparatively a very small frac-
tion of the whole, and the mountain may be described as still wooded.

The boundaries of the gneissic strata of this mountain range are
traced without difficulty, excepting near South Amenia, where the
border of the gneiss appears under the drift of the valleys. Begin-

*Mather in his Geology of the First District Natural History of New York, 1842, pp.
548, 612, has a brief notice of the Stissing mountain rocks, in which he calls them Primary.
See, also, pp. 436, 437 of same report.

+ Dr. Percival in his ‘“‘ Report on the Geology of the State of Connecticut,’’ 1842, calls
this Dover-Kent-Sharon range of crystalline rocks or ‘‘ granitic formation,’”’ and he repre-
sents it on his map by the designation of K., pp. 115-119.

No. 104.] 171

ning at the Connecticut line east-north-east of Amenia, the western
boundary line crosses the Kent Plains and Amenia road one and a half
miles east of South Amenia. Thence it runs in a south-south-west
course along the base of the Peaked Hill ridge ; intersecting the road
to Macedonia, three-fourths of a mile south of South Amenia; then
striking the Hast mountain it follows the course of the mountain, first
in a south-south-west, then in a south course, and lastly in a south-
easterly direction, to the southern termination of the range, near
Webotuck. East of Dover Plains it has an average elevation of 550
feet above the plains level. On Peaked hill and on Dover mountain
quartzite borders the gneissic outcrop. See Mather’s Geology of the
first District Natural History of New York, pp. 444 and 446. Also
Percival’s Geology of Connecticut, pp. 118, 119; Prof. J. D. Dana’s
“ Taconic Rocks and Stratigraphy,” Am. Jour. Science (3), X XIX, p.
209. And these two formations were observed in close proximity to
one another at several points on this side of the mountain. Contact
phenomena were noted at a place near the road leading from the
mountain district school-house to Dover Plains. The gneissic strata
were found in all but one locality, dipping to the east-south-east and at
angles varying from 60° to vertical. One locality showed a dip of 80°
westerly. On Peaked hill the quartzite beds dip to the east-south-east
at an angle of 40° ; the gneiss east of the quartzite has the same direc-
tion in dip, but the amount is 50°. Along the west side of the East
mountain the dip of the quartzite strata is 50° to 70* and toward the
north-west. Around the southern end, near Ellis lake and near the
State line, north of Mitchell’s Mills, the quartzite beds have an east-
south-east dip and the angle is trom 40 to 60°. The same direction
and like angles were observed on the eastern side of the mountain,
and at the west border of Kent Plains, in Connecticut. The bound-
ary between the gneisses and the quartzite at the south is near Ellis
lake, to the north-east of it — crossing the road, which runs north to
the Patchin-Kennedy neighborhood, one-eighth of a mile north of the
Dixon-Haviland corner and intersecting the State line about one mile
north of Mitchell’s Mills. The eastern boundary follows the border
of the Kent Plains.

There is a want of conformability between the quartzite and gneiss
when they are seen close to one another. And the prevailing dips of
the quartzite are away from the mountain—an anticlinal uplift
due to the elevation and folding of the gneiss. The position of the
strata of gneissic rocks in the East or Dover mountain, as shown by the
dips observed along the borders and on two cross sections, indicates
the possible existence of a closely folded anticlinal on the western part
of the range, combined, probably, with synclinals to the east of it.
The strata on the west slope have in general a steep dip to the east-
south-east, with a few westerly dips; whereas on the western part of
the top the angles of dip are from 45° to 80° and to the south-east.
The absence of observed dips on the east slope leave much doubt as to
the probable structure of this mountain range.

The rocks composing the strata of the East (or Dover) mountain
range are gneiss, granite, granulyte, quartz-syenite, syenite-gneiss
and mica-schist chiefly ; and other crystalline rock varieties of much
less common occurrence and of very limited outcrop. The yariation,

172 [ ASSEMBLY

due to different proportions in which the constituent minerals enter
into these more common kinds of rocks, is wide and there is an almost
imperceptible degree of gradation from one to another. In the range
east of South Amenia there is a predominance of a fine, crystalline,
banded gneiss, which is in places highly micaceous, associated with a
grey granitoid gneiss. A very good section was examined between
Macedonia, Conn., and Dover Plains, crossing the East mountain. On
the eastern slope many ledges of dark-colored, muscovite-biotite gneiss
with syenite-gneiss were seen, traversed by dikes of coarse-crystalline,
grey-reddish granite. The latter rock has in places a gneissoid aspect
and doubtless there are on this slope some areas of unstratified granit-
oid gneiss. Near the top of the mountain there is more of this grey,
feldspathic, massive gneiss and granulyte, lessof the micaceous, horn-
blendie varieties. The latter are much contorted in strike and appar-
ently much disturbed. Small masses of these varieties were observed
imbedded in the grey rock, indicating either very abrupt changes in
the conditions at time of formation, or, possibly, a breaking up of an
older series by the intrusion of eruptive masses. On the southern end
of this mountain there is a broad area, occupying nearly the whole
crest, of a peculiar-looking gneiss, consisting of flesh-colored ortho-
lase, white quartz and biotite. The feldspar and mica are arranged in
rudely parallel, thin layers, and the quartz is quite subordinate in
quantity. The feldspathic portions swell out into small lenticular
masses from one-half to an inch in diameter. They give the mass a
rough conglomerate, or rather a pseudo-porphyritic aspect, suggestive
of the “‘augen gneiss” of German lithologists. There are no signs of
bedding in this rock of massive outcropping ledges, unless this mineral
parallelism be taken as indicative of a stratification. And in the
mountain mass it may be considered as an unstratified rock; in hand
specimens it has the appearance of gneiss. The same rock was ob-
served on the top of the range to the north and also on the “ Cob-
ble” over the State line, in Connecticut. The outcrops of the west-
ern slope show as prevailing types, a dark-colored, fine crystalline,
syenite-gneiss, a muscovite-biotite gneiss and a grey, granitoid gneiss.
The variation in the strike of the strata of more schistose gneisses
on the west side also is remarkable, amounting to 30° within a few
yards, in places. Viewed as a whole the central part of the range
may be said to be mainly made up of grey, massive, unstratified
granitoid gneiss and granulyte, flanked on each side by the more
schistose and thin-bedded gneisses and mica schist, and the latter,
in turn, by the newer and unconformable quartzytic and quartz
schists. As compared with the rocks of Stissing mountain and the
Highlands of the Hudson, the rocks of this range have a more banded
or striped appearance; they contain rather more black mica (biotite),
more flesh-colored feldspar, and in their strike there is more variation,
or more contorted. But these lithological distinctions are compara-
tively slight and apparently not sufficient to justify a division based
upon them alone. Hence the range is here placed as belonging in the
Archean series and to the Highland belt.*

* Prof. James D. Dana, in his papers on the Taconic rocks, published in the American
Journal of Science, has referred to the Dover-Kent-Cornwall range of gneiss and called it
Archean.—American Journal of Science (3), vol. XVII, pp. 887-3888; and vol. XXIX, pp.
914, 221.

No. 104.] 173

TE:
HIGHLANDS OF THE HUDSON.

The above designation, or as it is sometimes used, the Highlands, is
given to the mountain chain, which extends from New Jersey, through
Orange and Rockland counties and, on the east of the Hudson
river, through Putnam and Dutchess counties, nearly to Connecticut.
The Hudson river crosses it between Peekskill and Cornwall. Its
average elevation above the ocean is about 1,000 feet, and it is so much
more elevated than the valleys on the north and south that it is some-
times designated as a table land. There are, however, some rather
deep valleys traversing it on nearly due north and south lines, and
many lesser depressions whose general course is from north-east to
south-west approximately, and which alternate with rocky ridges,
having the same trend. ‘The height of these several ridges is remark-
ably uniform, pointing to an original plane or nearly level surface,
which, through the denudation of the softer and more exposed strata,
has resulted in the corrugated features now observed. The general
level of these crests is at once apparent on climbing to them. ‘The
valleys are not alike uniform in depth, as for example that of the
Hudson river crosses it below tidal level, whereas the Ramapo valley
is several hundred feet higher, and that of Peekskill Hollow still
higher.

The Highlands east of the Hudson may be said to extend north-east
from the Hudson river, from Peekskill Hollow and Cornwall to Gar-
diner’s Hollow, near Poughquag, and to Whaley pond, west of Paw-
ling, in Dutchess county, and to the Pawling-Patterson valley, in Put-
nam county. The southern limitis Peekskill Hollow to Oregon ; then
an irregular and not well-defined line near Shrub Oak, Jefferson Val-
ley, Somers Hollow, and Croton falls to Brewsters. These lines do
not include all of the ridges on the north and east, since the Fishkill
mountain range continues north through Dover, Amenia and north-
east to its termination near Copake in Columbia county. Eastward
the ridges follow one another without any well-marked line of division
through the towns of Southeast and Patterson, in Putnam county, into
Fairfield, Connecticut. On the south-east the hilly country of the
northern part of Westchester county border the Highlands.

The extreme north-east limit, geologically considered, of the High-
lands belt is in the town of Beekman and at Gardiner’s Hollow.* The
gneissic rocks at this place are found lying unconformably against the
micaceous and quartzose schists of the Dover and West Pawling
range. This most interesting locality is less than a quarter of a mile
north of what is locally known as the ‘‘ Dug road.” The full descrip-
tion of the north-west boundary of the Highlands Archean rocks may
be given as follows: Beginning at the north-easternmost point, the
PEAS aR a7 AN RS EEE 1S, TNC EN RE

*The probable termination of the Highlands belt of Archzan rocks, near this locality,
was first suggested to the author of this paper. by a trip through this part of the State in
1880, while visiting the iron mines for the U. S. Census Office. At the close of the season
the work of Dr. Percival was examined, and his description of the locality was at once
verified. See Percival’s Geology of Connecticut, p. 123.

Prof. James D. Dana has represented the Archzean Highlands, as terminating near
Poughquag, ona Hale which accompanies an article on the ‘‘ Geological relations of the

Limestone Belts of Westchester county, New York.’ Am. Jour. @ * Science (3), XX; facing
p. 452.

.

174 { ASSEMBLY

line of division between the gneiss and quartzite has a south-west
direction, along on the iower slope of the mountain, east of Gardiner
Hollow brook an average distance of a quarter of a mile, across the
Beekman and Pawling turnpike and the N, Y. and N. E. R. R. line,
one mile south-east of the village of Poughquag. Thence south-west
the boundary is in a hollow, between the two rock formations, as far
as the Poughquag station and road south over the mountain ; descend-
ing and on the same general course, it comes to the valley about halfa
mile east of Green Haven railroad station, and crosses into East Fish-
kill township near the Baptist church corner. Across East Fishkill
it is located readily by the topographical features. It is near the Hop-
kins place, one mile south-south-east of Stormville ; near the resi-
dence of D. W. Tompkins and A. Wiltsie, a mile south-south-east of
Cortlandtville ; then, in a more southerly course, it runs near the Shen-
andoah limonite ore-bed and Fowler’s kaolin mine to within a mile
of Hortontown, where it sweeps around to the north and then curves
about the north-eastern point of the Shenandoah Corners gneiss ridge,
resuming at the village of the same name its general south-west course.

From Shenandoah Corners the boundary of the gneissic rocks out-
crop, overlaid by the patches of quartzite, is easily traced in a south-
west course for a mile and a half, or to the Wickapee creek hollow,
near the road crossing that stream. Again bending northward it runs
for three-fourths of a mile to the northern end of a northward project-
ing tongue of crystalline rocks, then turning westward and south-west
for a short distance, it again sweeps around a short and narrow out-
crop of gneiss, the quartzite dipping at various angles away from this
underlying anticlinal line. Beyond to the west there is another rather
sharp curve in the line to the south, around a bold and narrow ledge
of the quartzite. Crossing the township line about one mile north of
the county line the course is for a little way westward, then it turns to
the north and here the quartzite and siliceous conglomerate are seen
unconformably resting upon the gneiss. The latter rock has its strata
standing almost on edge, with an easterly dip, the conglomerate beds
dip at an angle of 20° northward. ‘The boundary has a general north-
north-east course, at the eastern foot of Mt. Honness, and quite near
to Johnsville, to the Fishkill creek less than a quarter of a mile north
of the Johnsville M. E. church. At this point the northernmost
end of the Mt. Honness range is attained and the geological line again
has a west and then a south-west bearing up the Clove valley a distance
of two or three miles. The drift conceals the strata and the south-
ward limit of the newer blue limestone is known only by openings
for ore in the valley. Its limit is apparently about two miles ina
straight line, south of Fishkill village. Passing about the southern
limit of the limestone the boundary is then traceable along the west of
the Clove creek and to the north-east end of the Fishkill mountain
range, proper, which is near the creek, and Fishkill village. Thence
south-west for two miles, the foot of the mountain is recognized as
the limit of the gneisses also. South of Glenham the line of outcrop
is traced in a west-south-west course and three-quarters of a mile
south of the creek. Through Matteawan it is located near the public
school and a little south of the P. E. church. From Matteawan to
the Hudson river the course of this line is south-west, and south of the
creek and nearly parallel to it.

No. 104.] 175

As thus described in detail, the line represents the boundary of
gneisses and quartzitic rocks across Beekman township; in Hast Fish-
kill there are separate outcrops of the latter at the border of the gneisses,
near the Baptist church ; south of Stormville and near the Hopkins
place ; near the Shenandoah iron mine ; at Shenandoah Corners ; in the
Wickapee hollow ; in Fishkill Hook south of Johnsyville, and near the
town line south-south-west of the same village. In Fishkill township
the border is drift and alluvial beds (in part), excepting the limestone
in the Clove valley and the limestone, quartzite and slaty rocks in
Matteawan, but the latter are isolated outcrops and separated from
gneiss of Fishkill mountain on the south by much drift. Hence,
the relative position of these sedimentary strata is not determined
by any contacts or any closely out-cropping beds in this town.

The relation of the Poughquag-Fishkill quartzite to the under-
lying crystalline rocks of the Highlands is shown by several good sec-
tions, one of which has been referred to on page 173. Another and
more interesting locality is in the town of East Fishkill, nearly two
miles south-south-west of Johnsville, or three miles south of Brincker-
hoff station. The mountain road leading southerly and passing West
Hook district school and the Adams place, ascends, first, over the
quartzite and then up the projecting tongue of gneiss. On the east
and west side of this gneiss the grey-white quartzite strata crop out,
dipping on the west side 35° to the west-north-west and rising up in
a nearly vertical cliff 100 feet high above the gneissic base or substratum.
The dip of the same rock, as seen on the east and north-east of the
gneiss, is 20° north and 35° east. And the rock is in some beds a fine
shaly sandstone. Overlying the latter, near the foot of the hill, a
_ blue, magnesian limestone appears, having the same dip to north-west.
Another interesting locality where the quartzite is in close proximity
to the underlying granitic rock is on the McCarthy place, one and a
half miles south of Johnsville. At this locality the rock is marked by
the presence of a scolithus, which suggests the horizon of Potsdam
sandstone. The beds dip north 55° east, 40° ; and are within 200 feet
to south of a granitic ledge.

Perhaps the best section showing the quartzite reposing unconform-
ably upon the gneisses of the Highlands is south-east of the deep
Poughquag cut of the N. Y. & N. E. R. R., and one mile north-west
of the West Pawling R. R. station. In the deep cut the quartzite
beds dip easterly at angles from 15° to 20°. To the south-east
in the next (low) cut, the same rock has its strata dipping to the
north-west at an angle of 20°, and the gneiss within 300 feet of the
former, but lower on the slope dips at an almost vertical angle to the
south-east. The same rock forms the base of this Poughquag spur on
the north.*

A narrow and isolated outcrop of granitic rock north of the Fish-
kill creek may be described in this place, since it belongs appar-
ently to the Highlands belt of crystalline rocks. It is traceable from
the large carpet mill and the creek at Groveville through Glenham,
north of Fishkill village to Vly mountain where it disappears under

*On the Poughquag-Fishkill quartzite, and its relations to the Archean rocks, and

the overlying limestones, see articles by Prof. J. D. Danain Am. Jour, of Science (3),
III, pp. 250-256; (3) XVII, pp. 885, 386, and (3) XXIX, pp. 209, 221.

176 [ ASSEMBLY

the slates and drift. It is five miles in length; its breadth nowhere
exceeds one-third of a mile, being greatest in the village of Glenham,
where the Reformed church stands on the north margin and the
Public or Union School-building is near the south side of the outcrop.
At the north-east end, Vly mountain represents its breadth. Through-
out its surface is rocky, but it is not very prominent above the adja-
cent formations of slate and limestone, excepting in Vly mountain
where it attains an elevation of 250 to 300 feet above the Fishkill
plain. The formation on the north-west is a bluish-black slaty rock,
but it was not found cropping out near enough to this crystalline rock
to indicate its true relation to the latter. The blue limestone bounds
it on the south-east. And the beds of this rock dip south-east or from
the granitoid rock, but the concealed distances between their outcrop
(nowhere less than 100 feet) are too great to permit any conclusions
as to their exact position in reference to one another. There is doubt
about the crystalline rock being stratified. The only locality where
it appears to have bedding is near Glenham, and the dip is there
nearly vertical north 10°-15° east. But the parallelism in the min-
erals is all that is evidence of stratification.

There are two principal varieties of rock in this short and narrow
outcrop. One is a pinkish-colored granite, consisting almost wholly
of orthoclose and a milk-white quartz. It has a little brown mica in
small, scattered scales through its mass. The other variety is a green-
ish-grey rock made up of a triclinic feldspar, orthoclose, white, opaque
quartz and a very little black mica and hornblende. Inasmuch as the
prevailing types of rock are unlike the characteristic varieties of crys-
talline rock in the Fishkill mountain so near on the south there is
doubt about classifying this little belt with the Highlands. And it
is placed here provisionally until the district can be more thoroughly
studied and the rocks be examined microscopically. *

The south-eastern boundary of the Highlands Archzan rock may be
described as having a general southerly course from Gardiner’s Hollow
near Poughquag in Dutchess county, to Towner’s Station in Putnam
county, and a south-west course from the Connecticut line, east of
Brewsters, by Croton falls, Jefferson valley, Shrub Oak and Oregon
to Peekskill Bay at Annsville. The rock of the adjacent formation
throughout much of this distance is mica schist. Near Oregon, there
is a very fine-grained, black, hydro-mica schist and the same rock
continues bordering the gneissic outcrop thence more or less all the
way to the Peekskill cove. On the Hudson river, the nearest ledges
to the gneiss, which crops out on the north of the cove, are south-east
dipping strata of greyish quartzite ‘and a feldspathic quartzite in the
bluff between the cove and Peekskill.

Beginning at the north-east, in Gardiner’s Hollow, north-east of
Poughquag, the eastern limit of the Archean gneisses coincides with
a slight surface depression whose general course is south 20° west
(magnetic) from the so-called ‘‘Dug road” to the Beekman and Paw-

* This rock was called an ‘‘altered sandstone”? by Prof. James Hall and Sir William
Logan, in a paper read before the Natural History Society of Montreal, Oct. 24, 1864, by
T. Sterry Hunt. See Am. Jour. of Science (2), vol. XXXIV, p. 96.

Prof. Dana calls it a ‘‘ granite-like stratum’’ and a stratified formation, in his deserip-
tion of the Taconic schists and associated limestones in that part of Dutchess county. Am,
Jour, of Science (3), XVII, p. 386.

No. 104.] 177

ling turnpike. The gneiss is conformable in strike and dip with the
micaceous schists of the mountain on the east; and in some of the
outcrops these widely-marked and typical rocks are within thirty
feet of one another. The schist makes up the crest of the mountain;
the gneiss forms a western and lower ridge of the same general range.
And it is first south of Poughquag that the gneisses rise to a height
equal to that of the schist ridges.

South of the Beekman and Pawling road this geological boundary
has a south-west’ course to Whaley pond, which lies in a depression,
marking the limits of two diverse rock systems or terrains. From the
south-east side of the pond and where the railroad comes to the water’s
edge, the line of division goes, first, easterly for a short distance, then
on a south-east course, east of the Whaley pond and Reynoldsville road,
to the Putnam county line. The mica schist, more or less garnetifer-
ous, makes up the most of the ridge west of the Pawling-Patterson
valley and approaches close to the outcropsof the gray, fine-crystal-
line biotite gneiss near the bottom of the hilland near the N. Y. & N.
HE. R. R. line. They are so close in places as to exhibit the structural
relations with certainty. Crossing into Putnam county the course of
the boundary is south for two miles, being one mile east of Ludington-
ville and following the lower part of the western slope of the Iron hill
range and near the middle branch of the Croton river. From this
valley it bends south-east around the southern end of Iron hill; and
then hasa north-east course nearly to the villageof Four Corners,
where it again takes a turn to the east and east-south-east and is also
the south limit of the Patterson limestone valley thence to Towner’s
station on the Harlem railroad. The exact location of the line across
the narrow valley, followed by the Harlem railroad, is difficult, on ac-
count of the drift and more recent formations which cover the rocks,
It is possible that the limestone of the Patterson valley stretches south
as far as the Croton lakes, but beyond that the gneissic rock outcrops
extend quite across the valley. ‘The boundary may run southward,
following the contour of a limestone tongue as far as this lake, or one
and a half miles south of Towner’s station. Or it mayrun in adirect
easterly course across by this station. Hast of the last-mentioned place
the line has a more tortuous course, going first north-east, then north
for a half a mile, around a rocky hill, west of Couch’s Corner; thence
east and east-south-east, at the northern base of the rocky ridges
which rise up at the southern border of the great swamp. Haines’
Corner is near the limit northward of the gneisses. East of Haines’
Corner the alluvial deposits of the Croton river valley conceal all the
older strata and make the location doubtful. Passing over this strip
of alluvial and drift deposits the eastward extension of our line is put
in the Quaker brook hollow, which is a deeply wooded valley, having
the high schistose-rock hills of north-east Patterson on the north
and the harder-grey gneisses on the south.

This valley appears to have been worn down in the softer schists at
their junction with the gneiss. It is a topographical as well as a geo-
logical feature. The boundary line, as thus traced, crosses into Con-
necticut near the head of this Quaker brook hollow. Between
Towner’s station on the north and Brewsters at the south, the east-
ward extension of the Highlands Archean has a breadth of six miles,

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 23

178 [ ASSEMBLY

and it is traced into New Fairfield and Danbury, Connecticut. Dr.
Percival did not recognize in it the same general characters as in his
“<Granitic Formations,” but put it under the head of ‘ Culciferous
Micaceous Formation (gneiss) ’’ and represented it by H. 2. B. on his
geological map. He calls it a table-land bounded north and south
as indicated above. In his description of the rocks of this division
or formation a granitic gneiss is mentioned as predominating with
beds of dark horndblendic and sub-hornblendic rocks and dark micaccous
rocks. And he adds that a range of the latter is traceable west
beyond the Croton, between Carmel and Somers.* An examination
of the outcrops on two sections across this division of Dr. Percival,
one from Brewster’s, north-east to Valleyville and Quaker brook hol-
low, and the other from Brewsters through Southeast Centre and
Milltown and across Joe’s hill, failed to show sufficiently marked and
distinctive rock characters to separate it from the gneisses, granulytes,
syenite-gneisses and micaceous schists common to the Highlands to
the west.

The southern limits of the Archean rocks of the Highlands from
the State line east of Brewsters to the Hudson river may be described
as follows: Beginning near Mill Plain, Conn., and at the southern
foot of the Joe’s hill ridge, the line follows the east and west valley
to near Southeast Centre and then the Croton river, passing south-east
and south of Brewsters. This valley has in it a white limestone and
a micaceous quartzite, as also mica schist, and these sedimentary
rocks have a general east and west strike and a northward dip. Joe’s
hill is the southernmost ridge of gneiss of the belt, whose boundaries
are here given, and the limestone and schistose rocks are the adjacent
bounding formations. South-west of Brewsters the tracing of the
geological line is rendered difficult by the absence of distinguishing
characteristics in the rocks which occur in the undoubted Archean
belt north-west of the Croton river, and some of the outcrops of
gneiss which are traceable in a narrow belt eastward from north of
Croton falls to Peach lake and into Ridgefield and Danbury in Con-
necticut. The schists in the southern part of the town of Bontheash
and north of Peach lake border this belt of gneiss on the north and
the Salem limestone is contiguous on the south. The prevailing
north-east dip makes an angle with the mean direction of that of the
beds in the outcrops of the Theall mine and along the Croton valley,
but no contact phenomena or localities of unconformable strata were
observed. So far as rock composition is concerned there is more mica
and a more schistose structure in the rocks of this Croton falls and
Peach lake gneissic tongue, if it be viewed as an extension eastward
of the Archean. Garnet also is common in these rocks; and they
have a striped or banded appearance. But there is the absence of
well-marked distinctions which are at once recognized in the outcrops
on the two sides of the boundary line as traced across Putnam and in
Dutchess counties.

From the Croton river west the general course of the southern line
of the Highlands belt is westerly, but 1t is marked by several loops,
which stretch southward around the Archean projecting ridges, as it

* Percival’s Keport on the Geology of Connecticut, 1842, pp. 83 and 92, 98.

No. 104. ] 179

were peninsulas or promontories of older gneisses in the later schists
and associated crystalline rocks, The line may be described as located
south-west of Croton falls ; near Somers village at the southern
end of the Round hill range; then, bending to the north-west and
near the so-called “ Lovell street,” it strikes the Putnam county line
near the Plum brook depression and the Mahopac Branch railway;
then bending southward and on a west-south-west course it re-enters
Westchester county at Jefferson valley; thence it is traced westward
to Shrub Oak along the southern foot of a high and rocky ridge of
thick-bedded, grey gneiss, which runs northward along on the south-
east of the Peekskill hollow. It should be stated here that there are
outcrops of true gneiss in the high ground south of Shrub Oak and
Jefferson valley, and as far south as Yorktown, which may belong to
the Highlands formation, and if so included, the location of this line
must be somewhere near the west branch of the Muscoot river and
south of Yorktown village. Asnoconnection could be traced between
these more southern outcrops and the main body of Archean to the
north, it is believed that they are parts of an isolated area in this
(Yorktown) township. The thin-bedded, mica schists which have a
prevailing east and west strike, and which make the more gently roll-
ing country in the central part of Somers and Yorktown townships,
are here considered asa distinct formation on the south of the Archean
gneisses of the rocky and mountainous Highlands. From Shrub Oak
the direction of this boundary is west a short distance ; thence north-
west, again into Putnam county, nearly to Adams’ Corner; thence
south-west, down the valley of the Peekskill Hollow creek, north of
Oregon, near which place it returns into Westchester county, From
Oregon the line is traced north of Gallows hill to Sprout brook and
thence to Annsville, and the Peekskill Cove to the Hudson river.
North of Oregon the rock outcrops on the south-east, adjacent to the
gneisses is a black crenulitic slaty rock which resembles closely the
rock near Annsville, and that in the West Shore railroad cuts north
o Tomkins Cove station. At the latter place the rock is graphitic
and a hydro-mica schist rather than a true argyllyte.

The limestone belt in the Sprout Brook or Canopus Hollow is not
here defined in its location, inasmuch as it is placed with the gneisses,
as an Archean rock; its semi-crystalline character and its foreign
minerals, and its want of resemblance to the Peekskill Hollow lime-
stone apvear to indicate its close relation to the gneissic rocks adjacent
to it. ‘The general direction of strike and dip in these slaty outcrops,
bordering the Highlands from Peekskill cove to Oregon, is like that
of the Archzan gneisses, the prevailing dip being at a steep angle
toward the south-east. The absence of any localities where contacts
are to be seen makes the relative position uncertain. The observations
of this reconnaissance do not prove unconformability. A more thor-
- ough survey of all the outcrops is needed to discover the true relations
so far as structure is concerned.

On the eastern side of the Highlands the Archean border has the
micaceous, schistose rocks and the quartzites resting upon it; and two
localities near Towner’s station in the town of Patterson, Putnam
county, may be here noted, on account of their closely contiguous
outcrops of the bottom, granitoid gneisses and the upper schists and
quartzose rocks. The first one to be mentioned is at the south end

180 [ ASSEMBLY

of the Iron Hill range of schist, about two miles west of Towner’s.
Here the garnetiferous, micaceous and quartzose schist crops out
within 90 feet, horizontally of the light grey, fine crystalline gneiss,
approaching a granulyte in composition and massive structure. The
former dips 60°-65° north, 5° west (magnetic), and the latter shows
a conformable bedding so far as any stratification is recognized in the
mineral arrangement of its mass. Going a short distance south-east
the strike changes to north-east and the dip is steep to south-east.
Passing around the head of the little valley and to the east side of the
same the grey gneiss forms the ridge on the east and at the foot and
close to the meadow, the schistose outcrop appears, with west-north-
west dipping strata, and passing, apparently, under the little lime-
stone tongue in the bottom of the valley.

From the synclinal fold to be seen in the limestone outcrop at
its south-west end and the opposite dips in the schists on each side
it is evident that there is here a great synclinal, which includes the
schist as well as the overlying limestone ; and the base is the uncon-
formable grey, granulytic gneiss. About a half a mile north-east of
Towner’s the gneiss forms the base of an almost vertical wall of rock,
whose upper portion is a drab-colored, fine-granular sandstone. The
dip of the gneiss is 70° easterly; that of the sandstone is at an average
angle of 30° only, also eastward. Within one-quarter of a mile to east
there is a succession of gneiss, syenite-gneiss, micaceous gneiss and a
micaceous quartzite, each forming distinct ledges, or low ridges on a
section line which runs north 35° east (magnetic), and haying about
the same angle of dip—40° nearly. Unless overturned, which con-
dition seems impossible, the order of succession at this place gives a
key to the structure of the region; and it is in harmony with the order
observed at many other localities in the Archean rocks border.

The discussion of the structure of the Archean rocks of the High-
lands belt is deferred to a final report after a careful survey of the
whole terrain shall have been made. Many observations have been
made on the strike and dip of the strata along the Hudson river from
Peekskill to Fishkill, and from Poughquag in Dutchess county to
Brewsters in Putnam county and thence south-west to the Hudson.
Shorter sections also have been followed and the phenomena of out-
crops noted. The surface configuration and barometric measurements
of heights have received some attention. So far as the observations
go, they show a prevailing steep east-south-east dip, and a north-north-
east strike, that is obliqne to the trend of the belt, which is east-north-
east. The existence of an anticlinal fold of some magnitude is
indicated in the Fishkill range. As it involves an enormous thick-
ness to consider the formation as a single monoclinal series of strata,
the prebable existence of close folds, with their axial planes dipping
very steeply to the east-south-east, is inferred. And this hypothesis,
taken with a series of faulting planes running, in general, north-east
and north-west courses, will explain most of the phenomena of struc-
ture which have been noted.

The occurrence of unstratified outcrops of granitic and syenitic
rocks. has been looked for, and two comparatively broad ranges have
been found; one in the Fishkill monuntain range, and the other
east of Oregon, in Putnam county. Areas of granitoid gneisses, or
granulyte-like gneisses, have been observed. The time of field-work was
altogether too short to trace out the contours of these characteristic out-

No. 104. | 181

crops and map the surface according to the several prevailing rock
types. Another season it is proposed to traverse the belt on numerous
section lines and then follow the boundaries of these unstratified areas —
and determine their relations to the surrounding rocks. Their exist-
ence in the Highlands east of the Hudson is analogous to the results
of the surveys and studies made in the south-western continuation of
the same belt in New Jersey.* The fact of detached or isolated areas
of rocks, marked by certain lithological characters in the broad region of
crystalline rocks of western Connecticut and south-eastern New York
was announced in 1842 by Dr. Percivalin his Geology of Connecticut.t
It has been suggested as true of the crystalline rock of New Hamp-
shire; also, where there are 22 of these ovoidalare as of Laurentian rocks.

In describing the outlines of the Highlands Archzan rocks, refer-
ences to their general characters have been incidentally made. The
kinds of rock most common are gneiss, syenite gneiss, granite, quartz-
syenite, granulyte and hornblende schist. The varieties under these
heads are very numerous, since the constituent minerals are present in
so varying proportions. Orthoclase and quartz prevail, but mica (usu-
ally biotite) is rarely altogether wanting. Hornblende, also, is com-
mon. ‘Triclinic feldspars, muscovite and augite occur frequently, and
of rarer occurrence and as accessory constituents in the prevailing
rock types are epidote, graphite, magnetite, apatite, ilmenite and
pyrite. These latter minerals in places make up so much of the mass
as to give names to the rock; and there are magnetic iron ore, tita-
niferous ores, beds of pyritiferous rocks, of graphitic gneiss and of epi-
dotic gneiss.

The more common rocks are rather coarse crystalline and the con-
stituent minerals are readily identified by the aid of agood lens. The
fine crystalline to amorphous varieties occur within very limited out-
crops usually, and are quite subordinate in importance. The feldspars
are generally prominent in the crystalline mass of the rock, often giv-
ing it a porphyritic aspect. And in the coarser crystalline varieties
orthoclase clearage surfaces are in some cases an inch in diameter. A
common phase of the prevailing gneiss isa rude parallelism in the
mineral arrangement of the rock mass. This aspect may be due to
simple alternations of thin layers of the feldspars and the quartz, but
it is more generally observed in the case of the micaceous and micaceo-
hornblendic varieties, where the dark lines of the biotite and horn-
blende are in contrast with the white to flesh-colored feldspathic por-
tions. Where the mica is abundant, the rock assumes a schistose
structure.

Viewed as to chemical composition the feldspathic, or granulyte-
like rocks are more siliceous and contain more potash and soda; the
hornblendic and biotite gneisses are characterized by less silica and less
of the alkalies, but moreiron.§ And the latter occur usually near the
beds of iron ore or are associated with them. Some authors have con-
sidered the former as an acidic or highly silicated class and the latter
as basie or poorly silicated. The query is here propounded that,
perhaps, in these marked differences in composition there may bea

* Ann. Reps. of State Geologist of New Jersey for 1884, pp. 65-67; and for 1885, pp. *

+ Leport onthe Geology of Connecticut, by J. G. Percival, 1842, Pp. 143-144,

{ Descriptions of Geological Sections across New Hampshire and Vermont, by Prof. Chas.
A. Hitchcock, State Geologist of New Hampshire, 1884, pp. 29-30.

§ M. de Lapparent in his 7raité de Geologie, 1885, refers to the division of the Archean
system into a lower series (étage) marked by the presence of silica and alkalies, and by
greater uniformity of chemical composition and an upper series whose rocks are more di-
Verse in composition and contain more iron, lime and magnesia. ,

182 [ ASSEMBLY-
|

clue to the conditions prevailing at the time of deposition, and to their
probable origin. ‘The importance of studying these crystalline rocks
from the chemical standpoint rather than from that of mineralogical
composition is worthy of note, since the first points back to the
original sediment; the latter is the result of subsequent conditions
prevailing during the time of alteration or metamorphism. The pres-
ence of minerals having definite composition leads to the very com-
mon supposition that crystalline rocks are definite compounds also,
and in.this respect differfrom the fragmental rocks. This distinction
does not exist, and the former grade into one another by imperceptible
differences; and they are no more definite in chemical composition than
the latter class. They are the results from the cooling of liquid masses
in the earth crust; or they are the altered products, through the
agencies of heat and pressure, of original sediments deposited, as
gravel, sand, mud, or as fine precipitates through chemical action.*

The collections of typical rocks from the Highlands, made in the
course of this reconnaissance, are not large enough and do not represent
all its out-crops sufficiently to afford the proper material for a careful
microscopic examination. Another season of field-work is necessary
in order to get this material.

The first geological representation of the Highlands region was
made by William Maclure in his geological map of the United States,
published in 1817, whereon the rocks of the district were classed as
belonging to the Primitive Formation.

In 1819, 8. Akerly described the Highlands as made up of gneiss,
granite and micaceous schists and belonging to the Primitive Class. t+

Prof. Amos Eaton, in his “ Index.to the Geology of the Northern
States,” published in 1820, refers to the granite in the higher moun-
tains of the Highlands flanked by gneisses (pp. 107 and 131-2) ; and
in his ‘‘ Geological Nomenclature for North America,” 1828, he notes
the granite at West Point, mica slate at Fort Montgomery, and
hornblende rock in Butter Hill as Primitive Rocks.

Prof. William W. Mather, in his Report on the Geology of the First
District, described the rocks of the Highlands and called them Pri-
mary. His report contains a great mass of notes on occurrences and
phenomena of out-crops in the district, but without much order or any
apparent, broad generalizations.{

The work of Dr. Percival, State Geologist of Connecticut, lapped
over into Westchester, Putnam and Dutchess counties, and he placed
the rocks on the border in his Western Primary System.$

* It is interesting here to refer to a very suggestive and pertinent note by Prof. James Hall
in his introduction to Vol. III, Part I of the Palwontology of. New York: ‘ The student
from the unaltered rocks has been accustomed to see all the sedimentary strata, presenting
the aspect of fine shale or slate, or of sandstone and of strata showing infinite gradations
between the slate and sandstone; intermixtures and interlaminations of the one and the
other, and all possible modifications of these two simple materials in the sedimentary de-
posits; the admixture of calcareous matter producing calcareous shale and calcareous
sandstone, and giving a less or more calcareous character to all the intermediate varieties
of these rocks and finally the development of limestone. All these are familiar to him;
and as he approaches the changed forms of these rocks, and sees the beginnings of meta-
morphism, and the gradual development of the segregated and crystallized minerals, he
still looks upon these rocks in the mass, as strata of shale, sandstone, and the intermediate
varieties of rocks made by the mingling of these and the accession of calcareous matter,”’

+ On the Geology of the Hudson River, S. A. Kerly, New York, 1820.

t Geology of the First District Nat. Hist. of New York, Wm. W. Mather, 1842, pp. 516,
549

ce nt AAA ee

§ Report on the Geology of Connecticut, by J. G. Percival, 1842. (See loc. cit.)

No. 104. ] 183

In 1864, Prof. James Hall and Sir William Logan visited the dis-
trict and announced, as a result of their examinations, the existence of
- Laurentian rocks in the Highlands. *

In the same year Prof. George H. Cook, State Geologist of New
Jersey, mapped the Highlands (west of the Hudson and the New
Jersey range) as Azoic.t

The same district was represented, with much detail of geological
boundaries, on the map of northern New Jersey, which accompanied
the “Geology of New Jersey,” published in 1868, The term Azoic
was retained. {

Reference has already been made, to several articles by Prof. Jas. D.
Dana on the geological structure of the south-eastern part of the
State.§ The term Archean was proposed by him in 1872 for the
gneisses of the Highlands, in an article in the American Journal of
Science, on the ‘‘ Poughquag Quartzite.’’| In 1879, and in the same
journal he gave the boundaries, in part, of the Highlands Archean
on a small (page) geological map of that part of the State. In sub-
sequent articles on the ‘‘ Geological relations of the Limestone Belts
of Westchester county,” Prof. Dana assigns the crystalline rocks of the
Highlands to the Archean; and in one of them he gives a map show-
ing these belts with the Archean of Putnam county.** References to
the rocks of Dover or East mountain, which have been described in
the preceding pages of Archzan and an outlier of the Highlands, are
made by the same author in a paper entitled ‘‘on Taconic Rocks and
Stratigraphy,” published in March, 1885.tt+

The crystalline rocks of the Highlands of New York have been de-
scribed in this report as belonging to the Archean Era. This term
nas been accepted in preference to the older designation, Azoic, be-
cause it is not open to the objections which are forcibly opposed to the
use of the latter, when applied to these rocks. We cannot draw the
line where life began on the globe, but from the standpoint of a grad-\
ual development from lower to higher organisms it is reasonable to as->
sume that the earliest life consisted of infusorial protophytes, which }
lived in conditions such as prevailed during the deposition of the first,
sediments. And they may have given rise to much of the carbon-/
aceous and siliceous deposits so common in these crystalline gneisses, \
limestones and associated strata. A priori we should not look for the,
preservation of the earliest microscopic forms in beds which have been
so metamorphosed as the older crystalline rocks. The presence of\
limestone, graphite and apatite with beds of iron ore prove as much }
for the existence of life as the reverse. Again the term Azoic is/
expressive of a negative condition and not in harmony with the other? »

terms of the geological scale. Itis not as consistent with Paleozoic, ~—

Mesozoic and Cenozoic as Archean, which refers toa period of geologi-.

* Am. Jour. of Science (2), XXXIX, pp. 96-97. (Notice of a paper read before the Nat.
Hist. Soc. of Montreal.)

+ Am. Report of tne State Geologist, for 1864, map facing page 23,

{ Geology of New Jersey, 1868, Portfolio of maps ; Map of Northern New Jersey.

§ See pages of this report.

{ Am. Jour. of Science (8), III, pp. 253-254.

q Am. Jour. of Science (3), XVII, p. 879
Wigs Am. Jour. of Science (3), XIX, p. 191; XX, pp. 21-22; and 368-375; XXII, pp. 105-108,

tt Am. Jour. of Science (3), XXIX, pp. 209, 221,

oe

184 [ ASSEMBLY

cal history, and the term 4zoic is aa applicable to large areas of un-
doubted newer formations as to the Highlands rocks, if the absence
of life remains be the basis of our nomenclature. Lastly the possibility
of future discoveries of the slightest traces of even th lowliest forms
of life renders the continuance of Azote doubtful. Archewan is not

open to these objections, including, as it does, the earliest rocks, or
/ original crust of the earth and the first sediments deposited in that

aw

“era in which appeared the earliest and simplest forms of animals.” *
Adopting the term Archwan, the possibility of a subdivision upon
lithological grounds has been pointed out in the statement upon
structure.t ‘he more massive and. unstratified out-crops, or granit-
oid gneissic areas constitute the older central masses about which the
more distinctly bedded and schistose rocks have been deposited. And
they belong to two well-defined horizons or periods of Archean time.
At present there is no evidence from any remains of life to separate
the one from the other. They are distinguished by their diverse lith-
ological characters and geographical position. It may be said here
that the rocks of the New York Highlands resemble closely the typi-
cal gneisses and other crystalline rocks of the Laurentian of Canada,
but this resemblance, of itself, appears insufficient to decide the fact of
exact equivalency of horizon in the case of so widely-separated forma-
tions.

The identification of a Huronian group by means of rock characters
has not been made out, nor do there appear to be, so far as the present
reconnaissance goes, any out-crops which can be thus recognized as
corresponding to the typical Huronian rocks. Provisionally, the
formation in the Highlands, as outlined in the preceding sections, is
designated as Archean. It may be Laurentian also.§

The reconnaissance in the country south of’ the Highlands and in
Westchester county shows the existence of a great variety of crystal-
line rocks. Aside from the out-crop of the Cortland series of Prof.
Dana, and the limestones there appear to be two great classes of out-
crops, as in the Highlands, but not counterparts of one another in
all respects. The Highlands type of a grey, massive, granitoid gneiss
approaching a granulyte, is recognized but not developed over so
wide belts, apparently, as to the north, in the Archean district. |
Far more common is the other class, in which are here included the
micaceous gneisses and mica schist marked by the presence of biotite
and less frequently by garnets, and the hornblende schists which con-
tain biotite also. These micaceous and hornblendic rocks are dark-
colored, and are schistose in structure. In stratification the bedding
of the latter is thin and more contorted in strike. To the ordinary
observer they look possibly more like the common fragmental rocks
than do the more massive grey, granitoid gneisses. They seem to

* Manual of Geology, by Jas. D. Dana, 1874, p. . See, also, am. Jour. of Science (3)»
XXVIII, pp. 313-314. i

+ Pages of this report. i

§ It is properto state in this connection, that in the absence of all paleontological evi-
dences of age, this recourse to the nature of the rocks is not considered as altogether and
absolutely scientific, since lithological resemblances cannot be regarded as conclusive
proofs of geological age. They indicate like conditions, and these conditions when found
prevailing over wide areas of out-crops, which are overlain by rocks of known horizons,
may be suggestive of equivalency of age when taken in connection with the relation to
adjacent fossiliferons formations.

| See page of this report.

MAP or tre ARCHA-AN AREAS oF tue HIGHLANDS,
EAST oF tHe HUDSON RIVER in NEW YORK.

3 : 3
Sa Ses re Aimeniaville®

ast or Dover M

Scott Hill

/, UNION ALE!

sTTEAWAN Ye

ras SS SSN
A SS
.

Sy

SS LY

SS PEEMSK/

Scale 6%10 Miles to one Inch.

No. 104.] 185

differ from the schists east and north-east of the Highlands, in having
less quartz and more biotite and hornblende, and in being not so gene-
rally laminated in structure. From the mineral aggregation it is
evident that they contain more iron than the former and much less
silica in form of quartz. ‘These differences, it should be here said, are
not apparent always in hand specimens. ‘They come out when the
district is viewed more or less as a whole and by the field geologist
who has had some experience in the crystalline rocks to the north, in
the Highlands and in the country to the north-east of the Highlands.
On account of want of time it was not possible to trace out the out-
crops, marked by these diverse characters, or to determine how their
outcrops are related.
From the occurrence of areas of grey, granitoid gneisses in the
Highlands on the north, it is reasonable to assume that like belts or
isolated areas will be discovered in the Westchester county region
also—the southward continuation of the Highlands Archean formation.
The existence of a main belt or range with its outliers on both the
north and the south, in Archean time, is quite as probable as that of
like separate outcrops in the formations of subsequent eras. And it
appears to be so highly probable an hypothesis that it is presented in
this report as the one ‘est suited to meet the facts and to explain the
structure of a part of Westchester county. What designation shall be
given to these typical schist formations is not so important. The
term Manhattan gneiss or series, proposed by Professor Hall in
, commends itself, coming from the typical localities on

New York Island and the adjacent parts of Westchester county.

Note.—Reference should be made here to the work which has been done by Prof. Dana
on the geological structure of Westchester county and New York Island, particularly in
mapping the limestone belts; in showing the position of the strata in these belts and that
of the adjacent schists and gneisses; and in the study and description of the rocks compos-
ing them. What Prof. Dana has donein the limestone out-crops adds very largely to our
knowledge of the district and is of great value in the study of the gneisses and associated
crystalline rock of the adjacent territory. A like carefully-executed survey of the gneisses.
and schistose rocks will, it is believed. demonstrate that hypothesis which is set forth as
our working basis.

[ Assem. Doc. No. 104. | 24

REPORT ON BUILDING STONES.

By Pror. JAMES HALL

The following report on building stones was communicated to the
Commissioners of the New Capitol in 1868. The report was called
for before it could be properly completed, and much material intended
for incorporation, was never finally prepared for publication. At that
time the author was promised further facilities for continuing and com-
pleting the work, but these were never granted, and the report, in its
very incomplete and unsatisfactory condition, has remained as origin-
ally published. The small number of copies at that time issued was
quite insufficient to supply the demand; and the author has been fre-
quently solicited to republish the report. This has been postponed from
time to time, in the hope of being able to add matter of interest, and
especially some tables of the comparative strength and resistance to
crushing force. But these data still remain as they were recorded in
1868; and there is no prospect of being able to resume a work which,
if properly carried out, would be of important economic value.

The report is herewith communicated as originally presented. It
forms a part of the work accomplished by the author since assuming
the charge of the State Museum of Natural History in 1866. It may
very properly be regarded as the result of museum work. It is illus-
trated by the museum collections of marbles, building stones, etc.,
chiefly in the material occupying the shelves along the sides of the
entrance-hall of the State Museum on State street.

January, 1886.

PRELIMINARY REPORT.

[Communicated to the Commissioners of the New Capitol in 1868.]

Hon. Hamton Harris,
Chairman of New Capitol Commissioners :

Dear Sir — According to instructions received from yourself and
Hon. J. V. L. Pruyn in June, 1867, I proceeded to examine the
quarries of building stone within the limits of the State of New
York, and also those in adjacent States from which materials had
been, or were proposed to be offered for the building of the New
Capitol.

To this object I devoted the greater part of my time during the
remainder of the season, returning from my last journey on the 4th
of December; leaving the investigation, however, very far from
being completed. During this time I visited many of the quarries
within the State of New York and others in the State of Massa-
chusetts, and some in Connecticut, Vermont, New Hampshire,
Maine, and Ohio. :

In order to have before you the tangible results of this investiga-
tion, I have brought to Albany, and deposited in the Geological
Rooms, specimens from the greater part of the quarries examined.
In nearly all cases the specimens were freely contributed by the
proprietors of the quarries, and some of them in the most liberal and
handsome manner, as I shall have occasion to mention in the course
of my report. Other specimens have likewise been promised for
the collection, from quarries examined, and from others not visited.
The materials now arranged in the Hall of the Geological Rooms,
though far from complete, constitute a valuable and instructive
series of building stones; from among which, I believe, satisfactory
selections may be made, not only for the construction of the New
Capitol, in its foundations and superstructure, but they will serve as
a guide for architects and others in the selection of materials for
other purposes.

I had hoped to be able to finish my observations upon the quar-
ries, and the general distribution of building material, during the
present season; but other duties have prevented this, and I would
respectfully suggest that some further examination, particularly in
some parts of New York, be authorized by the Commissioners before
the Report shall be considered complete. I venture to suggest this,

SSIES -/S-~@<&Eaa—§ =

188 [ ASSEMBLY

believing that a more acceptable service could not be rendered to
the building and economic interests of the State; and the New
Capitol Commissioners have an opportunity of rendering this service’
to the general welfare of the community, while fortifying themselves
with all available information to govern their own action in the
selection of materials, not only for the exterior walls, but for interior
use and decoration.

For the latter object, I would very earnestly recommend that
specimens from all formations yielding marble, or of limestone bear-
ing a good polish, be used in some part of the New Capitol work,
With this object in view, I have already procured specimens of some
of these stones, but the collection in this department is scarcely
begun. :

I have already recommended to you certain localities from which
foundation stones may be obtained. In this statement, I think I
omitted, or did not detinitely specify, the locality of gneiss or
granite in the Highlands on the Hudson river, of which the quar-
ries at Breakneck and Butter hill offer good examples.

As a preliminary to our inquiries after proper building stone, we
may first consider what are the materials with which we have to
deal. The rocks or varieties of rocks offered in nature, and from
which we are compelled to make our selections, may be named
under the following heads: .
1. GrRanirEs, including SreNnITE, GNEIss, etc.

2. MARBLES, 0”? METAMORPHIC CRYSTALLINE LIMESTONES.
3. LimestTones, not metamorphic, compact or suberystalline.

4, Sanpsronges ov FREepsTONES, and their varieties resulting from admixture
of clay or carbonate of lime, etc.

‘In the first place, it should be understood that under each of these
heads there is an almost infinite variety in texture, color, power of
resistance to pressure, durability, ete. ; that the substances named
are very widely distributed, and that they vary in different and dis-
tant localities; that a sandstone is rarely a purely siliceous rock, or
a limestone a purely calcareous or calcareo-magnesian rock ; other
materials foreign to their strict constitution, according to the usual
designation, enter into their composition, and, for the most part, to
the injury of the mass. In the purely sedimentary rocks, which
have undergone no subsequent change, the sandstones are more or
less permeated by argillaceous matter or clay, which constituted a
part of the original sediment, and which may be uniformly mingled
throughout the entire mass, or may form thin layers or seams
separating the harder layers. In either case it is a dangerous
ingredient; for no rock with clay seams can long be exposed to the
weather, without a greater or less degree of separation or disintegra-
tion; and when any considerable amount of the same material is
distributed through the mass, its ready absorption of water renders
it equally dangerous to the stability and integrity of the whole.
Placed beneath the surface, and beyond the reach of frosts, the con-
ditions are different, and such rocks last for an indefinite period of
time.

Sete d

PPI NEE een

SO hd eee
YP ges
me ws

wag owen
otal
nite te SR =

a BIL

layla he ee
ar 2

oOo pie! Cat ae

Tetenr ps po TREE

m4 ae
Palak SoM ye |
ai

nae

ee a

cage tar
a a

SEO oy ay eee
ihrer, oe aNe

i rly ail
Rar aan coves % b
ae ay

5 Aegean wth Nah

oaks gee Sty

ay: dhe tegicay skipeing the Big
ee aot Conte

Sg aRNA dS ox HeBur: anit. 3h Theme:

re wamians hive certain 1ynlts which sc agama
ae prorat ee ties: eg swell anieed. see

ae | find hei petites apiaerl: E proe :

See ne men oe pax
phils: nt Sas sontiera ean sate

cot Sta Ssowull iawn, Sot Tea: ee

eee ee Pacts hers AS = cae mes — : | ! : ie

a . Seatip oe y

mee et

or “ot oan nan eet nk ite are ye
evan » Leone atin yp bess

2, PG eae 9 WN ey

eee : ot :
Seen ee eee ee

7 Rivet
en Aten ey ow TE.
— é

Dug! : ee ery

NUP FATE TO pe VE Es pm ae TPR gains ae

ere

renotes anaes Se

bp ese “ ‘ : 3 paths rip ee ei. St rein Bre cee ee
=> “f . ul ree Hy 9b 883
ib. eaters ¥ cee tae ny emir ee earn ie

EAE AR nero

pay

ees Apr

SNS PRG SP SEN

Be salir NS eg a ge RES See de eee

~ “
Aad ts C2 SDN St Tet RA yA Bey Poe hg Ge A Pe
Sowers pas 1
Pie RG RTT, | NAT, dm Mth alee aA Same? i natn eH ti ta SY RR § oir
“« ‘ « . - - c ~~.
; aoe aban oe -
_ a
ney “oe, ~ * s * = 3 ie
. a ss € a
hai ty aca eygeiade RAINE ail ae = eh ie
oaediioetee ‘oe Piterge vee
pe ee ee ne Cw er Baga) etree) eras ee exces te epeminamecnteon
mesh SEN ett nt PO Oe PN a a co ala
me, 2 2 4 RSA SEA IY ae NR nN oe ae a Bea ore Sesh seent Splas
SEM pin hi RIP eT * ~ x Toa i Pee ee a ee
r -
mai he NA mal a = = ae ae os BN ut ee Ed
ayes E ne, :
Seo te ree: Sa ah. hae Sth ergy hy : eda sit, Eh eg St EE SEU Sh! Briel wea cuamidniotig toais
4 “ ? - . » FI we hl ”
a s~ Sele a 6 a hes ee
mA : ie cold ge De A EL Doo
Sep AE, A PAP PST ay Saher Rh Oy ; ane aye Oe oven Rite eae < parie> Ss a es
Reni, patel oa ot . ee
aati gah pth mene int 5 ad ea ee eae En
- - . PAE - Sn nag ee lm Le ey Sen ese
eer ae Mere es Pe ET ffl ape ete Sets ee ee ee
~ Pie ty

AE ep ti le i terete Nab sen PS yey eM Ally 5 LAS ee et en See rn

az a Be, eee 2 ~ “ ”
3 Nae Mocs rome ~ . i pe
ee E > Xe ae >

OAT Be POE ae a R's ms

eli aed ad
ouiais

pe eh
Stier te om,

No 104.] 189

The same remarks hold true with regard to limestones; and there
are few limestones that are not marked by partings of shale or clay,
which, in the course of time, weather into open seams, causing those
unsightly appearances so common in structures of this kind.

In the granite and crystalline limestones, other causes, as the want
of cohesion among the particles, presence of destructive agents or
liability to chemical changes, and seams or patches of foreign matter,
are symptoms to be guarded against. It is not because a rock
offered as a building stone is a granite, a marble, a limestone, or a
sandstone, that it is good or bad; but this characteristic is to be
sought in other conditions, and the objectionable feature may be
accidental or adventitious. .

One other condition should be remembered. These materials
used for building are not promiscuously distributed over the country,
but are restricted to certain geological formations, and can only be
found within certain limits. Although we find granite, gneiss, and
various sienites, with crystalline limestone, in the mountainous
regions of Northern New York, it would be quite absurd to look for
rocks of this kind in the Catskill mountains. We find white and
variegated marbles in the region skirting the Highlands on the east,
and extending through Western Connecticut, Massachusetts and
Vermont; but no well informed person expects this material in the
_ Helderberg mountains, or in the hills of the southern counties of
New York. Investigation has shown that certain kinds of rock, or
rocks of similar but very distinct characteristics, are confined to
‘certain geological formations, and do not occur out of these;
and again, that these formations have certain limits which are already
defined and well understood. Geology has so well defined these
matters, and the association of certain rocks and minerals, that when
told that a known geological formation covers a portion of country,
we know what kind and character of rocks and other mineral pro-
ducts to expect.

In a State where the geological structure is so well known as that
of New York, 1 think I may be allowed to speak of the various
building materials under the heads of the several geological forma-
tious to which they belong, or in which they occur; thus conveying
general information, while treating of the special subject.

All the Grantres, granitic, sienitic, or gneissoid rocks of the
State are confined either to the northern portion, known as the
Adirondack region, from the name of the high mountain range in its
central part; or to the Highland region along the Hudson river,
which is of the same geological age as the northern portion, and all
belonging to the Laurentian System.

In the northern part of the State, CrysTaLLINE LIMESTONE, of
various colors, is associated with granitic or gneissoid rocks; the
same is true, in a less degree, of the granitic region of the High-
lands.

The Wuire and Vartecatep Marsres, so much in general use,
belong to a different geological age and constitute a distinct belt of

190 [ AssEMBLY

formation, running to the eastward of the Highlands generally, and
occupying portions of Westchester and Dutchess counties in New
York, and thence extending into Connecticut’ and Massachusetts.
The ordinary gray or dark-colored bluish limestones and the various
colored sandstones have a much wider distribution, but are still
limited to certain belts of country.

Treating these in their order, we may arrange and discuss them
as follows:

I,

GRANITES, INCLUDING SIENITES, GNEISS, OR GNEISSOID AND SIENITIC
Rocks ; THEIR GEOLOGICAL Postrion AND GEOGRAPHICAL Dis-
TRIBUTION.

The term granite, in its strict signification, means a crystalline
rock composed of quartz, felspar and mica in intimate mixture,,the
separate minerals being composed of crystalline grains. It is a very
common condition of the granitic rocks, that the mica may be absent,
and in its stead we have hornblende, and in this form the rock is
termed a sienite.* On the other hand, the presence of mica in thin
scales, forming lamination, or rendering the lines of bedding visible
by coloration or otherwise, produces what we term gnezss ; though
Se geologists would apply the term gnezss to all stratified granitic
rocks.

The proportion of mica in gneiss is not necessarily larger than in
some of the granites; but the faces of the thin lamine being
arranged parallel to the lines of bedding and the freest line of ©
cleavage, causes it often to appear in larger proportion.t

Quartz, felspar and hornblende without mica or with a very small
proportion of this mineral, constitute some of the best granites;
while in the lighter gray or whitish gray granites, the quartz, or
quartz and felspar, are the chief component parts, and there is little
either of bornblende or mica. The grains or aggregations of these
minerals may sometimes be so large that each one presents its dis-
tinctive mineralogical or individual character, becoming so coarsely
crystalline as to be unfit for building purposes.

GRANITES oF New York.

In the lower portion of the Adirondack region, or the Laurentian
System bordering Lake Champlain and extending from Saratoga to
Clinton county, the rocks consist mainly of a gray gneissoid granite,
which is sometimes traversed by coarser crystalline veins, and some-
times nearly or entirely losing its gneissoid character from the small
proportion of mica, but always regularly stratified. The latter
character is presented in the exposures at Little Falls and other places;

*The Egyptian sienite or syenite, according to DeLesse, contains mica.

+A distinction has sometimes been made between gneiss and granite, that the one is
stratified and the other not. This does not hold true; for nearly all, if not all, the gran-
ites that are extensively quarried are stratified, and I believe all of them cleave in one
direction more freely than in another, while the other free line of cleavage or breaking is
rectangular to the first.

No. 104.] 191

while the true compact gneiss is seen at the quarries in Saratoga
county, and the partial or entire absence of the mica characterizes the
rock at many localities farther to the north. ‘This gray gneissoid
rock graduates downward, throngh alternating beds of variable
character, into a hornblende rock, and becomes a compact dark-
colored sienite extremely hard and tough in its character.

The same general features prevail in the granite rocks in the
Highlands as exposed along the Hudson river, the strata being tilted
at a high angle. In many places, however, the lines of bedding
become obscure, the mica is to a great degree absent, and the rock
assumes the character of a true granite. The principal points of
exposure, where the gneiss or granite of the Highlands has been
quarried, are at Butter hill, on the west side of the river, and at
Breakneck on the east side. In some portions of the mass, at both
of these localities, the rock loses in a measure its gneissoid character,
and presents a comparatively even admixture of the component
parts. At both localities the rock is penetrated by trap dykes,
which have affected the beds adjacent to them; and these, together
with other causes, have produced a more than ordinarily fractured
or jointed condition of the rock.

In the higher part of the Laurentian series, and in localities more
inaccessible to means of transportation, we have the highly felspathic
granites of the central portion of the Adirondackregion. These are
usually coarsely crystalline and of a dark color, but weathering to a
lighter hue. They have nowhere been brought into use for building
purposes; and not being within the limits of reasonable cost of
transportation, it is scarcely worth while to indicate their localities
more particularly.

Granires oF New ENGLAND.

The granites examined beyond the limits of the State belong to
an entirely different geological age from those of New York, and
present a different aspect in the aggregation of their component
parts. They moreover differ among themselves, in a very extreme
degree, both in color and texture; varying from the dark-colored
compact sienite of Quincy and the neighborhood, through the lighter-
colored varieties of the same locality and that of Chelmsford and
other places, to the greyish-white varieties like that of Rockport on
Cape Ann. All the quarries that I have examined along the coast
are free from mica ; and when hornblende is not present, we have
the quartz and felspar only. The dark colors are usually due to the
presence of hornblende; the reddish or brownish colors, to the
colored felspar ; and some of the quarries offer a granite of quartz,
brownish felspar and dark hornblende, giving thus within these
ranges a considerable variety of color, due either to the original
color of the substances, or to the proportions in which they are
mingled in the mass.

The principal quarries that came under my observation were those
of Quincy and Weymouth, Rockport on Cape Ann and Dix island

192 | ASSEMBLY

in Maine, with others of less importance. The collection embraces
specimens from each of these places. All of the granites (sienites)
quarried along the coast are durable stones; a character determined
as well from their abundant use in building, as also from their
exposed surfaces in nature, which have withstood the action of
weathering for centuries without perceptible disintegration.

The granites of the interior of New England, as of Concord and
Fitzwilliam in New Hampshire, Hallowell in Maine, Medfield in
Massachusetts, Westerly in Rhode Island, and of Barre, Berlin and
other places in Vermont, are compounds of quartz, felspar and mica.
They are, for the most part, light-colored and fine grained. The
felspar predominates, and they are easily wrought and bear fine
working.

The Concord granite, which is now so largely in use, occupies a
long hill near the town of Concord in New Hampshire, which has a
direction or range from north-east to south-west. It is quarried at
several places on this hill, within a moderate distance from the town
and railroad. The rock presents distinct lines of bedding with an
apparent dip to the north-west, as indicated by seams or lamine of
different color, and also by the splitting of the rock both in the line
or rift (so termed by the workmen), and in the direction perpen-
dicular or vertical to the lines of bedding.*

The beds of this granite are unequal in thickness, varying from
one to three or four, or even five or six feet, which can be split in
any desired lengths. The texture is pretty even, with some coarser
beds, with occasionally some blotches of coarser or finer, or lighter
or darker material.

The granite of Fitzwilliam, a locality some forty miles west of
Concord, occupies a hill having a direction from north-east to south-
west, with the dip apparently to the north-east. In texture and
quality it is very similar to that of Concord, the prevailing beds
perhaps a little thinner, the thickest being four feet. The rock is
easily worked, and can be dressed with great facility.t

A mile northward of the principal quarries the rock is somewhat
coarser in texture, but of similar light gray color, readily worked,
and making a handsome building stone. The granite of Hallowell
in Maine is similar in texture to that of Concord and Fitzwilliam.

There is also a light-colored granite in the town of Medfield in
Massachusetts, from which the Court-house in Dedham has been
built. In color and texture, this granite differs but little from the
Concord granite, being perhaps a little coarser. The Court-house
was erected more than forty years ago ; and considering the time and
the less perfect dressing of the stone as compared with work of the
present day, the building still presents a very fine appearance.

The granites of Barre, Berlin and other places in Vermont, are of

*In splitting the blocks vertically to the bedding, I am informed by the foreman of the
quarry, Mr. Ros, that they open much more readily in lines east and west and north and
south, than in any direction oblique to these.

+1 am informed that the statues on the Horticultural Hall in Tremont street, Boston,
are from the Fitzwilliam granite, the structure itself being of Concord granite.

No. 104.] 193

a whitish-gray color, with the component parts very distinctly
granular and evenly mixed throughout, containing less mica than the
Concord and Fitzwilliam granites, and producing one of the finest
building materials in the country, possessing a fine color, strength
and durability.

IL.

Marszes, on Meramorpuic Orysratiine Limestones; THEIR Gro-
LOGIOAL Position AND GEOGRAPHICAL, DisrriBution.

Crystalline limestones are everywhere interstratified with the
gneiss rocks of the Laurentian System, but usually forming a very
small proportion of the entire mass. These limestones frequently
contain a large proportion of other minerals, as serpentine, augite,
ete.; often producing a marble of variegated character which is
quite ornamental. When free from these materials, it is often
grayish or bluish-gray, and generally coarsely crystalline.

Limestones of this age follow the line of outcrop of the gneiss of
the same system, appearing to the northward in.Saratoga county,
and extending thence with more or less continuity through Warren,
Essex and Clinton counties. In St. Lawrence and Jefferson counties,
the crystalline limestones of the same age are more extensively de-
veloped, and have there been known and used for along time. The
same limestones likewise occur in Lewis county. In some localities
these limestones are cut and wrought asa marble; but generally
they have only a local use, though some of them with the serpentine
admixture may yet prove of general commercial value.

The white and variegated marbles of commerce are mainly con-
fined to the geological formation known as the Quebec group, which
underlies a belt of country extending from Canada through Vermont,
the western part of Massachusetts and Connecticut; thence into the
eastern part of New York, through New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Mary-
land, ete.

The marbles of this group are largely quarried in Westchester
county; and the quarries of Tuckahoe and Scarsdale, and other
points, furnish large quantities of the material for buildings in New
York city and elsewhere. The rock is rather coarsely crystalline,
but compact and durable. The same marble, on the west side of the
synclinal axis, is quarried at Hastings and at Sing Sing, and also at
several places in Dutchess county.

The formation is abundantly developed in Litchfield county, in
Connecticut, and at Stockbridge, Shettield, Egremount, Barrington,
Alford and other places in Massachusetts.

In its northern extension, the same formation furnishes the mar-
bles of Vermont, at Rutland, Southerland Falls, Brandon and other
places.

Neither to the eastward nor to the westward of this formation are
there any extensive beds of white or variegated marble, and the
great sources of this material for building and ornamental purposes
is to be songht in this range of rocks.

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 25

194 [ AssEMBLY

III.

Livestones Not Mrtamorpuic, Compact oR SUBCRYSTALLINE } THEIR
GEOLOGICAL AND GEOGRAPHICAL DisrRrBurion.

The limestones used in building, or for foundations, canal locks,
bridge abutments and other solid masonry, are very widely distrib-
uted, and in great variety within the State of New York.

In their geological order, we have the Chazy limestone, the Tren-
ton limestone group (embracing the Birdseye, Black river and Tren-
ton limestone proper), the Viagara limestone, the Lower and Upper
Lelderberg limestone groups, and the Tully limestone.

These limestones vary from a dark bluish-black or black color to
bluish-gray, gray, or sometimes reddish or brownish-gray.

1. The oldest of these, the Coazy LimEsTONE, as its name indicates,
oceurs at Chazy in New York. It forms the island known as Isle
la Motte, and other islands in Lake Champlain, and extends likewise
into Vermont and Canada. It exists in heavy beds, and is largely
quarried for different purposes, as will be mentioned hereafter.

2. The TRENTON LIMESTONE GROUP, in one or more of its members,
occurs both on the east and west shores of Lake Champlain, and is
extensively quarried at Willsborough and other places. The same
rock oceurs at Glens Falls and in the neighborhood of Saratoga
Springs. It likewise extends along the Mohawk valley from the
neighborhood of Hoffman’s Ferry to Little Falls, and is quarried at
Amsterdam, Tribes Hill, and other places. At Little Falls the con-
tinuity of the limestone formation is interrupted by the southern
extension of the Gneiss formation, but it comes in again to the south
and west beyond this, and is extensively quarried at Jacksonburgh
on the south side of the Mohawk river. The same formation ex-
tends, by the way of Trenton Falls, through Lewis and Jefferson
counties, everywhere offering quarries for building-stone and for
lime.

3. The Niagara Lrmestone, though extending further to the east-
ward, acquires little force or thickness till we reach Monroe county,
where it has a considerable thickness on the Genesee river, and
some of the beds of the formation are valuable as quarry-stones. It
is only in the neighborhood of Lockport, however, that the lower
beds of this formation become important as a building stone. The
principal working beds are a light gray stone, varying in some in-
stances to a brownish color from the admixture of organic remains.
The’same limestone occurs at Niagara Falls and vicinity, extending
thence through Canada West to Lake Huron. The upper parts of
the formation are of a brownish, or often of an ashen gray color,
with irregular bedding and of unequal texture, as well as marked by
cavities and crystalline masses of calc-spar, selenite or compact gyp-
sum, celestine, ete. The stone of this part of the formation is
adapted only to the heavier and coarser masonry, and care is re-
quired in its selection to secure a strong and durable stone.

No. 104.] 195

4. Tur Lower HetpersrerG LIMEsToNE formation, in its most
easterly extension within New York, appears in the Helderberg
mountains and extends west as far as Herkimer county. The lower
beds of the formation afford a very excellent building stone of a
dark-bluish color, which, when polished, is nearly black. It is
principally quarried at Schoharie and Cobleskill; it is likewise
worked at Carlisle and Cherry Valley, and toa small extent at points
west of the latter place. The middle portion of the group consists
of a gray or bluish-gray subcrystalline limestone, but affords no beds
of great value for building material. The upper member of this
formation is a gray subcrystalline limestone, sometimes variegated
with brownish spots from organic remains. It is quarried both for
a building stone for rough masonry, and likewise for a marble, bear-
ing a pretty good polish, and the variety of color from the fossils
gives it a handsome appearance.

5. Tar Upper HeitperserG Limestone formation consists princi-
pally of two members, the ONonpAca and Seneca limestones. The
former was so named from its having been extensively quarried in
Onondaga county ; and the latter, from its greater development in
Seneca county.

This formation, or group, extends through the State of New York
from the Hudson river westward to Black Rock on the Niagara,
Constituting the higher limestone of the Helderberg mountains, it
approaches the river, and continues in its outcrop along the river
counties as far as Kingston in Ulster, where one of its members is
largely quarried for various building purposes. The Onondaga lime-
stone ts worked at various points along its outcrop ; but the principal
quarries are in the county of Onondaga, to the southward of Syracuse.
From this neighborhood, the stone was used for building some of
the locks on the Erie canal in its original construction, and has been
extensively used in the enlarged canal, as well as in the buildings of
Syracuse. The upper member of the formation is quarried at
Springport in Cayuga county, and largely in the neighborhood of
Seneca Falls. From this point through the western counties one or
both the members of this group are more or less extensively quar-
ried, and used in building, or for door and window caps and sills,
foundations, and other masonry.

6. The TuLLy LrvesTonE constitutes a belt of formation of from
one to twenty-five feet in thickness, lying above the shales of the
Hamilton group and below the Genesee slate. The geographical
extent of this formation is very limited, having no great thickness
or importance to the east of Cayuga county, and almost entirely
disappearing on the west within the limits of Ontario county. It is
mentioned here among the sources of building material, but it is
rarely in such a condition as to be reliable for this purpose.

196 [ AssEMBLY
[¥,.

SANDSTONES OR FREESTONES, AND THEIR VARIETIES; THEIR GEOLOGI-
cAL Postrion AND GEOGRAPHICAL DIsTRIBUTION WITHIN THE
Strate oF New York.

1. The PorspAm sanpstonE formation is the lowest member of
the unaltered stratified rocks. The formation consists of numerous
beds of varying thickness, and of a gray, white, buff or red color.
The rock is naturally fine-grained and compact, and in many local-
ities furnishes a strong durable material. The beds are usually thin,
but generally sufficiently thick for the ordinary purposes of con-
struction.

In its eastern extension, this formation occupies a considerable
area in Washington county, and is especially conspicuous in the
neighborhood of Whitehall. It occurs at numerous places along
the west side of Lake Champlain, and is especially developed in the
neighborhood of Keeseville. In some parts of Clinton county the
rock is too friable for any economical use beyond furnishing sand
for glass-making. In Franklin county, at Malone, the rock has been
extensively quarried and used for building and flagging stones for
many years past. At Potsdam, and other places in St. Lawrence
county, the stone is of a reddish brown color, close-grained and
compact in texture. The rock continues of similar character in
Jefferson county on the north side of the Black river valley. Its
commonly striped or variegated color offers an objectionable feature
for general use in building.

2. SANDSTONES AND ARGILLACEOUS SANDSTONES OF THE QUEBEC AND
Hupson River groups. Certain parts of both of these groups of
rocks furnish building stones of greater or less value. The greater
part of the stone known as blue stone (the Malden blue stone
belongs to a different formation and has a different character), along
the Hudson and Mohawk valleys is derived from one or other of
these formations. The higher beds of the Hudson river group have
also been quarried in Oneida, Oswego and Lewis counties, but they
are not extensively used.

The quarries along the Mohawk river below Schenectady have fur-
nished a large quantity of this blue stone, for foundations, water
tables, and for entire buildings. Where the strata are but little
disturbed and lie nearly horizontally, the beds are easily worked,
and the blocks are readily dressed. The rock can be quarried in
regular masses and of any required dimensions. In the valley of
the Hudson, the rock is so much disturbed that the strata are broken,
and do not readily afford the means of furnishing large quantities

-of regular formed blocks for masonry. Nevertheless they are
largely used for foundation stone, and many thousands of tons are
annually quarried along the river. At and below Poughkeepsie,
the stone of this character, quarried along the river, is of the Quebec
group. The strata all consist of an argillaceous sandstone, very
compact and strong, but breaking irregularly. Those which break
into large masses are very strong, and make excellent foundation
stones; but I believe none of the beds are used for dressed stone.

No. 104.] 197

The two formations lie side by side along the Hudson river valley,
extending northward through Washington county and into Vermont
and Canada.

To the westward, the Hudson river group extends along the Mohawk
valley, and thence in its upper members through Lewis and Oswego
counties ; overbearing in its upper part some heavy-bedded gray
sandstone which is available for foundations and rough masonry,
but I am not aware that it has been much used in the superstructure
of buildings.

3. Tae Meprina SANDSTONE formation, from its eastern extension
in Oswego county to the Nigara river, furnishes building stone in
some of its beds, which, in some localities, is good and reliable, while
in other parts of the same formation it becomes rapidly disintegrated
upon exposure to the atmosphere. It is quarried at Fulton and
other places in Oswego county, and at a few points in Wayne
county. It has been heretofore quarried on the Genesee river below
Rochester ; but the more reliable quarries are at Holly, Albion,
Medina and Lockport ; and again it crops out in the bank of the
Niagara river above Lewiston, where it can be worked with facility.
The formation furnishes valuable flagstones in the neighborhood of
Lockport.

4. SanpsToNES OF THE CiInTon Group. The Clinton group is
made up of a series of shales, thin beds of limestone, and impure
shaly sandstone with more perfect beds of the latter. In Herkimer
county, on the south side of the Mohawk river, there are some beds
of brown sandstone in this group which are worthy of attention.
The material is mainly siliceous and the texture good. So far as
known, these beds are limited within the width of the county. In
the same neighborhood, and lying above the brown beds, there is a
considerable thickness of gray siliceous sandstones of the most dur-
able character. So far as known, the rock has not been quarried to
any considerable extent, and its economic value is, therefore, not —
fully known. In other parts of the Clinton group, there are thin
flagey beds which are used for rough building or foundation stones.

5. Tue Oriskany SANDSTONE, though a good and valuable stone in
some of its strata, does not occur in such thick or extensive beds as
to render its use very extensive, and, except locally, it is unknown
as a building stone.

6. FREESTONES OR ARGILLACEOUS SANDSTONE AND FLAGSTONE OF
THE PorTAGE GROUP AND UPPER PART OF THE Haminton Group. In
Eastern New York, the upper part of the Hamilton group and lower
part of the Portage group yield an abundance of the finest flagstone
- yet known in any part of the country. Some of these beds become
thick enough for building purposes; and the fine “blue stme” of
the Malden quarries on the Hudson river (now much used), is from
the lower part of the Portage group. In Central New York, the
upper part of the Portage group yields an abundance of fine-grained
argillaceons sandstone, which isnotalways durable, In the extreme

198 [ AssEMBLY

western counties of the State, however, some of the beds are dur-
able, and make a valuable building stone.

The extension of the same formation into Ohio yields the famous
fine-grained standstone of Berea, and the gray freestone of Amherst
and vicinity ; the latter of which is now so largely used for building
in New York and Philadelphia, Cleveland and Buffalo, and which
enters into the construction of the Houses of Parliament at Ottawa.

This sandstone, like all others of the same class of rocks, is very
variable iu its character at different points along the outcrop of the
formation ; owing chiefly to the greater or less proportion of argil-
laceous matter contained in the mass, and sometimes the almost
entire absence of that material. The latter condition exists in some
of the beds at Berea, but more particularly in those of Amherst and
neighborhood.

7. THE SANDSTONE AND ARGILLACEOUS SANDSTONE OF THE CHE-
MUNG GROUP are very irregularly distributed over the southern
counties of the State. The beds fit for building-stone are usually
intercalated between shaly beds, andsometimes continuous for many
miles; while the coarser masses are not frequently lenticular in form,
thinning away in every direction, or ending in thinly laminated
beds which are unfit for building stone, but may be used for flag-
stones.

The stone varies in different localities and in different beds, from
fine sandy layers of a light gray color, to more or less of an argilla-
ceous character with a dark olive-brown color. It is not possible to
trace any set of beds continuously through the country, and the
rock can scarcely come into general use for building purposes. In
certain localities, the arenaceous beds will prove of great value to the
immediate neighborhood.

8. New RED sAnpstone. Within the State of New York, this
rock is limited to the county of Rockland; extending from Haver-
straw along the river, beyond the limits of the State into New
Jersey. The same sandstone has a wide area in the Connecticut
river valley, and it is from this region that we chiefly know it in its
uses as a building stone. Within the State, the stone has been
quarried at Haverstraw, and on the river bank below; though it has
not been extensively used from these localities, so far as 1 know.
The quarries in New Jersey have been more extensively worked;
and from the stone there obtained, some fine structures have been
erected. The same formation extends through Maryland, where it
has furnished material for the erection of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion and other buildings in Washington.

The brown stone, in its varieties, is well known in all the Atlan-
tic cities, and has been more extensively used than any other in the
country.

I have sketched, in a hasty manner, the general geological and
geographical distribution of the principal building stones which may
be brought before you for consideration. The portions of the

No. 104.] 199

country oceupied by these have been roughly traced in different col-
ors upon the map accompanying this report, so far as it covers the
ground. I shall hope to have an opportunity of completing this
work, and presenting such a map as will illustrate the important
points relating to the subject of materials for construction and orna-
mentation.

Va

On tux Seecrion or Burtpine Stones, AND THE CAUSES OF THEIR
Decay.

In the selection of building stones for the exterior walls of a build-
ing, color, texture, and durability are objects of the first importance;
and all of these ought to be combined, to render the structure per-
fect. Too little attention has been given to the subject of building
stones; while on the one hand we are largely using a brown stone,
which gives a sombre, cheerless aspect to the structure, the opposite
extreme has been sought in the white marble, or that which is more
nearly white in color. In contrast with these we have the red glar-
ing color of brick; and it is only partially that this offensive aspect
is palliated by painting of neutral tints. In a few eastern cities and
towns we find the light gray granites now used in preference to the
brown freestone, the white marble, or the dark granite, which have
been much in use in past years.

No one can fail to experience the sensation of relief afforded by

the structures, of light-colored granites in the city of Boston, or
those of the buff or dove-colored limestone in the city of Chicago,
or of the light gray freestone of many buildings in Cleveland and
other places and of the buff-colored brick of Milwaukee. In these
cases we have not the excessive reflection of light, or the glare which
comes from white buildings whether of marble or of painted brick;
nor the sombre, cheerless expression of the darker stone, caused by
its great absorption of light. It is only necessary to consider the ef-
fects produced by the structures of these different materials upon one’s
own sensation, in order to determine what are the most agreeable
tints, or those which please the eye and produce a cheerful im-
pression upon the mind.
- In the majority of structures, the necessities of locality, cheap-
ness, or other causes compel the erection of structures from ma-
terials most accessible ; but these considerations are not imperative
in the cases of an important public building.

In many cases where the rock is homogeneous throughout and
the color uniform and satisfactory, it is only to be inquired whether
the coloring material is such as will produce decay or disintegration
of the particles. When the general color is produced by the aggre-
gation of different materials of distinct coloration, the character of
each one is to be considered, and its effect upon the whole ; and it
is important to have such material comparatively fine-grained, and

200 [ ASSEMBLY

the different parts as uniformly mingled together as possible. As
a general rule, it is only in the darker stones that thecoloring matter
has any tendency to disintegrate the mass.

In the selection of building stones, the simple presentation of a
sampie is not enough. The'rock in plage should be examined in
the outset ; for in its natural outcrop it has been exposed to the
action of the weather, in all its influences, for many thousands of
years. One of the principles taught in elementary geology is that
the soft and decomposing rocks appear in low rounded or flattened

exposures, or entirely covered by the soil or their own debris, form- —

ing no conspicuous feature in the country ; while on the contrary
the harder rocks stand out in relief, producing marked and dis-
tinguishing features in the landscape. It not unfrequently happens
that the geologist, having familiarized himself with the succession
and character of the rocks of a particular locality or neighborhood,
by seizing the features and character of the prominent beds, is able
to trace them in succession along the escarpment or mountain range
as far as the eye can reach, and to approach them from any distant
point with assurance that he has not been deceived.

The strata which make these features in the landscape are the
ever-enduring rocks, which have withstood the action of the atmos-
phere through a period a thousand times longer than any structure
of human origin. One cannot doubt that if properly placed in any
artificial structure, they would still withstand the action of the
elements. These escarpments, in their natural situation, may be
coarse, rough and forbidding, more or less dilapidated or unequally
dilapidated from the effects of time ; but as they there present them-
selves, we shall be able to see their future in any structure exposed
to the same influences.

It is true, however, that no artificial structure or position will
ever subject the stone to the same degree of weathering influence
to which it is exposed in its natural position, but the same changes
in degree will supervene upon any freshly exposed surfaces. In its
natural position the bed has been encased in ice, washed by currents,
saturated with rains and melting snows, frozen and thawed, and ex-
posed to the extreme of summer heat without mitigation. The
rock which has withstood these influences is quite equal to with-
stand the exposures of a few centuries in an artificial structure.
Yet there are occasionally modifying influences and conditions
which have sometimes subdued the permanence of a durable stone,
and given preference to others less durable. It therefore becomes
necessary to carefully examine all these conditions, and to determine
net only from the rock in place, but also from its physical consti-
tution, whether it will meet the requirements of the structures
proposed.

It not unfrequently happens, in working a quarry, that layers are
reached which have not been exposed to the weather, and it is then
necessary to test the strength and power of endurance of the stone.
This may be done by repeated exposure to freezing and thawing, by

No. 104. ] 201

testing the strength or power of resistance to pressure, ete. The
exposure to freezing and thawing will not only determine its power
of resisting the action of the weather, but will determine also whether
such foreign ingredients as iron pyrites may exist in the mass.
Chemical analysis may be resorted to for the purpose of comparison
with specimens of known composition and durability ; but chemical
analysis alone cannot determine, without other testing experiments,
the strength or power of endurance of the stone.

In some countries, and in certain localities in our country, the evi-
dence obtained from ancient structures is available in determining
the durability of the stone which has been used. Yet it would seem
that this information has been of little avail in many places, where
the rebuilding of edifices is repeated every century. Experience in
‘many cases does not teach the lesson anticipated ; and when a dilapi-
dated structure is pointed out, the argument is made that “ these
stones were not well selected,” or they were obtained “at the first
opening of the quarry, and were not as good as now furnished.”
And again, as already remarked, there are few cases in which parties
are permitted to select the material without prejudice, the influence
of interest, or the absence of important information. Examples are
everywhere before us of the improper selection of materials for
buildings, and these examples do not deter from their use in the
erection of others. When good material is abundant and accessible,
it will be used ; in other situations, comparatively few durable struc-
tures are likely to be erected.

VI.

GENERAL CoMPOSITION AND COMPARATIVE DvuRAbBiILiry oF Bumpine
STONES.

All the stones used in building, under whatever name they may
be known, are composed of a few essential elementary minerals ;
these are:

1. Sriica or QUARTZ;

2. ALUMINA-CLAY or ARGILLACEOUS MATTER;

3. CARBONATE OF LIME;

4, CARBONATE OF MAGNESIA.

Beyond these, except in crystalline rocks, the presence of other
material is almost non-essential to the composition of the stone, often
accidental or adventitious, and usually injurious to the integrity of
the mass. The ultimate chemical composition of a stone has little
to do, as a general rule, with its character for durability; nor will a
chemical analysis determine the value of a stone for building pur-
poses.

PHYSICAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGGREGATES OF THE SEVERAL NAMED
SUBSTA NOES.

1. The silica or quartz may occur as a mechanical aggregation of
[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] 26

ee

—————

202 [ AssEMBLY

particles of sand simply cohering among themselves, or by the inter-
vention of some argillaceous, ferruginous, or calcareous matter act-
ing as a cement; or lastly through a ae solution and cementa-
tion of the siliceous particles themselves. In the latter case, and
where the mass is pretty purely siliceous, the process may have gone
so far as to give a vitreous rock known as quartzite. In many cases,
however, the siliceous or arenaceous deposits present great in-
equalities of texture, from thé aggregation of coarse particles or
small pebbles among the finer materials, always to the injury of
the strength and durability of the mass. Under certain other con-
ditions, these mixtures become crystalline rocks of various character.

2, The clay, or argillaceous matter by itself or with a small ad-
mixture of silica, and often more or less of carbonate of lime, becomes
a slate or shale rock, but quite unfit for building stone; and as a
general rule, any rock in which argillaceous matter predominates is
unfit for a durable building stone.

3. Carbonate of lime and magnesia, or the former alone, consti-
tutes extensive beds of solid and durable stone, but which is often
deteriorated by the presence of argillaceous matter. In many lime-
stones, the mass consists of an aggregation of fine particles which
have been deposited in the form of a fine calcareous mud. Other
and often very extensive beds are visibly composed of the debris of
shells and other organic bodies, cemented together by the finer par-
ticles of caleareous mud, or often by the partial solution of calcareous
matter. Under the influence of subsequent conditions, these simple
mechanical aggregations of calcareous matter, or the calcareous mag-
nesian deposits, become crystalline marbles of various colors.

In the purely siliceous stones, or quartzites, the mass is too hard
and brittle for easy working or comely shaping of the pieces; an
admixture of clay or argillaceous matter being essential to the possi-
bility of working stone whose basis is silica. When, however, this
argillaceous material becomes excessive, the stone is liable to rapid
disintegration from the action of the weather. While the silica
absorbs but an extremely small quantity of water, the clay will absorb
largely ; and this, on freezing, will destroy the stone more or less
rapidly. Some of the argillaceous sandstones, on drying in a hot
sun and then being suddenly wetted, will crack and crumble into
pieces. The same effect is often produced by the sudden freezing
of large blocks which have been freshly quarried, and which still
retain their water of absorption.

When the argillaceous matter is evenly and intimately mingled
with particles of silica or quartz, and not intoo large proportions,
; the stone will last along time, and will disintegrate but slowly; but
when the argillaceous material is in seams or lamine of deposit, it
is far more injurious, and every such seam in a block of stone must
sooner or later lead to its destruction. The manner of this is very
simple. The clay seam absorbs water, and, holding it while freez-
ing, the seam expands; if disintegration does not immediately
follow, the seam is widened so that it admits more water on the next

aM
i!

No. 104.] 203

occasion ; and so on successively with alternate freezing and thawing
until an unsightly crevice is produced, which constantly widens and
encroaches more or Jess on the adjacent parts till the stone is de-
stroyed.

This condition occurs in the gray or light-colored freestones, as
well as in the brown ones; but in the brown freestone or sandstone,
there is a further cause of destruction. The coloring matter, which
is also in part the cementing matter of the grains of sand, is ferru-
ginous, the siliceous grains are covered with peroxide of iron, and
this substance is intimately combined with the argillaceous matter of
the mass which cements the particles. Experience has everywhere
proved that the brown sandstones or freestones are not durable
stones; their destructibility is not only due to the presence of
argillaceous matter, but to the oxide of iron ; for the gray or neutral-
tinted stones, of the same composition otherwise, are much more
durable.

As an evidence of the rapid decomposition of the red or brown
sandstone when the siliceous element is deficient, we may sometimes
find a large area, which, when broken up, decomposes so rapidly
that it becomes in a few years an arable soil. The same is essen-
tially true in some parts of the Medina sandstone. In order to
demonstrate this fact, it is only necessary to examine any building
of brown stone which has been erected for a period of twenty-five
years. The State Library building is an example in point. The
Capitol and the Albany Academy have been longer erected, and
were originally of better material than the Library building. The
basement of the old City Hall in New York is an example of the
same kind, where the brown stone, from its inherent destructibility
and from the presence of clay seams, presents a dilapidated appear-
ance; and other examples might be mentioned. In Europe the
same condition exists, and many old buildings of the red or brown
sandstone are falling in ruins.

In the lighter-colored sandstones, we have mainly to guard
against clay seams and too large a proportion of argillaceous mixture
in the mass. Beyond this, the presence of iron pyrites is to be
looked for. This mineral is present in so many rocks of this
character, especially those with a bluish or greenish olive tint, that
it is to be suspected in all such stones. It should be remarked,
moreover, that iron pyrites(sulphuret of iron), when in visible grains,
nodules or crystals, is not so dangerous or destructive to the rock as
when disseminated in fine or imperceptible grains through the entire
mass. This mineral, however, may be so disseminated and not
prove entirely destructive, since in some stones it decomposes from
the first exposure to the weather, staining the exterior of a rusty
hue, and thus continuing to exude as an oxide of iron so long asany
of itis reached by the moisture of the atmosphere; at the same
time the free sulphuric acid unites with the lime or magnesia, if
either be present, or to some extent with the alumina in the absence
of the other substances; and this chemical change may sometimes

204 [AssEMBLY

go on for a long time, without seriously aftecting the texture of the
stone, producing no important result beyond the unsightly appear-
ance. Generally, however, the decomposition of the pyrites pro-
duces the gradual destruction of the stone.

We have in the State of New York a class of argillaceous sandstones
largely in use as building stones, and which are less known in any
other State. They are of the character of rocks formerly known as
“ Graywacke,’ and the name might be usefully retained to designate
the argillaceous sandstones of the Hudson river group, the Hamilton,
Portage and Chemung groups. These beds of the Hudson river .
group are known as blue stone, which is a compact argillaceous
sandstone consisting of variable proportions of these materials,

The name blue stone is equally applicable to the heavy-bedded
compact arenaceous layers, and the thin-bedded slaty layers, which
are largely used in the foundations of ordinary buildings. Much of.
the heavy-bedded slaty rock of this character, which is quarried
along the Hudson river valley, belongs to the Quebec group; but I
am not at this time aware of any quarries in the same formation,
which furnish dressed building stone.

In the Hudson river group, this rock occurs in many localities, in
very regular beds which are cut by vertical joints presenting clean,
straight faces, and are thus laid in the buildmg. The composition
of these stones (that is, in the proportions of silica and alumina)
often varies in the distance of a few rods; but, if well selected and
laid on its natural bedding, it makes a durable building material.
Much of it, however, becomes stained from the decomposition of iron
pyrites, which after a length of time, either leaves the surface of a
permanently rusty brown color, or the decomposition goes on till
the rock crumbles or scales off in thin laming. Sometimes the
faces of the joints are coated by thin lamine of carbonate of lime,
arising from the solution and infiltration of calcareous matter; and
this forms a permanent coating, which resists all further change from
atmospheric influences. Itis of the greatest importance that these
stones be carefully selected, or otherwise they soon become disin-
tegrated.

The flagstones, so abundantly supplied from the upper part of the
Hamilton group and lower part of the Portage group, are among
the most enduring of the compounds of silica and alumina. The
material is a fine-grained compact argillaceous sandstone of a blue or
grayish-blue color, which, when free from seams, is scarcely in-
fluenced by the action of the weather. These beds are not only used
for flagstones in most of the Atlantic cities, but in Albany, Troy,
and other towns along the river and elsewhere, this stone is used for
door-steps and caps, window-sills and caps, water tables, etc. The
stone is very strong and durable, sometimes slightly staining from
the decomposition of iron pyrites, but rarely or never undergoing
disintegration from that cause,

The blue stone of Malden on the Hudson river, which has of late
come into use for ashlar, door-steps and sills, pillars or pilasters,
window-sills and caps, water tables, etc., is obtained from some

No. 104.] 205

heavier beds in the Portage group along the base of the Catskill
mountains. The stone has great strength and durability, wearing
very slowly when used for steps, and possessing the great merit of
retaining a certain degree of roughness of surface. The dark color
may be regarded as the only objectionable feature.

In the central and western part of the State, the Portage sand-
stones are of a lighter color, usually more friable than those of the
eastern outcrops. Many of the beds are of a greenish or olive-gray
color, occurring both in flaggy and heavier courses, which are easily
dressed and present a very good appearance. The frequent presence
of iron pyrites, causing both staining and disintegration, offers an
objection to their extensive use. In the western counties, however,
- some of the beds are nearly gray, having lost the greenish or olive
color almost entirely, and at the same time have less argillaceous
matter in their composition, with scarcely a trace of iron pyrites.
The stone from these beds has a very uniform gray color, a fine
texture, and if quarried and dried before exposure to the frost, is a
very durable stone.

In Ohio, the arenaceous beds of the Portage group furnish the
friable gray sandstone from which grindstones are largely manu-
factured, and from which more recently large quantities of building
stone have been furnished. The cohesion of the particles is slight,
and the stone is very brittle on first quarrying, but becomes stronger
and harder on exposure, and, if properly selected, resists the effects
of the atmosphere in a remarkable degree. The strong cohesion of
the particles, therefore, is not always a requirement for durability,
though it is for strength, either as resisting direct pressure or the
effect of tensile force.

It should not be forgotten, however, that neither all the beds of
this stone, nor all parts of the same bed, are uniform in texture,
composition or durability, and it will not be surprising, if in its in-
discriminate use it may sometimes prove unsatisfactory as a building
stone.

The argillaceons sandstones of the Chemung group are generally
or comparatively free from iron pyrites, and range in color from
gray to olive or dark olive-brown. When quarried and exposed to
drying before freezing, they are comparatively durable stone; but
they cannot be safely quarried during winter, or exposed to freezing
soon after quarrying. Building stones from this group, within the
State of New York, have long been used, and new quarries have
been opened at many points, though the stone has usually but a local
importance. The more important structures erected from this stone
are the buildings of the Cornell University at Ithaca.

MANNER OF LAYING.

Sandstones or freestones, and all the varieties of argillaceous sand-
stones, should be laid in the building according to the natural bed-
ding of the rock, so that the wear of the elements may act upon the
exposed edges of the laminge. Since it isimpossible to have any great

206 [ ASSEMBLY

thickness of stratified stone, especially sandstone, entirely uniform
and homogeneous in texture, or without interlamination of shaly
matter, it follows that by turning the blocks upon their edges, we
shall in one case have the face of a harder or coarser layer, and in
another of a softer layer of the same rock, thus exposing the wall to
unequal weathering. Not unfrequently the face of the stone is the
line of the soft shaly parting, and the effects of this practice may
often be seen in the scaling off of an entire surface of a block of
ashlar for several square feet in extent. Such examples may be seen
in some of our buildings, which have been erected within the past:
twenty-five years. Had these blocks been laid in an opposite direc-
tion, the edges of the shaly seams only would have been exposed,
and their destruction would have been comparatively slow. The
sandstones separate usually with great freedom along the line of
bedding, and thus offer great facilities for dressing the surface in the
direction of the laminz ; and from this cause, and the desire to pre-
sent as large a surface as practicable in each block, has arisen the
practice of setting them upon their edges. A block of stone may,
however, be split in the same direction, through one of its more
sandy layers, and the objections urged may not be so palpable.

An equally reprehensible practice is the cutting of step-stones
from blocks with distinct shaly partings, which produce exfoliation
and consequent inequality of the surface.

MopeE oF DRESSING.

In the use of argillaceous sandstones, as well as some other rocks,
there are some considerations as to the mode of dressing which
should not be forgotten. There are some stones which, -if dressed
elaborately, disintegrate rapidly upon thesurface. This comes from
the crushing of the material under the tool;* the natural texture
and cohesion of the particles being thus broken up, it absorbs more
water, and on freezing, decays rapidly and becomes unsightly. Many
stones that are untit for finely dressed work are nevertheless quite
durable if rough dressed ; that is, by dressing the joints close and a
smooth space along the edge, while a greater part of the face is left
roughly broken without tool-work of any kind. During wet weather,
the moisture will collect at the numerous projecting points or edges,
and much of it drops off which will be absorbed by a smooth dressed
face of stone. The effect of freezing is much less destructive under
such conditions. Moreover, a moderate degree of weather-wearing
on such surfaces is less conspicuous than on finely dressed stone.
The dressing of the stone in the University buildings at Ithaca is a

“good example of this kind of work.

* The term deadening of the surface is used by the workmen to designate this condition.

No. 104.] 207

LIMESTONES AND MARBLES.

In limestones and marbles, the conditions of durability and causes of
destruction, as a general rule, differ little from those of sandstone.
There is nevertheless one point of distinction, which may be noted in
the outset. In all the marbles and older stratified limestones — that
is, of the Silurian, Devonian or Carboniferous age — the want of co-
hesion among the particles, or a friable condition of the rock, may be
regarded as fatal to its durability as a building stone; while on the
other hand, as has been observed, some of the friable sandstones
harden by exposure to the weather. In the calcareous deposition
termed ¢ravertin, however, which is a deposit of modern origin, the
mass, on first exposure, is soft and friable, and is frequently cut into
- blocks of the required shape and dimensions by the axe or saw; after
being laid up in the wall it hardens and becomes quite indestructible.
Some limestones are said to possess this power of hardening upon ex-
posure,

In almost all limestones, as well those which are unaltered as
those which have been metamorphosed, and are known as marbles par
excellence, there is a considerable amount of argillaceous matter,
either present in seams parallel to the lines of bedding, or dissemi-
nated through the mass. In the dark-colored uncrystalline or com-
pact fine-grained limestones this matter is evenly distributed through
the mass, and, when only in small proportion, produces no noticeable
effect. Some of the varieties of this kind of limestone will stand the
exposure of a century, without any essential or injurious change.
The compact fine-grained blue limestones without seams are therefore
among the most durable stones we have. ;

In the gray or bluish-gray subcrystalline limestones the argillaceous
matter, instead of being distributed throughout the mass, is usually
presentin the form of seams which are parallel to the lines of bedding,
or distributed in short interrupted laminew. These seams, whether
continuous or otherwise, are fatal to the integrity of the stone; and
there is scarcely a limestone structure in the country, of twenty-five
years’ standing, which is not more or less. dilapidated or unsightly,
from the effects of absorption of water by the clay seams, and the al-
ternate freezing and thawing. When laid in the position of the
original beds, which is the usual mode, the separation by the clay
seam is slower; but when used as posts or pillars, with the lines of bed-
ding vertical, the change goes on more rapidly.

In the dressing of limestone, the tool crushes the stone to a certain
depth, and leaves the surface with an interrupted layer of a lighter color,
on which the cohesion of the particles has been partially or entirely
destroyed; and in this condition the argillaceous seams are so covered
and obscured as to be scarcely or at all visible, but the weathering of
one or two years usually shows their presence.

The usual process of dressing limestone rather exaggerates the
cause of dilapidation from the shaly seams in the material. The clay
being softer than the adjacent stone, the blow of the hammer or other
tool breaks the limestone at the margin of the seam, and drives for-
ward into the space little wedge-shaped bits of harder stone. A care-
ful examination of dressed surfaces will often show the limestone
along the seam to be fractured, with numerous thin wedge-shaped sliy-

208 [ ASSEMBLY

ers of the stone which have been broken off, and are more or less
driven forward into the softer parts. In looking at similar surfaces
which have been a long time exposed to the weather, it will be seen
that the stone adjacent to the seam presents an interrupted fractured
margin; the small fragments having dropped out in the process of
weathering. Limestones of this character are much better adapted to
rough dressing, when the blows are directed away from the surface
instead of against it, and when the entire surface shall be left of the
natural fresh fracture. By this process the clay seams have not been
crushed, nor the limestone margining them broken, and the stone ~
withstands the weather much longer than otherwise. The attempt at
fine hammer-dressing is injurious to any stone; for the cohesion of the
particles is necessarily destroyed, and a portion of the surface left in a
condition to be much more readily acted upon by the weather.

The gray, sometimes brownish-gray, subcrystalline limestone, which -
is not metamorphic, is usually composed of fragments of organic
remains more or less comminuted, with the interstices filled with fine
particles of the same, or with an impalpable calcareous mud. In such
rocks, the fragments of fossils being crystalline, withstand the weather-
ing action, while the intermediate portions wear away, leaving a rough
and sometimes unsightly surface. The disintegration from this cause
is slow ; and in the absence of clay seams, a structure of this kind of
stone may remain a long time without material deterioration.

One of the best limestones of this character, and perhaps the best in
the country in relation to freedom from clay seams, is the encrinal lime-
stone of Lockport, which, at that point, constitutes a portion of the lower
part of the Niagara limestone. The Onondaga limestone, in the quar-
ries south of Syracuse, is one of the most useful and serviceable of
these limestones, and when free from clay seams, is equal to any other
limestone in color, quality and durability. In some portions of the
Onondaga beds to the westward, and in somesimilar beds of gray lime-
stone in the Lower Helderberg group, the mass requires firmness; and
the want of compactness or close coherence among the particles allows
the infiltration of water, which, charged with carbonic acid, acts still
further to lessen their cohesion.

In some of the Lower Silurian limestones, the entire mass of the
dark-colored beds is completely penetrated by irregular ramifications
of siliceous matter, which, in their position and relations, seem
as if they may have been fucoidal or spongoid bodies growing
upon the bottom at the time of the deposition of the calcareous de-
posits, The beds of this character furnish a strong and durable material
for rough masonry and foundations, and some of the beds bear dress-
ing with satisfactory results.

In the process of metamorphism, the limestones have become more
or less changed to a white, bluish or grayish-white color, or to varie-
gated white and gray. ‘The seams of argillaceous matter which mark
the line of bedding in ordinary limestones have undergone some chem-
ical change, and have become chloritic, taleose or micaceous, of a
greenish, bluish or variegated color, but nevertheless still retaining the
same relations to the calcareous part of the mass as in their normal
condition. Although they are no longera clay or shale, but have under-
gone some chemical change, these parts are nevertheless usually softer
and weather more rapidly than the surrounding calcareous portions ; or

No. 104.] 209

if not entirely weathering out, some parts of the lines or bands of color
are more susceptible to the action of the weather, because unevenly
disintegrated, and finally present an unsightly surface. Bands or
stripes of color, in all the marbles, indicate a different texture and com-
position from the other parts of the mass, and all examples of this
character will weather unequally. Such stones, therefore, should be
used with great caution in all structures intended to be permanent.

In some of the marbles there are numerous spots of soft tale-like sub-
stance, which weathers more easily than the surrounding stone. These
will either weather to different color, or from softening readily’ on
exposure, give opportunity for the growth of minute lichens, thus
covering the stone with dark specks or blotches. Under other cir-

-cumstances these spots may be of different color, but scarcely less un-
sightly, and in the end working the gradual dilapidation of the stone.
The white marble of Lee in Massachusetts is everywhere marked by
these taley spots, and the monuments and gravestones in the ceme-
teries of the neighborhood are covered with black specks and blotches.

The marbles, however crystalline they may be, are not free from the
same impurities that affect the unaltered limestones ; and iron pyrites
occurs in these, both as segregated veins or lines of accumulation,
interrupted strings or nodules, and disseminated in minute particles
throughout the mass. A good example of the latter may be seen in
some marble at Sheffield in Massachusetts, where the stone contains
minute particles of iron pyrites, which, becoming decomposed on
exposure, gives to the entire surface a slight rusty hue. The same
change supervenes in the dressed marble ; and some of the blocks in
the New City Hall of New York show the rusty hue immediately after
having been laid in the wall. This may be a case in which the change
will cease after a time, for want of access of moisture to the interior
portions, or by the filling of the pores with sulphate of lime produced
by the decomposition of the pyrites, and thus protecting the deeper
portions of the stone.

Besides the ordinary seams or lines of color in the direction of the
bedding, many of the marbles are marked by the presence of irregular
veins or lines of segregation, which are different in composition and
texture from the surrounding rock, and though sometimes not very
different in color, and, therefore, showing little in the outset, will
nevertheless usually decompose more readily than the adjacent stone.
Veins of this kind are of common occurrence in some of the marbles
used for building, and may be observed in their full effect in the State
Hall and City Hall of Albany. These veins usually consist of some
soft tale-like mineral with magnesian limestone and iron. The prre
white marble, free from seams or veins of any kind, constitutes the
smallest part of any or all marble quarries. The columns in front of
the ‘‘ old United States Bank,” in Philadelphia, offer one of the best
examples of the destruction of marble from the several cavses men-
tioned. Although erected scarcely fifty years since, the bedding seams
are weathered and opened to such a degree as to present an aspect of
extreme dilapidation, and less than half a century more will effect
their entire destruction.

The simple presence of magnesia alone does not necessarily impair
the enduring quality of a limestone. Some of the hardest and most

[Assem. Doc. No. 104. | 27

210 | ASSEMBLY

enduring limestones we have are magnesian in character, having such
proportions of lime and magnesia as constitute a dolomite. ‘This is
the character of the Niagara limestone and of some of the older lime-
stones of the Silurian series, both in their normal and metamorphic
condition. Asa general rule, however, the magnesian limestones, in
their normal condition, are more friable, more porous and less firm in
their character than the pure carbonates of lime. The presence of iron
in magnesian limestones, either as an oxide or a carbonate of iron, may
often aid in hastening their decomposition. ‘They usually weather to:
a brownish hue, which is sometimes yellowish or drab-colored, but
more often, in the unaltered condition, to anashen gray. The yellow-
ish color is due to iron in some form, either as an oxide or a carbonate.

In the selection of limestones for structures of any kind above ground,
care should be taken to avoid the shaly seams which are the principal
cause of decay ; and though the stone containing them may endure for
many years, they yet present an unsightly appearance. We have, in
the city of Albany, a good example of this in the wails of the Reser-
voir on Eagle street in Albany ;and numerous other cases of similar
character might be cited. In all these examples, it may be observed
that the dilapidation comes from the cause specified, and no other ;
for in most of the structures exhibiting this defect, the tool-marks are
not yet obliterated from the surface of the solid limestone.

Limestones of this character, however, are perfectly safe and fit for
any foundation or other work placed beyond the reach of freezing and
thawing ; and they possess a strength and power of resistance to pres-
sure, which fits them for the heaviest structures.

Although limestones, in their normal condition, as well as the
marbles, are liable to decay from the action of rain-water charged
with carbonic acid, yet this cause usually operates so slowly on the
walls of a building that the tool-marks are rarely obliterated in a quar-
ter of a century.* The more porous limestones, and some of the
marbles which notoriously lack cohesive power, may be more affected
by thisaction. The liability to be decomposed and disintegrated by
this process is always sufficiently shown in the natural surfaces of
quarries ; and in some cases we find the exposed beds crumbled to a
mass of sand, while the layers beneath the reach of water and frost
are comparatively solid. +

GRANITE AND GRANITIC Rocks,

In the extensive class of rocks coming under the head of GRANITES,
the conditions of durability and causes of decay are somewhat modi-
fied by the chemical changes which have supervened among the original
mechanical aggregations, and the crystalline character which they
have assumed. In these rocks we have quartz, felspar, mica and

* The dark compact limestone at the base of the Lower Helderberg group, in some speci-
mens in exposed situations, has retained the tool marks for nearly a century ; and lettering
cut on blocks of this stone, more than a century since, are still fresh and well defined.
These examples may be seen in an old church in Schoharie, known as the Old Fort,
from having been thus occupied during the revolutionary war; and in the Lutheran Church
near the Court-house, where some lettered stones, from the first church erected in that
town, have been laid in its foundations.

+ In this process, the water dissolves a small portion of the stone as far as it reaches,
and thus separates the particles still more; and the further access of water, which freezes
in the stone, produces a rapid disintegration of the mass.

No. 104.] 211

hornblende to deal with as simple minerals of definite constitution.
The quartz or silica is in a crystalline condition. The felspar, a
crystalline mineral, is composed of a large proportion of silica with
alumina and a small proportion of potash, and often a small amount
of soda and lime, with a trace of iron sometimes amounting to more
than one per cent. The mica, also crystalline, is composed of silica
with a larger proportion of alumina than in felspar, and a lesser per-
centage of potash or other alkali, with from three to six per cent of
iron. The hornblende is likewise crystalline, and composed of a large
proportion of silica with magnesia and lime and sometimes alumina,
containing also a variable amount of iron, which sometimes reaches
to fifteen or even twenty per cent.

We have therefore no new mineral substance introduced into the
compound. The alumina, which was in mechanical mixture with the
silica in the original stone, has combined chemically with a portion of
that mineral, including also some potash, soda or lime, and thus pro-
duced the felspar and mica. Other portions of the silica, and some-
times of alumina, have combined with the magnesia, lime and iron,
to produce hornblende. All these materials have existed in their
normal condition in the mechanical or sedimentary deposits, and have
taken their present form through chemical action during subsequent
metamorphism. ‘These crystalline aggregates may be coarse or fine,
and the different minerals be present in very variable proportions, or
even one or two of them absent from the compound. The prevailing
compounds are of quartz, felspar and mica; or quartz, felspar and
hornblende.

The aggregates may likewise be of very different colors, the quartz
being usually translucent, the felspar varying from white to reddish
brown; the hornblende, of a dark green or black color, while the
mica may be of any shade from silvery white to a dark brown or black.
The predominance of these, or of any one or two of them, usually gives
their hue to the mass. The granites or sienites, in which hornblende
predominates, are generally of a dark color; and those where quartz
and felspar predominate constitute the lighter-colored granites.

Asa general rule, the granites are more reliable as a durable building
material than any other class of stone, and yet some varieties of them
are rapidly decomposed by the action of the atmosphere. In these
granites where felspar greatly predominates, or where this mineral
occurs in large crystalline masses, there is danger of decomposition.
The action of the weather upon the alkaline constituents of the min-
eral is the primary cause of the destruction; but this change goes on
slowly, and, in the walls of a building, would scarcely affect the ap-
pearance of the surface in half a century. The presence of finely dis-
seminated iron pyrites is often a cause of destruction in the gneissoid
and granitic rocks.

Some of the fine-grained felspathic granites with mica are subject to
a slow decomposition or disintegration of the surface, by which thin
films are exfoliated. Such examples can be seen in some of the older
granite buildings of the country. Fewer causes of decay are inherent
in the ordinary granites than in any other stone used in our build-
ings; and with proper care in selection, a granite structure is com-
paratively indestructible from the usual action of the elements.

212 [ ASSEMBLY

But it should not be forgotten that a// the granite of a quarry may
not be of the high quality desired; and in this rock, as well as in any
other, though not usually to the same degree, there will be waste and
refuse material. Though generally more free from iron pyrites than
the other rocks, yet this mineral does occur in all the granites, and
there is rarely a building erected that does not show its presence ; but
in all the quarries examined, from which building-material is obtained,
this mineral occurs only in scattered and inconsiderable amounts.

In those granites, where the crystalline mixture consists of fine or
moderately coarse grains of the different substances intimately min-
gled throughout the mass, we may count upon a durable building
material, and one subject to a less degree of change from atmospheric
agencies than any other stone in our country.

VIE

Moves oF DETERMINING THE CHARACTER AND STRENGTH OF BUILD-
ING STONES.

In the erection of all public structures, or those of any considerable
magnitude, the strength and durability of the material is of the first
importance, and that which should receive the most careful attention.
In large and heavy structures the strength of the material is of more
importance than in ordinary ones, which never approach a test of the
strength or power of resistance of the material composing them. Even
with all the experience we have had, and the experiments that have
been made, there seems to be no settled opinion of or knowledge
among engineers regarding the real strength of the various kinds of
stones, either in regard to their direct resistance of pressure or their
lateral strength. According to the report of Prof. Henry, the com-
missioners appointed to test the stone preparatory to the erection of
the extension of the United States Capitol, found that the practice
heretofore adopted for testing the strength or resistance to pressure
was very defective, and the results unsatisfactory. If the result thus ob-
tained be admitted, and of which there can be no doubt, the statements
heretofore recorded on these points, and the tables compiled from the
experiments made, are to be regarded with many grains of allowance
in favor of the stone tested. While the instruments employed by
Rennie and others were defective, the plan of placing the block of
stone to be tested between steel plates with a sheet of lead intervening,
in order to equalize the pressure from irregularity of the surface of
the stone, or want of parallelism in the opposite faces, gave very im-
perfect results.

In experiments reported by Prof. Henry, we have the example of a
cube of marble placed between steel plates, with lead intervening, giv-
ing way at a pressure of 30,000 pounds; while another block of pre-
cisely similar character placed directly in contact with the steel plates,
sustained a pressure of 60,000 pounds. “This interesting fact was
verified in a series of experiments embracing samples of nearly all the
marbles under trial, and in no case did a single exception occur to
vary the result. The explanation of this remarkable phenomenon,
now that the fact is known, is not difficult. The stone tends to give
way by bulging out in the center of the four perpendicular faces, and

No. 104.] 213

to form two pyramidal figures with their apices opposed to each other
at the center of the cube, and their bases against the steel plates.”

“In the case where rigid equable pressure is employed, as in that of
the thick steel plate, all parts must give way together; but in that of
a yielding equable pressure, as in the case of interposed lead, the stone
first gives way along the outer lines, or those of least resistance, and
the remaining pressure must be sustained by the central portions
around the vertical axis of the cube.” This fact, so clearly demon-
strated, shows very conclusively that all experiments made upon blocks
of stone with the intervening yielding material are fallacious, and
really give us but one-half the actual power of resistance possessed by
' the stone tested. - When we add to this fact also the practice of engi-
neers as usually stated, that owing to imperfections of the material
and other causes, it is not considered safe to load a stone with more
than one-eighth of its crushing weight,* it will be seen that we are
very far within the safe limits to which any stone may be loaded and
retain its integrity.

By this process, Prof. Henry has shown that the marble of Lee,
Massachusetts, will sustain a pressure of 23,917 pomnds to the square
inch. This marble was adopted for, and has been used in the capitol
extension or new Capitol at Washington. In strength it is not supe-
rior to many other marbles, nor equal to some of the ordinary com-
pact limestones, and is much inferior to the granites. In composi-
tion it consists of the carbonates of lime and magnesia, and is a true
dolomite, as shown by the analysis of Dr. Genth and Dr. Torrey, con-
taining minute proportions of iron and manganese. The experiment
of using a dolomite on so large a scale will ultimately demonstrate
whether a stone of this composition can be relied upon as a durable
building material. As before stated, however, the simple presence of
magnesia is not of itself evidence of the rapid decay of the stone; a
small proportion of iron in some form, or combined with some other
mineral, may effect the destruction of a magnesian limestone that
otherwise appears sound and durable.

Less attention seems to have been given to the lateral strength of
stone, than its importance would warrant. When we see, even in
buildings of recent erection, the window sills and caps cracked through,
and these parts giving way and becoming dilapidated and unsightly,
it is evidently a matter of no small importance to be able to decide
what amount of weight can be borne by stones of certain dimensions.
This knowledge also becomes of the highest importance in view of the
manner in which the foundations of heavy buildings are laid; the
gradual retraction of the width above relieving the lower and outer
layers of stone from the direct crushing force of the superincumbent
walls, but testing its lateral strength. t

In estimating the strength of a stone to resist pressure, it is not
safe to predicate an opinion upon examples of cracking or breaking in
the walls of a building, whether before or after its completion ; for a
little inequality in the bedding may produce such a result, when, if
evenly bedded, the stone would have borne many times the load it has

* According to some engineers with but one-twentieth of its crushing weight.
+ The results of experiments, showing the power of resistance to pressure of several of
our limestones, marbles, granites, etc., will be found in an appendix to this report.

214 | AssSEMBLY

sustained. In a large and heavy building it is all important that the
foundations be firm and unyielding, for on this depends the integrity
of the entire structure. Beyond this it is important that the stone
be evenly cut, so that the bed of each succeeding block should rest
evenly upon those below it. From an inequality in dressing two
adjacent blocks of stone to the same thickness, leaving at their junc-
tion one of them projecting slightly beyond the other, I have seen the
superincumbent block of granite cracked quite through. This break-
ing was not due to pressure alone, nor to want of strength in the
material, as was evident from the perfection of the wall below, but
entirely to the pressure bearing upon the center of a block resting on
an uneven bed, or supported at the two ends and not in the center.

VIII.

CAUSES AFFECTING THE DURABILITY oF A BUILDING STONE, WHICH
ARE INHERENT IN THE STONE ITSELF.

The causes of disintegration and destruction in the ordinary build-
ing stones have already been mentioned under each one. They may
be recapitulated, however, in this place.

1. Want of proper cohesion among the particles producing inherent
weakness. ‘This condition may arise from the loose aggregation of
the crystalline grains of carbonate of lime, or of the compound of car-
bonates of lime and magnesia, sand, ete., without intervening cement,
or from want of the pressure necessary to consolidate the mass. We
have examples of this in the friable marbles and some sandstones. In
some cases this condition occurs where the rocks have been much dis-
turbed since their deposition and partial or entire consolidation. But
this condition as frequently occurs in rocks which, so far as we know,
have not been subjected to change, and lie in their original horizontal
position. One of the most remarkable examples occurs in the western
extension of the Potsdam sandstone, much of which, in some parts
of Wisconsin and Minnesota, may be easily quarried with pick and
shovel, and readily crumbles into an incoherent sand. Above the Pots-
dam the St. Peter’s sandstone has still less coherence, and is shovelled
out in the same manner as the ordinary sand of the drift of the sea
beach. From this incoherent condition of the mass, we have all grada-
tions to the most strongly coherent rock. This condition of the par-
ticles, be it in greater or less degree, affects the strength and durabil-
ity of the stone.

Blocks of stone, wanting proper cohesion, may crack or be partially
crushed bysuperincumbent weight ; but ordinary judgment will guard
against using such improper material. The cohesion of the particles
or grains composing a stone does not depend upon their hardness or
density ; for the grains or crystals composing a mass of marble, and
having half the density of grains of sand, often produce a stronger
stone than one made up of the better material.

2. Porosity. The porosity of a stone is, in most instances, directly
dependent on the degree of cohesion among the particles. Crystailine
masses are usually less porous than mechanical aggregations; and
where the interstices between the crystals are filled with a finer
material, it has been shown that the latter is porous and absorbent,

No. 104.] 215

while the former resists the penetration of fluids. In some of the
crystalline limestones, the cohesion is so slight that the water admit-
ted, and freezing, has gradually broken up the mass, and we have a
bed of calcareous sand, of several feet in thickness, lying above the
rock which yet retains its ordinary consistence. ‘Some of the fine-
grained and compact mechanical aggregations of rocks resist the
absorption of water in a remarkable degree.

3. Argillaceous matter in distribution or in seams. I have already
shown that the presence of a considerable proportion of argillaceous
matter distributed throughout the mass, be it calcareous or siliceous,
has a tendency to weaken and destroy the stone. Its presence in
seams or thin laminz produces the same result, as we have numerous
examples to show.

4, Iron pyrites (sulphuret of tron) and other foreign substances.
Tron pyrites (sulphuret of iron), whether intimately permeating the
stone or occurring in masses, layers or irregular nodules, is more or less
injurious and destructive. When not immediately destructive,
its decomposition renders the surfaces unsightly by staining the stone,
and finally breaking or disintegrating it wherever this mineral occurs.
When disseminated through the mass, as it frequently is, it produces
slow but entire disintegration.

It is not an uncommon thing to find masses of rock, in their native
position, completely disintegrated or softened to the depth of several
feet by decomposing iron pyrites. This feature is especially observable
in the gold region of Virginia, North Carolina and other Southern
States. In numerous instances, and sometimes over wide areas of
country, the rocks containing iron pyrites are decomposed by percolat-
ing rain water, to the general water-level of the surrounding country.

In limestones or dolomites, the presence of iron pyrites operates disas-
trously ; forif magnesia be present, the sulphuric acid from the decom-
posing iron pyrites produces a soluble efflorescent salt, which exudes
to the surface and forms white patches, which are alternately washed
off and replaced, but leaving a whitened surface probably from the
presence of sulphate of lime. If the limestone be entirely calcareous,
the salt formed (a sulphate of lime), is insoluble, and therefore produces
less obvious results.

In some cases, however, the lime of which the mortar or cement is
made may contain. magnesia, and the decomposition of the iron pyrites
in the adjacent stone produces an efflorescent salt which exudes from
the joints. This condition is not unfrequently observed in buildings
constructed of the blue stone of the Hudson river group. As an ex-
ample, we may notice the efflorescent patches proceeding from some of
the joints between the stones of St. Peter’s Church on State street in
Albany.

The presence of iron in a low degree of oxidation tends to the de-
struction of the stone containing it. This is observed in the greenish
shales and sandstones and in some other rocks; and this condition of
iron, as well as in the form of a sulphuret, may do much injury where
it exists.

5. Sizeof constituent grains or particles. ‘This feature has already
been alluded to under the head of granites, sandstones, etc. When
the separate minerals of a granite are in large crystalline masses, it is
an objectionable feature and a cause of decay. Coarse sandstone, ora

216 [ ASSEMBLY

mixture of fine grains of sand with pebbles of various sizes, does not
usually endure well. Similar sandstones or conglomerates, when par-
tially metamorphosed, and cemented by silica, or some siliceous com-
pound, are less affected by the weather and are more durable. In the
crystalline marbles, some of the coarser varieties are weak from the
wart of cohesion or cementing matter between the crystals. The same
is equally true occasionally of those which are more finely crystalline ;
and we sometimes find a coarsely crystalline marble stronger than a
finer one, in similar beds but a few miles asunder, or even beds in the
same quarry may differ in this respect. The coarsely crystalline marble
of Tuckahoe is stronger than the finer-grained marble of Sing Sing
and other places in the neighborhood. So far as the marbles are con-
cerned, all the crystalline forms, be they coarse or fine, may be strong
or weak. The fine-grained marbles, which show scarcely a crystalline
structure, or such only as the calcareous muds might take on in their
metamorphism, are the most durable stones of this kind.

6. Cementing materials. I have already alluded to this feature
under the preceding head. When the cementing material is clay, or
where argillaceous matter predominates, it is rapidly disintegrated by
the absorption of water, and freezing and thawing while thus saturated.
Where the cementing matter is calcareous, it will dissolve more slowly,
and only through the agency of rain water carrying carbonic acid.
Where the cement is siliceous, it is essentially indestructible from the
effects of the atmosphere and water.

The cementing material of the Tertiary sandstones of which the
Old Capitol, Treasury and other buildings in Washington were con-
structed, is clay and carbonate of lime, and its rapid disintegration
from rain and frosts is always observable. As before noticed, some
friable sandstones become harder on exposure, and this change has
been presumed to be due to the formation of a siliceous cement on
and near the surface. Sometimes probably a silicate of lime, or a
small quantity of calcareous matter held in solution in the interstices
of the stone, may become precipitated as solid carbonate of lime, in
accordance to a well-know law, on exposure to the atmosphere.

Every geologist knows that not only sandstones, but all other rocks
are more easily shaped and trimmed when freshly broken from the
ledge or quarry, than after they have remained for some time exposed
to the atmosphere or even carefully packed. The hardening or tough-
ening process, however, extends but a little way beneath the surface,
and the interior of a block remains essentially as when first quarried.

IX.

CAUSES AFFECTING THE DURABILITY OF A STONE, WHICH ARE AC-
CIDENTAL OR DUE TO ARTIFICIAL OR EXTRANEOUS CONDITIONS.

Many stones, which with proper treatment or under favorable cir-
cumstances might prove a durable building-material, are brought to a
rapid decay by conditions to which they are subjected in the structure.

1. The action of freezing and thawiny. 'This alternating process of
freezing and thawing is the most trying to the durability of a stone, of
any or all the conditions to which it is subjected. Of course this de-
pends upon the climate or latitudein which the stone is exposed. The

No. 104.] 217

Caen stone of Normandy, and some of the less coherent limestones of
modern geological formations are strong enough and quite durable for
buildings in Southern Europe or where the frosts are not extreme ;
but in a climate like our own, they are rapidly destroyed by the alter-
nate action of freezing and thawing. ;

Some of the finer sandstones, which have a considerable amount of
argillaceous matter, are perfectly capabie of withstanding moderate
freezing ; but the extreme changes from a moist condition, or one sat-
urated with moisture, to the extreme of freezing,.are fatal to their
durability.

As before repeated, any stone in which clay enters largely, or a
porous stone of any kind, is liable to decay under the extremes of wet
and frost. The penetration of moisture among the particles of the
stone, and its expansion on freezing, destroy the cohesion of the parts,
and the succeeding rains wash away the loosened particies. In this
way, during a long succession of years, the surface is disintegrated and
the structure gradually crumbles. Although some stones are more
susceptible to these atmospheric influences than others, yet none are
entirely free from its effects.

Even the changes of temperature, without frost or moisture, operate
upon the masses of stone and cause a motion of the particles. The
observations of Prof. Horsford upon the pendulum suspended within
the Bunker-hill Monument show that this massive structure “is
scarcely for a moment in a state of rest, but is constantly working and
heaving under the influence of the every varying temperature of its
different sides.” When to this is added the extreme action of freezing
and thawing, it cannot be surprising that the poorer materials will
fall into dilapidation, or that the best selected building-stone will ulti-
mately give way. This cause operating everywhere, at all times and
through all seasons, is a far more active agent in the destruction of
buildings than all the others operating together; and though it may
sometimes require years for an appreciable change to be accomplished
upon a sound material, it is nevertheless constantly going on, however
slow the change may be.

2. The improper laying of stone by presenting the faces of laminz
to the weather, often hastens the disintegration of the mass. I have
already alluded to this especially in regard to the brown freestone
which is now so extensively used, and which presents such uneven
weathering, from being in part laid according to the bedding, and in
part with the bed facing the exterior.

3. The vegetation of microscopic lichens takes place upon the surface
of the stone, when, from any cause, that surface becomes roughened so
as to afford a lodgment for the seeds or spores of these plants. These
growing, still further hasten the disintegration of the stone, and accu-
mulating about them the fine dust floated by the atmosphere, become
points for the absorption of more water, which on freezing still further
roughens the surface, and the patch of lichen gradually extends. These
lichens often gain attachment upon the surface of a finely dressed
stone, from some little inequality of texture, or from softer material
that more readily becomes decomposed, or more readily accommodates
the growth of the plant. Such stones in time become partially or
entirely covered by lichens, and present an unsightly aspect. The

[Assem. Doc. No. 104.] | 28

218 | ASSEMBLY

amount and degree of this growth varies with position in reference to
the sun, and with a more or less elevated situation.

It should not be forgotten, however, that any stone giving root to
lichens is not one of those which most easily disintegrate ; for in these
the destruction goes on so rapidly, that the surface does not allow the
growth of such plants. The lichen-covered rocks in nature are usually
those of great strength and durability. None of the softer or rapidly

» decaying rocks produce this vegetation.

4. The solvent action of water is never so great upon artificial struc-
tures, as upon the rock in its natural position; for in the latter case,
it is usually aided by a covering of soil, through which the water is
filtered; and if not thus covered, the rock is exposed in broad surfaces
to much greater action than in the walls of a building.

5. The oxidizing influence of the sun’s rays is only considerable when
aided by moisture, and in this condition scarcely operates except upon
iron pyrites and iron in a low state of oxidation.

6. The effect of electricity. Prof. Henry, after citing the effects pro-
duced by water charged with carbonic acid, says: ‘‘ Again, every flash
of lightning not only generates nitric acid — which, in solution in the
rain, acts upon the marble — but also by its inductive effects at a dis-
tance, produces chemical changes along the moist wall, which at the
present time are beyond our means of estimating.”

7. Liffects from sulphurous gases produced by burning coals. In the
unexpected gradual dilapidation of the New Houses of Parliament in
London, the causes have been sought and apparently found in an
agent heretofore little regarded as one producing serious deterioration

- of buildings. The stone is a magnesian limestone from Bolsover moor,

_ and was selected as having been found to retain its integrity and to
have preserved in a very perfect degree some of the carvings in South-
well church through a long period of time.

The same material, and from the same locality as stated, has been
used in London with a very different result. An examination made a
few years since led to the belief that this disintegration of the stone was
caused by the action of sulphurous vapors arising from burning coals;
which lodging with the soot against the sides of the building, and
especially in sheltered positions under the projecting eaves and mould-
ing, and thus remaining saturated with moisture under the most fav-
orable conditions for acting upon the stone. To this cause, in London,
we may attribute some portions of the effects observed in this and other
examples. Now it should be recollected that in this densely populated
city, with its proverbial- ‘‘ London fogs,” and the burning of bitumin-
ous coal, the rising of the soot and its condensation on the side of
buildings during the heavy damp weather and fogs, would, as a matter
of course, produce some effect upon the stone.

Such conditions, however, can scarcely exist in any Atlantic city

r (even if in any American city), with our drier atmosphere and the sul-
phurous gases mainly from anthracite coal, which gives no soot. In
the Ohio and Mississippi valleys, where bituminous coal is burned and
the soot lodges against the buildings, we might possibly look for some
effect; but the comparative dryness of the atmosphere would-probably
counteract the otherwise evil effects from this cause. In considering this
cause of deterioration, we shall find it only applicable to special locali-

No. 104.) 219

ties; and even in these it may be well to inquire whether other causes
have not combined with this one, to produce the results recorded.*

I have received from Prof. J. P. Lesley, of Philadelphia, the following
observations regarding the influence of climate in different localities,
upon stone of identical or similar character. In speaking of the dura-
bility of stone in ancient structures it becomes necessary to know the
conditions of climate before a just comparison can be made.

““One of the two obelisks erected by Thothmes III, at Heliopolis
fifteen or sixteen centuries before Christ, was transferred to Alexandria
and is now known as Cleopatra’s Needle. It is of sienite, so streaked
with hornblende, obliquely, as to suggest original stratification.
Along these streaks; which are of irregular width, atmospheric erosion

hastaken place, by the ejection of one group of crystals after another,

upon the melting away of the felspathic element. The whole face
of the stone has suffered from the same action, but generally to a less
degree, than at these exceptional places. Especially all the sharp cut
edges have been rounded off. Wherever the solar disc, for instance,
occurs, there is now nothing but an unsightly hollow, where originally
had been cut a sharp clear circle, with a vertical wall around a central
convex tympanum.

thus:

now:

“ All the hieroglyphs from pyramidion to base have suffered in this
way. Some are almost indistinguishable, except in the very best slant-
ing light of the sun. One or two of the four faces also have suffered
more than the others, showing that the prevailing winds have deter-
mined the degree of erosion. The climates of Cairo and Alexandria
are so different from one another, the former so constantly dry and
the other so uninterruptedly wet, that we have a right to ascribe the
most of this destruction to the sea air since the removal of the obelisk
from its original to its present site. But all the monuments of Egypt,
at least up to the first cataract, show marks of atmospheric erosion,
in spite of the loose assertion often repeated by travelers, that they are
as fresh and their lines as sharp as when the chisel cut them. This
is not true of any monument in the open air; but is approximately
true of the intaglios in the tombs. Many of the monuments of the
middle and classic empires are built of such inferior kind of stone, the
only wonder is that they have not tumbled into ruin themselves,
through the slow wear and tear of the surface, by the atmosphere.
And yet Egypt is one of the driest parts of the world. It must be re-
membered, however, that the stratum of air, which lies at night upon the
broad bottom of the valley, is charged with the exhalations of the
river, canals and irrigated fields, and in this stratum the monuments
stand. When the sun rises this moist air-mass is broken up and car-
ried over the mountain walls into the desert.”

*It may perhaps be worth while to inquire whether the effects ascribed to sulphurous
gases are really due to such influences alone. A writer in the “Builder,” for Oct. 30,
1858, says that the river front, ‘‘to the height of the area windows, was built of the Bolso-
ver moor stone, but that the remaining upper part, to my wonderment, was built of stone
obtained from Anston, in Yorkshire, 2 stone not even alluded to in the report,’’ 7. €., the

Report of the Commissioners. If this be true, the theory adopted in explanation of the
cause of decay may require some modification.

e

220 [ ASSEMBLY

ve

RESULTS OF THE TRIALS OF THE STRENGTH OF SOME OF THE SPECI-
MENS SUBMITTED TO THE CAPITOL COMMISSIONERS, MADE AT WASH-
INGTON IN NOVEMBER, 1868.

Specimens of the gray gneiss of Saratoga county of one inch cubes
placed between steel plates, sustained a pressure of from 16,800 to
25,600 pounds ; the lowest number doubtless from imperfection. The —
average of these specimens gave 22,666 pounds as the crushing weight
per square inch.

Of the dark colored sienite, the range was from 18,000 to 25,700
pounds as the crushing weight; the lowest number in this case result-
ing from the want of entire parallelism in the two fases of the cube.
The average of four specimens gives 22,575 pounds as the crushing
weight per square inch.

A single cube, of one and a half inches, from one of the beds of
Tribes Hill limestome, sustained a pressure of 66,300 pounds, or
25,022 pounds to the square inch, before breaking. A similar speci-
men from another layer of the same limestone, sustained a pressure of
54,400 pounds, or 24,622 pounds to the square inch.

Three specimens of limestone from the Cobleskill quarries, in
blocks of one and a half inch cubes, gave a range of from 51,000 to
72,700 pounds of pressure before breaking, being an average of 27,407
pounds to the square inch. A single cube of one and a half inches
from another bed of the same limestone, gave 21,066 pounds as the
crushing weight, to the square inch.

Three specimens of compact white marble from Alford, Mass., in
one and a half inch cubes, sustained respectively 26,300, 26,900 and
27,000 pounds before breaking, giving very nearly 12,000 pounds as
the crushing weight, per square inch.

These experiments sustain the opinion previously expressed in my
report, that these compact limestones are stronger than the marbles,
and equal to many of the granites.

In regard to the lateral strength of these stones, we have a right to
infer from the close grain and compact texture, as well as tenacity
shown in the process of crushing, that they are also superior in that
character.

I may remark in this place, that the stone used in the New Capitol
foundation at Washington, is gneissoid rock or mica slate, and has
not the strength of the gneiss and limestones here recorded.

The remaining collection of specimens submitted for trial.have been
left with Prof. JosepH HENRY, and the results of the experiments
will be reported at a future time.

Very respectfully,
Your obedient servant,
JAMES HALL.

Norre.— The remarks upon the red or brown sandstone (freestone),
are mainly based upon an experience of the Connecticut river stone
and in a smaller degree upon that from New Jersey. The sandstone of
the same age on the Potomac river, in Maryland, known as the Seneca

No. 104.] : 221

creek sandstone, has in many examples proved extremely durable ;
and I have been shown a specimen of this rock, taken from one of the
old locks on the river where it has been exposed to the elements for
eighty years, and the stone is stillsound. This specimen, however, is
very compact, highly siliceous, and with no visible seams of argilla-
ceous matter.

The observations made upon buildings already erected of different
material, have been, with few exceptions, omitted from the present re-
port, but may be published at a future time. Probably no better
service could be rendered to the future architecture of the country
than an unsparing exposition of the condition of various buildings and
public edifices erected of stone. When it is considered that very few
of these have existed for fifty years we shall be prepared to appreciate
the extreme dilapidation and ruin which must ensue within the next
century.

The map presented with the report is colored to show the sources of
the several kinds of building stones, as granite, marble, sandstone,
etc., in New York and New England, but it will not be published at
the present time.*

[The author begs the indulgence of his friends and the public, in offering so
incomplete a report upon a subject of so much importance as that of building
stones of the State and country. The investigation requires much more time to
make the result at all worthy of being presented in printed form. This time it
has not been possible to give during the past year, and the publication at this
moment is beyond his control. The matter has all been put in type and the
first thirty-two pages printed off during the absence of the writer, in conse-
quence of which several typographical errors have occurred. The memoranda
in the margin of some of the pages were made for the writer’s use in giving
an abstract of the report, and were not intended for printing. ]

XGLe
CATALOGUE OF THE PRINCIPAL BUILDING STONES IN THE COLLEC-
TION WHICH HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE COMMISSIONERS FOR

THEIR INSPECTION, OR WHICH HAVE BEEN COLLECTED DURING THE
EXAMINATION OF QUARRIES.

A. Granites and Granitic Rocks.

1. Quincy Granite. Dressed block of one cubic foot. Old Quincy
quarries, from the Quincy Railway Granite Company.

2. A smaller dressed block of the same, brought from the quarry
at time of examination.

3. Quincy Granite. Light colored, a small block partially dressed,
brought from the quarries of Rogers & Co.

4, Gray Granite. A rough block, brought from the quarries at
Rockport, Cape Ann, Mass.

5. Porphyritie Granite. A block six by twelve inches, partially
dressed, Fall River, Mass., from Geo. Wrighton, Esq., of New York.

6. Gray Granite. Dix island, Maine, from Messrs. Learned &
Dickson.

7%. Gray Granite. Concord, New Hampshire, a dressed block of
one cubic foot, from the Quincy Railway Granite Company.

*This map still remains as at the date of this report.

222 | ASSEMBLY

8. Gray Granite. A cubic block of six inches square from the
same.

9. Gray Granite. Fitzwilliam, New Hampshire, a dressed block of
one cubic foot, from Runels, Clough & Co.

10. Gray Granite. Berlin, Vermont, a dressed block of ten inches
square, from M. E. Howard.

11. Gray Granite. Barre, Vermont, a dressed block of one cubic
foot, from Mr. I. P. Harrington.

12. Gray Granite. Barre, Vermont, a dressed block of one cubic
foot.

13. Gray Gneissoid Granite. Greenfield, N. Y., a dressed block of
one cubic foot, and two dressed blocks of six-inch cubes with several
larger rough blocks of the same, from John H. White, Esq., and Dr..
R. L. Allen of Saratoga Springs, N. Y.

14. Dark Colored Sienite. Greenfield, N. Y., adressed block of one
cubic foot and two other blocks of six inch cubes, one of the latter
polished on two sides.

15. Gray Gneissoid Granite. Luzerne, Saratoga county., N. Y.,a
dressed block of one foot by two feet, from Col. B. C. Butler of
Luzerne.

16. Gray Gneissoid Granite. Several rough blocks from Moreau,
N. Y., from Mr. W. B. Conant.

17. Gneissoid Granite. Luzerne, N. Y., a block of two feet long,
twenty inches wide and one foot thick, from Dr. R. L. Allen.

18. Gneissoid Granite. Butter hill, Highlands, N. Y., a rough
block, from Hon. A. M. Sherman of Newburgh, N. Y.

19. Light Gray (nearly white), Granite. Specimen of 12x8x2 inches,
cut and partially polished. Said to be from St. Albans, Vt., but believed
to be from Berlin, Vt. From Mr. Charles E. Young of Oswego,
N.Y;

20. Sienite. ‘Two rough specimens from Warren county, from
Mr. John Higgins of Troy N. Y.

B. Marbles of White or Variegated Colors, Metamorphic and Crystal-
line in Character.

21. Variegated and Monumental Marble. Sutherland Falls, Vt.;
one dressed and partly polished block of one cubic foot; three blocks
of one foot face by six inches thick, polished on one face ; one block
of one foot face by six inches thick, one face sand-rubbed and moulded ;
one block of 12x12x10 inches, one face polished ; two blocks of six-
inch cubes polished and variously dressed. These specimens were all
presented by the Otter Creek Marble Co.

22. Berkshire Marble, Silver Blue Marble. Alford, Mass. ; one
block of a cubic foot, variously dressed and polished on one side.

23. White, or Slightly Clouded Marble. Lakeville, Connecticut ; a
block of one cubic foot, dressed with one side polished; from H.
Tudor Brownell, Esq.

24. Marble, Bluish or Dove-colored. Lakeville, Connecticut; a cubic
block of one foot, two faces polished ; from H.,Tudor Brownell, Esq.

25. White Marble. Sheffield Mass.; a block of 10x10x8 inches, one
side polished ; from one of Mr. Chester Goodale’s quarries.

26, Clouded Marble. Sheffield Mass.; a block of one cubic foot,

No. 104.] 223

one side polished; same as the marble used in the Girard College.
Quarry of Mr. Chester Goodale.

27. Striped Marble. Sheffield Mass.;a block of one cubic foot, one
side polished. Quarry of Mr. Chester Goodale.

28. White Statuary Marble. West Rutland, Vt. ; dressed block of
one cubic foot, one side polished.

29. Striped Marble. “West Rutland, Vt.

30. Brocatella Marble. West Rutland, Vt.

31. Marble, Muddy Layer. West Rutland, Vt.

32. Striped Marble. West Rutland, Vt. The preceding five speci-
‘mens are blocks of one cubic foot each, three of the lateral faces
dressed in various modes with one face polished, the upper side show-
ing the fracture of the stone. These blocks are from the new quarry
of Sheldon & Slason, presented by the owners through W. C. Rowell,
Esq., of Rutland.

33. White Crystalline Marble. Tuckahoe, N. Y.; a dressed block
of one cubic foot, one face polished, the upper side showing fresh frac-
ture; from Masterton & Hall.

34. White Crystalline Marble. Tuckahoe, N. Y., a cubic block of
six inches square, one face polished; from Masterton & Hall.

35. Clouded Marble. A block of 10x7x5 inches, dressed, with one
face polished.

36. Clouded Marble. A dressed block of 8x5x4 inches (blocks 54
and 36 have been received as coming from Dutchess county, par-
ticular source unknown).

37. Clouded Marble. A dressed cubic block of six inches square,
one side polished ; from the Berkshire Marble Company, Alford, Mass.

38. White Crystalline Marbie. A dressed block of 12x8x6 inches,
with one face polished ; locality unknown, probably Tuckahoe or
Hastings, N. Y.

39. White Marble. A dressed block of 9x9x6 inches, locality un-
known.

40. Clouded Marble. A dressed block of 6x6x9 inches; locality
unknown.*

41. White Crystalline Marble. A dressed block of 16x12x8 inches,
with one face polished ; from the State quarries at Sing Sing.

42. Gray Crystallme Marble. A dressed block of one cubic foot,
one face polished ; Hastings, N. Y.

43. White Marble, coarsely crystalline. A dressed block of ten
inches cube, one side polished ; Hastings, N. Y.

44. Gray Marble. A block of 12x12x18 inches, two sides dressed ;
from Stockbridge, Mass.

45. Serpentine Marble, Verd Antique. A dressed block of eleven
inches cube, with one face polished ; from the quarry of Mr. Walton,
Port Henry, N. Y.

46, Serpentine Marble, Verd Antique. Port Henry, N. Y. A
specimen dressed as a pillar with sqare base of 9x9 inches and 145 inches
high, moulded above, with cylindrical shaft of two feet high ; from
Sherman, Esq. of Port Henry, Essex county, N. Y.

47. Serpentine Marble, Verd Antique. A rough slab of 12x18x4 ;
Port Henry, Essex county, Noy)

* Several specimens have been sent to the collection without the localities having been
communicated to the writer.

224 [AsseMBLY, No. 104. ]

C. Limestones not Metamorphic.

48. Gray Limestone. Lockport, N. Y.; finely dressed block of one
cubic foot; from B. & J. Carpenter.

49, Dark Blue Limestone. <A dressed block of one cubic foot, with
one side polished; from James Shanahan, ‘Tribes Hill, N. Y.

50. Dark Blue Limestone. A rough dressed block of one cubic
foot; from James Shanahan, Tribes Hill, N. Y.

51. Blue and Variegated Limestone. A finely dressed block of one
cubic foot ; from James Shanahan, Tribes Hill, N. Y. :

52. Gray Limestone. <A dressed block of 14x103x6; from J. Critzer,
Jacksonburgh, N. Y.

The four preceding specimens are from the Trenton limestone group.

53. Dark Blue Limestone, Black Marble. A dressed and polished
block of 12x7x6 inches, from the Howe’s Cave Lime and Cement
Company, Cobleskill, N. Y.

54. Gray Variegated Limestone (Coral marble). A polished slab
of 8x32 inches; from the Hudson Coral Marble Company, Hudson,
Ny:

55. Gray Limestone, Gray Marble (Onondaga limestone). A dressed
block of 9x9x9, with one face polished; from Mr. J. Hughes of
Syracuse, N. Y.

56. White Marble. Lakeville, Connecticut. A rough block of 24x
20x12 inches; from Wm. R. Smith of Athens, N. Y. .

57. Blue Micaceous Limestone. Barrington, Mass. A rough block
of about two and a half feet cube; from Dr. Clarkson 'T’. Collins.

D. Sandstones or Freestones and Varieties of these Rocks.

58. Brown Sandstone, Medina Sandstone. A dressed block of 12x
12x9 inches; from H. J. Sickles, Albion, N. Y.

59. Brown Sandstone. A finely dressed block of one cubic foot :
from Geo. Wrightson of New York.

60. Gray Sandstone. A dressed block of one cubic foot; from B.
Clough, Plato, Ohio.

61. Gray Sandstone. A dressed block of 12x17x17; from B.
Clough, Plato, Ohio.

62. Gray Sandstone. A dressed block or shaft of one foot square
at base, and two feet nine inches high; from B. Clough, Plato,
Ohio.

63. Fine Gray Sandstone. Columbia, Ohio; a finely dressed
block of one cubic foot; from B. Clough, Esq.

64. Gray Sandstone. Specimen consisting of a dressed base of
12x12 inches and six inches high, surmounted by acylindrical shaft .
of fifteen inches high and terminated by a carved rosette: Amherst,
Ohio; from R. P. Wilson, New York.

65. Malden Blue Stone. A finely dressed block of 12x8x5
inches; from the Bigelow Blue Stone Company, Malden, N. Y.

66. Hudson River Blue Stone. A dressed block of 20x8x7
inches; from Benedict & Gill, Schenectady, N. Y.

GENERAL ABSTRACT OF CONTENTS OF REPORT.

Il.

III.

TV.

<

Fale

PRELIMINARY ADDRESS.

Granites, including Sienite, Gneiss or Gneissoid and Sienitic Rocks;
their Geological position and Geographical distribution.

Marbles or Metamorphic crystalline limestones, their Geological position
and Geographical distribution.

Limestones not Metamorphic, compact or sub-crystalline; their Geologi-
cal position and Geographical distribution.

Sandstones or freestones, and their varieties; their Geological position
and Geographical distribution within the State of New York.

On the selection of Building Stones, and the cause of their decay.
General composition and comparative durability of Building Stones.
Modes of determining the character and strength of Building Stones.

Causes affecting the durability of Building Stones, which are inherent
in the Stone itself.

Causes affecting the durability of a Stone, which are accidental, or due
to artificial or extraneous conditions,

Results of trials of the strength of various Stones with tables of com-
parison for other Stones. Incomplete.

Catalogue of the principal Stones in Collection, which have been sub-
mitted to the Commissioners for their inspection, or collected during
the examination.

~[Assem. Doc. No. 104. ] 29

REPORT OF THE STATE GEOLOGIST.

To the Honorable the Board of Regents of the University of the State
of New York :

In accordance with the law of 1883, I herewith submit the following
report:

My duties as State Geologist are chiefly the preparation of the work
on the Paleontology of the State, and it is rarely possible to find time
for any field-work beyond that necessary for the collection of fossils
for the volumes‘in hand. In regard to the progress of this work I beg
leave to communicate the following statement.

The report for the State Geologist for 1884 gave a statement of the
progress made during that year upon the Paleontology of the State,
based upon the condition of the entire work as was fully described in
the report made in 1883. It is, therefore, unnecessary to repeat these
statements in detail, but confine myself to a statement of the further
progress made in the volumes in immediate preparation.

Since the first of March last year, volume V, Part I, Lamellibran-
chiata II, has been published and distributed; the greater portion of
the year having been devoted to the preparation of the manuscript and
proof-reading for that volume. ‘This work, together with the volume
which preceded, Lamellibranchiata I, completed the publications of
the State of New York upon this class of fossils. The volume recently
issued contains 356 pages of letter-press and 50 lithographed plates
with interleaved explanations of the figures. Of the mechanical execu-
tion of the volume I may speak in the highest terms of commendation.

I submit herewith a table of contents of the last published volume,
and a list of the genera and number of species under each one, together
with their range in the geological formations as shown in the two
volumes on the fossil Lamellibranchiata. These tables will show the
nature and scope of the work now presented to the public.

The work on the corals and bryozoa has been progressing in the way
of making up and arranging the plates of drawings; and the prelimi-
nary descriptions of nearly all the species have been prepared. The
lithographing of the plates is now in progress, and it is proposed to
finish and issue this volume, if possible, during the coming year.

For the succeeding volume on the crustacea, some additional draw-
ings have been made, and two new plates have been arranged.

In addition to the strictly Museum work within the buildings devoted
to the collections, some important field-work has been undertaken by
Professor Smock with a view to the determination of the limits of the
older crystalline and the adjacent metamorphic rocks in the southern
part of the State. Such work is very much needed in order to complete
our knowledge of the limits of these formations, and hasa direct bear-

{AssEMBLY, No. 104.] 227

ing upon the subject of the distribution of the economic products of
the State, such as the marbles, granites, iron ores,etec. The collections
made in this investigation are enumerated under the head of additions
to the Geological department of the Museum. The results will be com-
municated to the Museum report for publication and will be regarded
only as preliminary to further and continued investigation.

At my request, Mr. C. E. Beecher and Mr. U. E. Hall have made
some special investigations along the Mohawk valley from Little Falls
to Schenectady, with a view to some determinations regarding the
junction of the Upper Laurentian gneiss with the superincumbent
rocks, and also to make some determinations regarding the faulting of
the strata, first noticed by Mr. Vanuxem more than forty years ago.
The localities of contact are very few, and the single one formerly
known on the old stage road at the Noses has long since become ob-
scured.

At Little Falls the gneiss is succeeded by massive Calciferous sand-
stone, but notwithstanding the excavations in quarrying, and finally
for the West Shore railroad, no actual contacts of the rocks of the
two systems have been exposed.

In digging a well through the lower beds of the Calciferous sand-
stone into the gneiss, a stratum offerruginous sand was penetrated,
lying in contact with the gneiss, below and separated from the Calcif-
erous above. This locality was examined by myself in 1881; and it
having come to our knowledge that the cutting of the West Shore rail-
road at the Little Nose exposed similar strata, the place was visited
by Mr. McGee of the United States Geological Survey, and myself, in
the autumn of 1884, and observations made upon the contacts there
exposed.

An examination was also made of the Oneonta sandstone in the
vicinity of Oxford, Chenango county, by Mr. C. E. Beecher, Dr. J. W.
Hall and C. E. Hall. Much discussion has recently taken place in
regard to the horizon and equivalency of the Oneonta sandstone. The
results of the more recent investigations haye served to substantiate my
previous published statements, and clearly show that the Oneonta sand-
stone rests upon well marked Hamilton strata, and is succeeded by strata
carrying the fossils of the Chemung Group.

The draughtsmen now employed upon the paleontological work are
Mr. George B. Simpson and Mr. Ebenezer Emmons. At the present
time all the work is done by the figure; the price paid being at the
uniform rate of $3.50 per figure.

JAMES HALL,
State Geologist.

PALZONTOLOGY OF NEw York, vol. V, p. I, LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, li

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Page.
GROEN OMI oe 2c oe se hc a 5.S Wie cc Lk one Sete RMS Lee lii—iv
PAN ES eaTinIS PRPS oir c's ches ied « + ow Date woe peeks v-vi
este ea aed rete «Otis oe as, ach PR eis vli-x
Resipracem eed ra Ve ge deo dS Sk has. Sass aati ie oka xi-xxii

SPR ee ter ae UG TUN ERA 555 'oc acceso ccc ce deucece same Xxxili-lxii

228 [ ASSEMBLY

Page.
‘DESCRIPTION OR SPECIES: circc ss vise stare ntelecian ices Renee 269-518
Modigmorp ia icici sls shale biclsisief cpedarepaue Sheela ee ee Gee 269-293
GONTOP ROTA... speve os pe cnnenaasYalenc dels carey s] ole aie eR ee 293-306
Microdon (Cypricand ella) | c.7.0. cyan acass cisisys, cis ih eces te eles 307-313
ING CHU alae Mion aoa ei eer Uae ek ewe HEL ween nay all se eee 313-324
IN CTH Ge cat £2 «ade lsd ebay haraiereteee OMT oie eRe Rite od ears 324-328
Gear ve ale ete erate se ew apie Bis SW sha ye, auras ad het i a 329-302
Palsonelon es pee ea ek, Malema ss phy. he MM cael ate RSE
NEACTOROM sie was: aU ecbise ro eal ey oka cc ns sana i esti re ae ee ee 349-351
Ptychodesma «2... ; Jabd ace Fodiajcenee cur crpenie ect oae Rete eked ape 352-354
IN VASE Bia: 5) Ae ta: soto lois opealee ia tae tein A = ak Alea eed ee eR a 354-358
CEVA IMY BLE aie eine pieacdee eectede iestens’ Couueledel eee hota ee Reunite 358-384
Baby Mest eh adie: iays0 cigs sav maaye edeceen he hens oka, cede esos east 385-386
A TVOMG A cic elated coral a ee we eae oie: Sime ence OM eT ot 386-393
SPHOM Ob IB rape brite bus auakes Sete naam ota sot uaanne eie 394—406
re EYL H] SEL D Es ORR RA oa SNM ean SRE > ale: Oe weeee . 407-408
COMOCATOTUINY ote uecaieie oes haley 9.6)8 cy ils Aiea aetcae een w en aa 409-415
i ET) ae) ot; Map PRGRReRRDeH HONG Aagitag: Hei: Seite Liga re! SSS RL Ueeter si re ge Oe 416-425
Gl yptocardian cop cn ctes yao bic mien) geuere ie) shel olay austere ae 426-427
PB CANGUIIM ge os sti Mors ate, suc tobsrenePes wate a wate’ <ie eee eaa Me een eee 427
PATAGATCUUIN: hess ec cig). catacak sve alayeec Dike eh aati cuca es 428
) FF Te CY? Wea ec GRR GS Ralls GuMrNBL COIS Bhan ere Ean ey 429-433
CAYGUOPSIS's «0 ae Huesca iat t ein epee ia rslke en hia bys anehed aaleanmaectcnete 433
Tree AN GUN Gore teens cuore mien ete A ale tegen Att ee ae 433-439
PAT ACY CLAS at nisyictoreie\ ei 22. oie et cs scl eas. eee ou ks Reece 440-446
SCIIZOC USS aio syiuesece ol Sat oyeGorecscete stale eco ia ronal iets Neu nrenee eee 447-459
PTOGIYTIBs fs s'sicnsiecavs seneveis ah e Oe Ere atlas a eRe nea erode mentees 460-462
WOLOTAV A sic ul aie suetess oie ee Nekeale neni Promina et ane ene 463
EF CLIGMODSIB:, «sane Gis '=fo, acd aeayae als deen chelate Sees cote nae 464-465
OOMTESTIB, coche ives ac chhacat ce veteheid cycle caste Gia otal Seat ee 465-469
IPholacellas® oi icccw suche ol sess Waders cis sols wets ionclc Ae SL oro nen: 469-472
Bal cr) ea) 21): Pen aM aR MMP Sia Mca oN LEI Foie iLO ee Sa 473-478
CG HOM OCA esau faye oss ole oct eat ee ea ks ee eae ee aie 478-482
Poleny s..6. WPaleeosOleny ais. ac.jcte sy gosaesee ahs Cae Oy earl 483
Cypricardinias..’: «5.3%. -/eseisenen cays ede iee eteeieiee ake 484-487
Pal FeAN BUI Bie os otice o sieua rete ale erat A Mop ade ice an an 488-491
POP AVOCOUS oye) eicost ogee eka nets sa eh ot ieee ed ae ope oles kane 492-494
GTTOSSRGCB etal. osetia ailgcak aR cee th ere ee ae at SS TCO AIR Oana 494-502
d Cbg 06 (2) OC Om athe et tl a pL TAY re Sats RIES Oi Ey 502-505
PMO OUUS a. a aiebaeg ole are) icee de. oye) sce et fatite events aieiay a aaa 506
GEERT VSIA Se is + age cgeivoia/ sce te ee dorslyy ies seeteomne sree oaeielare tenon 507
SAM OMINOLIECE cro o's sccretere fois '> ch chs Shc as eceuley Bel Veneta ame neiate 508-509
PalBOMVY aie sie lsle ss eyactuh eRe eto ae eee Se cles ake eens ae 509-510
Promacrus eit feb ec 6 & ae ole SIDE oa rea a ee 5 510
Cytherod Om vaste. oe: 36) s Ae eta oisions pein eee rene eee 511-512
Climo pisth ay. cya's' ss uces aieketceuaus “2 Op eesyrpel Newel Cae MEA tee 512-513
IMOdtel la 6.2 ee ee eae So ti OL thee Oo 514
MMe psi onan ss ates: cu votes ince’ ae 8) age enol aceon me rniee ae 515
Amnigenia........ to oleate ap bate asso itso aoe eel ERROR Ie ee 516-518
TABULAR ARRANGEMENT OF GENERA AND SPECIES ....... 519-540
ALPHABETICAL ARRANGEMENT OF GENERA AND SPECIES... 541-552
OMEN DIBSXG! fac) Stel a, cue, Shas 15) 9s leh ees ei caer ela ater ae ee eda 553-561

No. 104.] 229

SUMMARY.
n sill 4
a Sect : =)
iS) ie") n c.
Co) = - * o
3 NAME. Salter ees een livers Geen hace yp ee inte
% Ca | ee etal SH reel tad Mend | reli |
re) aia| @i-a eA el spa! oe
Sai) 2 EE i Sasa aed) Ea Me Ea ulegs
S Sislel/2/Sislalisliels
Z alola|B@loj/alol/si/Elo
panera ewe trent! Se 3 ee ee ee ee ee ee | aN)
se |PAviculopecten...s-scsseececs, oe | Baleeleelantier seeivlo 1 ;
i | 13.| Lyriopecten .... 22... 46. Derek 1 ile) ee 4|. 2 i y Z
DEE i2eal PE CeLINOPeCtehina:. soe cent eeee be lb ese3 |b aes yal (ie Br 7 | Bea |ece
PVE 9s (Cronipectens 5s 2/2. 8aes sc ceeeee Fe Sw eee faces Wace 8 |} Weed t tl coer
Maiealeteninear 2530s Se eeen ere sae sa DH (ee Pes -- | 10 | \\ eam ore
Wile ISS WA GCtinNOpPtenia: s=cacccteacseeoene lee SAEST | seal) ech WO 5 fa
Willd |e22n |p btychopteria .-1cscsseecsensece. PAE ecwlt ee wee! ficen: [nee Bae
Vives | Glyptodesma i: . 5-220) cotetoee Hs Ted) So 1) Aa ete 4 ae Sc bat
EXEL SLC OPLOLIAy, 22 «icerecaresine s-seb accel oe 1 11° fog 9 eee (eae By aie
EME Oe eG DUOGOSINA « . (a seis sera aeroatcreciel tor 1 j A ae .. | 65 “fae
PRG |pkeoe || ECOTODILOS Se cin ck cpicclaveceasece TEST peeten Piseutpee AL es 3 eels
pale eet wealeweopinna: .-)c0cn snentmoocuenes a 11) | SEN | Soen| Arse al eae Riese ine
Xe MP MCLENOGESMA. 2.2500 mcisiecicecneiels Seccat line : Neel ae § eAllbe
PROM [lero Ee Mal NOPCCVS icra vcberenieetne(cie es clos ais pH ee PN se loca lee - | -
XV 1G | ESYSSOPUOLIAS @<)-7< osc cereniece wiecieter BP Waal oe 4) Goel laced (Pas 1 |
Vil | Mytilarca sc ...c.c | sGONeGGHoaee Date eo) coculeit elit ae Sue Zee
RAVE te) WMGOSSClOthia) .-tecaeccice paces ss i ens|| tec |.- Pal oan Heel peor | -
XVIII} 2) Modiola..... celeigiab ulead iersielaie aie Bi ete |e el hoceel hetscel| koe laure :
EXSIOXG 24a) NEO GIOMOLP Ale. \ccclele sas ceveciee GYM Baa ayia Vinee Lolita SAP om ol lees 7 ib Woo
XX. | 13 | Goniophora ..............- PACeS Oi slate ics : 4 Slee
EXOT: | OMICTORON( 5) -/- shies rerece cisiote eel sse'g sce. # 1 Arse, |e ue 1 é
PROMS ee Eta ONT CU Bi ote were clvacinig estate asverercisiai- CE eral hae & 1 5
PRAM {ea ON CULECS eects olclalcjetcielsistoisie'siz terse ] Ct ean hae a ee 3
NORTE [Me ed ave: sonccicscte aeceehes cs eon: ACH aE TN pees: ol ae ete rea | 2
KEK 120) || Palzoneilo 22. bec. cs). me aoe Be 1 LOB) 4 Tg 3 ‘
PRON A e53| MACKOGON «<2: 3c cite chereitieleitieicter = Poe eed (Pies, Sc? 1 1 4
EXONGVAT |b 3) | PtyCbOGeSMA sscc. ccccnecte cents Bet | eee Wiel dia U0 (ae IP 2 | :
BONG PTE lerdal ON VASS Ar a's wicrm Nels clesinnicis siete ae Tl eee dy oes ll & BOA oe 5
EXORGE RG oT RG MAIMIMYSIAs cnc eniecscne esc) Lop oe Jes | Lo aA es PAN Boe
BXeXeXal iol |pnuthydesma.o sons tceneeeessnnee es Tob bese] ack 4H) Des | Bee
PRONG e121) HGMONGI a sco ccieecsieces occs eee h lSeretoel Ve ea aca | PE 7 3 Or
PROX MO a SD HCNOCUS 2s cs ccs eee cere nice yl eel ora) bt) ie mOulese
OXON Coon Spat hella. ccs caccececscite vies kelecnl eel ee Eee Weel | ec | 1 1
EXOXSKEEVE IG 1S Conocardiuin..62 5. e.ccs.en acess 3| 3 7B eater 2 oF
XONGRGV Gol | oPanenka ss) nso docconses case ee Al ek eas} een yal eaeaeae lage a [a 24 I os
PRONGRVAI MlG ly ptocardiays=.cisesaecceen ee: Bl Meee bea al oes Wepre Ea ae be Z
XOXOXC VIET LAivereecardittines,-ceectesches scene: Ser ecu | Weel ies | i by) ee 3
XXXVIII |} 1] Paracardium.. Beit |e) soem Mecha be! a hee Se svete
EXOXGXAIENOND ABM (PararGa ein ass sneircain snreeiloue ne Fas) Heat oe Pk een eas Diheeee
Ex enol | Cardio psisie,<sscoseme ones ne cen vee a4 li Be 1 ‘
Shs unulicardium’ o.s. des: iscs6.-- 5 a Wel |e Oa Ve | eae oy 2 | itetas
ROH OUP araCy.ClaS esate scares orsaces I Gd Hee 4) va . 5 :
US|) 157 | SChizOdUSeo50. a seleeiee eee ccs oe 3 Ss lees 8 Dilieae
ROVE Win 4e WAP TOUNY LISI .c = cctoetesie.cisiclels loa 'se.eces ae OA eeseenl Ae 2 eee lees
XLV PMS OleNTY ares ccls ocains cehmec occ a: 1S Pecan eoscenl Oae Sea rie
XLVI Dy RellinyOpsis sas tees ecoecon cent e: 118) ee bei us Ae
MaUVAnG | A> le Chmitariax vo. .cuce ose cose. oes Salter se 1 Be aa
NEVA Io. | se noladellacss:. 5 ccsdeseoee esses. Bull Mee | oe 1 a oe
Xe BX Gol EH bhonia sons cc cmasseces Cel ae 2 se “
Efe | Orth onobiar. cic .siessciccimecesccccls sic Ate al brat 1 levers 55
ee ali | FP alOSOlE NY 522 os ere cioe ols caretcine ae amd cra lars «| ees a -
lS eG MCV PEICAarGginia. oc aceesueenactes 1 DAN or an 1 PAN C55
LITT | 4] Paleanatina... .. sooedadgosac0e BO ee By All eee | ac 4 5) jc
WaUVea es erorhyNChus) 2... caccasieclssecees- mets tae sou | ey lita 3 Benois
MWe 10s GIOSSIteS iso oof. soealomtes ersiec 1 perce less, lenge 1
PVA etare Hivimella iar occ) wcisecncneoactcle WE | Prctonllf ree 1 e
EVeRTS 23) Sanguinolites. 0.05 c2c-c. scence cs Pe heel hae 2 ;
TAVEM SPST a Paleo mya: « 2.010 ssatees oct cretideercics ALE RS gS : : Ae
TPO Pe Tae TOMACTUS «cs «os co.cc clientele eel celas hee aE 1 50
LX Me FOV EHCrOG ON), <-.--.- vce seieisvisls reine rect (heen ees alsiie ts a0 2
XI eae @linopistha =~; .saei-scedeee se ctee Aalto Cliree j TR Wired fo ee <
LXII Pe PENTOGIGILE os, tcc tinsel cinta ciate cahoots « Baan eae oe 5 3
EXE Sas Werambonia, s 2.02 <0 2 sdecs sts 1 se MOL Miers «| sty [aioe
TEREVee | ala PAMINIF ONL ...<ic00c0 cee) cose cc's ae 1?) fh oe I, aoe
TexeVel ts | PANOCaTGiUM .. 25 02.10) «semen lee 1 | - | eee
65 |520 116 | 41 | 21 |174 | 2)| 9 |252 |) 1 | 35
u t

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.

ASCOMYCES EXTENSUS Peck.
Fie. 1. A leaf partly killed and discolored by the fungus.
Fie. 2. An ascus containing spores x 400.
Fie. 38. Four spores x 400.

~

AGaARicus (NOLANEA) BABINGTONIL Blow.

Fic. 4, One young plant and two mature plants, the two at the left having the
pileus moist and striatulate.

Fia. Vertical section of a pileus and the upper part of its stem.

Fia. Transverse section of the stem.

Fie, 7, Three spores x 400.

St

PESTALOZZIA COoNSOCIA Peck.

Fie. 8. Part of a leaf with a discolored spot dotted by the fungus.
Fie. 9. Four spores, the one at the left immature x 400, :

PESTALOZZIA CAMPSOSPERMA Peck.

Fie. 10. A leaf bearing the fungus.
Fie, 11. Four spores x 400.

SPHAZRELLA LycoPopit Peck.

Fig. 12. Two spikes of the host plant bearing the fungus.
Fre. 13. A slightly magnified scale dotted by the fungus.
Fie. 14. An ascus containing spores x 400.

Fie, 15. Four spores x 400,

GODRONIA CASSANDR&® Peck.

Fic. 16. Part of a branch bearing the fungus.

Fie. 17. A receptacle magnified.

Fic, 18. Vertical section of the same.

Fia. 19. A paraphysis and two asci containing spores x 400.
Fie, 20, Three spores x 400.

CLAVARIA CIRCINANS Peck.
Fie. 21. Two plants.
Fig, 22. Five spores x 400.

State Mus Nat Hist.,39 Pistol

WeedParsons & Co Albany, NY

a a
Poe ih

Cet ee
iar U

ra ae
Megs Pd dat

‘ds
es

“4,

Fia.
Fie.
Fra.
Fia.
Fia.

Fig.
Fia.
Fia.
Fia.

Fira.
Fie.
Fie.
Fic.
Fia.

Fig.
Fic.
Fia.
Fia.

Fia.
Fra.
Fia.

Fig.
Fia.
Fig.

gop

ou ce

a

See

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2.

DIAPORTHE MARGINALIS Peck.
Part of a branch bearing the fungus.
A pustule magnified.
Vertical section of a magnified pustule, showing three perithecia,
Two asci containing spores x 400.
Four spores x 400.

DraportHE NEILL Pech.
Part of a branch bearing the fungus.
A perithecium magnified, its rostrum piercing the epidermis.
Two asci containing spores x 400,
Four spores x 400.

LEPTOSPHZRIA KauMie Peck.

. Part of a branch bearing the fungus.

. A piece of the bark with two perithecia magnified,
. A perithecium more highly magnified.

. A paraphysis and an ascus containing spores x 400.
. Four spores x 400.

LastTapIA AlscuLi Peck.

. Part of a petiole bearing the fungus.
. A perithecium magnified.

. Two asci containing spores x 400.

. Four spores x 400.

Moniuia PECKIANA S. & V.

. A leaf partly discolored and its petiole frosted by the fungus.
. Two chains of spores x 400.
. A single spore x 400.

M. PECKIANA Var. ANGUSTIOR SV.

. Part of a raceme with four of its young fruits frosted by the fungus.
. Two chains of spores x 400.
. Two spores x 400,

>

IF WN GI.
State Mus. Nat Hist. 39 Plate. 2.

a AT

Weed,Parsons & Co Albany, NY

ae e =
“ ve ’ A ,
{ au hd bf .
Ae S94 - a
he ~ :
ie. Gals ~~» KS -
i ee ate - ive 7
= +i 4
‘ - 2 ae
re ~ y ne
Ps a <
‘ ey .

4 Ps . Us c , >
4. .§ Nar > ms c :
> a inf - r:
or
pa. % i
Aes! ; i
. eh. MES x) 4 e
ou j 2 ne i > - P o
C2) el =e ye :
ee ee Bee” 2
Pi: a of 1 =

ie") » “4 ve eer 4 ‘ : Pa i :
: ue . id ay * < a4 ay tae tea ~
y ld

¥

PESO RRT RSA TR Re
2 Oi tate :F aos : «. it Ff < ‘ aN wet 7

Re
Sabie > ested die hk 3 :

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3.

Fic. 1. Veins of the pulmonary cavity.
Fics. 2, 3, 4. Showing the position of the pulmonary cavity.

State Mus Nat. Hist. 39. TRITEILI OX TENTION OIE Ss. Plate 3

}
c

TITS NG TQ oO :
i VA» SAW NAN Hh eS J

SS
i
—

)

G. B. Simpson, del Weed,Parsons & Go Albany; NY

-

i} Lf 7
i Puen

om

J YEA oe - Pa wi
4 i "inde '
0) noe ‘
, di A -
“ot
mdi a
‘
2
-
’ i]
: ‘
.
; .
; j
b
« ’ =
4
* - ny
t
=
ae ; 7
’ ort
a
A
sf
to
;
iy
x ain ee
“
ute
’ « ee
- tid
x
w _
‘
Sei
7 é
ke
:
:
a
yer a4 at avr
a 4 4
Ne) >
ri y3 *
A)
ve ““
ro
‘
»/
'
[ ,
‘or
Ps A
~ > 4
=
ais:
Re
; i
: aoe
s ba m “
+e “> es ws te

BaonD ‘ Cod gi
Ce RE SR He CN

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

o

Fig.

o

Fig.
Fig.

NS EN a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (1) 4.

LAGISGA IMPATIENS 2. Sp.

Page 129.
Head, seen from above, X 15.

. Foot, seen from behind, X 20.

Long ventral seta outer third, X 230.
Dorsal seta, outer half, X 230.

Elytron of the first pair, X 15.

Elytron of the usual form, X 15.

Papilla found on antenne and cirri, X 230.

ANAITIS SPECIOSA 2. Sp.

Page 1381.
Foot, with dorsal and ventral cirri, 12th segment, X 15.

. Seta of medium length, outer third, X 7u.

Plate a) +

Staie Mns Nat. Hist 39

a : rr }

As + 4 7
tod 3ig 2585 eh5agac ay 52344
ae | 4 4 : * 5
ae aa ee ee ee ee

4) it ee |
tape Lo
sl p avd
Ne) ae es y

g.
Ae
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

10.
g. 11.
. 12,

Sess
. 14.
15.
16.

If
18.

19.
ig. 20.

s

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (II) 5.

PHYLLODOCE ARENZ 2. sp.

Page 133.

Foot with cirri, from 24th segment, X 40.
Foot with cirri, from middle of body, X 40.
Seta, outer half, X 450.

ETEONE ALBA 2. sp.

Page 184.
Head and buccal segment, X 25.
Foot with cirri, from 8th setigerous segment, X 40.
Foot from middle of body, X 40.
Seta, X 450.

PODARKE OBSCURA Verrvll.

Page 135.

Foot from middle of body, X 20.
Seta from ventral ramus, X 230.

PODARKE LUTEOLA 2. Sp.

Page 135.

Foot from middle of body, X 20.
Seta from ventral ramus, X 280.

FT

LA\
MEN

eG

NINYINY

7
J

Plate (2). 5.

tate Mus Nat. Hist 39

D

WeedParsons & Co Albany: NY

- - * -_ a ae i.
Feat Oe ps 9s
- Th eee
:
+ é «
eS Pe
fhe

=

aw 1.0.

raity ah

s tid 7 eae - 7
a

or)

ars dl o hw Ste

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig

5S

Fig.

5

Fig.
Fig.

Fig

Fig.
Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (III) 6.

NEREIS LIMBATA JLhlers.
Page 139.

. Foot from 5th setigerous segment, $, X 20.
. Foot from middle region, ¢, X 20.

NEREIS CULVERI 2. sp.
Page 140.

. Head and buccal segment, X 40.

. Proboscis, seen from above, magnified.

. Jaw piece, X 40.

. Foot from first setigerous segment, X 20.
. Foot from fifth setigerous segment, X 20.

Foot from thirtieth setigerous segment, X 20,

. Foot from posterior segment, X 40.
. Anal segment and cirri, X 20.

Plate (3).6.

ANOINTED OL

Pic}

State Mns Nat Mist 39.

Weed,rarsons & Lo Albany, N 1

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (IV) ?.

NEREIS CULVERI 2. sp.

Page 140.

Fig. 31. Ordinary seta, outer part, X 450.
Fig. 32. Falcate seta, outer part, X 450.

. NEREIS TRIDENTATA 2. Sp.
Page 142.

33. Head, proboscis, and buccal segment, X 40.

34. Proboscis, ventral view, X 40.

35. Foot from first setigerous segment, X 120,

36. Foot from anterior segment, X 60.

37. Foot from posterior segment, X 60.
s. 38, 39, 40. Sete of different form, X 450.

gq’ 09" 0g" aa" 09’ 09

taj ff Fafa

i
GONIADA SOLITARIA 2. Sp.
Page 146.

Fig. 41. Foot from tenth segment, from behind, X 60.
Fig. 42. Foot from twenty-eighth segment, from behind, X 60.

f.

Plate (4)

State Mine Nat Hiet 39

& Go. Albany, NY

ons

ed,Pars

Ne

A

qh i oe a. =
aia) ew d t
Ae Sony: 30! ; é

i 3 i]

Spee fe . j : ee
i 4 ’
[ yoy vi, es : oan;
P ‘ s! ae
a ak 4 i
J '
f -
ve rit ( 147 ! q +
. r mn ’ -%
eres EY se, (- ii
=
> a é
; 4 .
= ie E ;
if fer ‘ a
; hes
; Pe
te of f “ind Aye | ai
rend an ' ; y See
. ia =r ‘ , i
=, : i? 4 or, Ate at
eu?) f a a, 4 had +
HE: AER BA RISD MITE A. AAT : ae
‘ ryt UNE ee eb a)
we ge, Cue
. i 4
t a Pua] Fi a
’ Vinge 5 5 o> id ea:
7 , ie
: ist ee Tek . he 74 = e)
ter tee 2 aay rh .. 4 i SI
DE As SRS ccs ary, ‘| F 2.4
WY er, oe Mae oe . rae i Ge . ee
ir — ad, ‘ a 4

ue (5S fae ; ‘

1 EE eee
/ ; i hee ‘ts Palys Pr oe

PES Leo oe ee 4 ? - i * oe
RAr ee heat F0it 4 i Pa Ys Lapua
: Set SE e we AT P : og | Matas.
be it \ SURO BERS 1 heat ie,

ea a yes ae! ogee | Te oe ey (oF
OP EMy EMT Mrs as Oe et Wes)

4, ‘ 7 . 1 oi

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (V) 8.

GONIADA SOLITARIA 2. Sp.
Page 146

Fig. 43. Foot from 45th segment, from behind, X 60.
Fig. 44. Seta, outer half, X 450.

POLYDORA LIGNI 7. Sp.

Page 148
Fig. 45 Head and first segments, without tentacles, X 70.
Fig. 46. Seta from fifth segment, X 450
Fig. 47 Ordinary ventral seta. X 450

STREBLOSPIO BENEDICTI n. gen. él sp.
Page 149
Fig. 48. Anterior dorsa) seta, X 750.
Fig 49. Posterior dorsal seta, X 750.
Fig. 50. Uncinate ventral seta, X 750.

NOTOMASTUS FILIFORMIS Verr.

Page 152

Fig. 51. Uncinus from anterior segment, X 750
Fig. 52. Uncinus from middle segment, X 750
Fig. 53. Uncinus from posterior segment.

Fig. 54. Posterior segments with anal cirrus, X 70

ANINIEIWOTA EAE IMON POND A .
State Mus. Nat Hist.,39. Plate(s) 8

Weed Parsons & Co Albany NY

vt;

Aes ¥

7% é he! cuare }
- “ Rf ee rene pay i.

ag

= }
nO HG EDT LRT ta ee tity}

egy “i .
perc as § sey lt ee
45 ye

a 2 r Brokat aT oe ee
By WA bc

Ly, fe

os

Pea woe dental bine) ame foes vad Drie gis {14
he NOE eh iB aly detiten “to bro 30
Pale 1S RAR: SB iecary oi 20M:

Fig.

Fig
Fig
Fig
Fig

Fig
Fig

5

55

56.
57.

58
59

60

61.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (VI) 9.

PRAXILLA ELONGATA 2. Sp.

Page 154.
Buccal segment, ventral view, X 15
Posterior segments, X 15.
Capillary seta, X 230.
Uncinus, found on first three setigerous segments, X 230.
Uncinus, form found after the third setigerous segment, X 230,

PRAXILLA ELONGATA var. BENEDICTI 2. var.
Page 155

Anterior segments, side view, X 15,
Posterior segments, X 15.

A\ IG

AIMINIEIGIOD

Plate -(6) 9.

st.39

State Mus Nat Mm

WeedParsons & Co Albany, NY.

62.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE (VI/) 10.

PARAXIOTHEA LATENS 2. gen. et sp.

Page 156.
Buccal segment seen obliquely from above, X 15.
Buccal segment, side view, X 15.
Posterior segments, X 15.

_ Capillary seta, X 230.

Uncinus, X 230

SABELIIDES OCULATA 2. SD.
Page 157.

. Capillary seta, with single margin, X 230
68.
_ Uncinus, X 450

Capillary seta, with double margin, X 230.

ANIEIWORA, (GIEVATR IPP OND A
State Mus Nat.Hist. 39 Plate (710. _

Weed Parsons & Co. Albany NY.

MEA Tit
Ane

3
Py ae

IXPLANATION OF PLATE 11.

DACTYLOIDITES BULBOSUS.

Page 160.

Fig. 1. A small specimen, showing the six rays marked by concentric lines
at their distul extremities.

Fig. 2. A larger specimen in which the bulbous expansious are distinctly
stalked. Roofing slate, Middle Granville, N. Y.

Plate LL

aie)

Staie Mus Nat. Hist.

1s & Co Albany, NY

o38

c

a
5

arene

aT

$ f f ren if

PY Dieses
feat, i 3

a) Pee ith ee A , ,

LT TE EE!

7. ‘ ye" Lf Vareake 4,3

| Firadhs! Bee Mahe. Oey i4ngee

" *

Mri is

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12.

SPIRODOMUS INSIGNIS, Beecher.

Page 162.

. A transverse section, taken from about 45™™ from the anterior end of

a specimen,

. A transverse section, posterior to the middle of the specimen fig. 4.
. Id. Section of the conjoined valves, at about the posterior quarter of

their length.

. Id. Ventral aspect of a specimen, which is a partial cast of the interior,

showing the form of the shell, the muscular scars, pallial line and
crenulated margins.

. Id. The left side of the embedded specimen in the rock, showing the

expanded crenulate margins of the valves and the pallial line.
Waverly group. Warren, Pennsylvania.

State Mus Nat.Hist 39. Plate 12.

CE Beecher del. Weed,Parsons & Co Albany, N 1

Nid New York State Museum

Science Annual report
N 39 (1885)
Physical &
Axpplied Set
Serials

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY

Vy
ie

Wy
f

x

on

7 , *. ah